Home

NAVSEA 4790.8B, Maintenance and Material

1. Paragraph Title Page LL PURPOSE persere Bere Bee reed hice et fed sere ke eke Sene a T 1 2 NSURV ME ESSTON des a a a dl Lae Sete qai 1 3 INSURV DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES ooooooooooooooooo 1 1 1 4 PROCEDURES BEFORE INSURV INSPECTION ooo 172 15451 Ship RESPONSIBLE TOS so 6 oe on ee A A SA 1 4 2 Intermediate Unit Commander IUC Immediate Superior in Command TISTO mids sie a a EZ 1 423 Def rerencies to be Reported ia dies ote ds cid di LS 1 5 PROCEDURES DURING INSURV INSPECTION o oooooooooooooooo 1 2 156 NSURV NUMBERING PROCEDURES cios ada iS 1 6 1 INSURV Assigned Numbers Blocks 19 24 oooooooooooo 1 3 loo LT 1 Starred Cards Block 19 urna id AS 1964 1 2 NSURV Identification Number BLOCK 20 1 4 adi SSUBBAX BLOCK 21 ais A Se sa LEG 196 144 MISSION DEGRADE BLOCK 22 israel NG veo SAFETY BLOCK 22 da Soba ended bek kasser AT 1 6 1 6 RELIABILITY MAINTAINABILITY Block 24 1 7 L PROCEDURES AFTER INSURV ENSPECTION 666 6 05 6 0006 ss TV Tri 1 1 PURPOSE NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTION CHAPTER 1 INSURV INS PECTION PROCEDURES
2. Figure Title Ergute Ial OEP EXIME cide A IS E IE E E A Ce IAEA IEA da Figuro 1 2 HMGE MER EXAMPLE vs csi da ir a a rrgure 1 3 Ordnance MIP Example e e de ta da Figure 1 4 Electronic MIP Example ooooooooooooooooo Figure 1 5 An Example of A Preliminary MIP with MRCs Figure 1 6 A Maintenance Requirement Card MRC Figure 1 7 Example of an Unscheduled MIP Figure 1 8 Single Page Locator Card for Classified MRC Figure 1 9 Equipment Guide List EGL Rrgure 1 10 Tag iGuude Lists Ya sio Da nai id asi ene da REoure 1 11 Cycle PMS Schedule Le sick cites Se we dedi See ee ees Figure 1 12 Quarterly PMS Schedule oo ooooooooooooooo Figure 1 13 Weekly PMS Schedule oooooooooooooooooooo Figure 1 14 PMS Feedback Report Category A 6 Figure 1 15 PMS Feedback Report Category B ELQUI 1 46 IP BR Preparation aac pi a Sed ee eee ORAS Vie eo Figure 1 17 Urgent Feedback Report Sample Figure 1 18 PMS MIP to WC File Report No PMS 4 Brgure 1 19 Outstanding TEBR Status by HO LV and a da Figure 1 20 ACGCOUNtabTLTEV Loge tek ties bee ee ee da da a Sa Figure 1 21 PMS Change Documentation Routing Memorandum Sample fl ali O cat dance ie eye red A SIR A SECTION Isy 1 27 1 28
3. codes SA SHIP ALTERATION OA ORDNANCE ALTERATION BA BOAT ALTERATION FC FIELD CHANGE MA MACHINERY ALTERATION ST SYSCOM COMMAND INSTRUCTION EC ENGINEERING CHANGE HI HABITABILITY TY TYCOM DIRECTION TD TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE SP STRATEGIC SYSTEMS PROJECT OFFICE ALTERATION SC SERVICE CHANGE TR TRIDENT ALTERATION EP ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSAL MO CRYPTO EQUIPMENT MODIFICATION AR ALTERATION REQUEST May be originated by a ship to request an alteration design Enter and left justify the authorized prefix AR followed by a blank space any number the ship assigns for its own control Blocks 19 through 24 FOR INSURV USE no entries required See Section 2 of the Manual for specifications BHA ike Section Deferral Action Block 25 SHIP S FORCE MAN HOURS EXPENDED S F MHRS EXP Enter the total man hours to the nearest whole hour expended by personnel of all work centers involved in the maintenance action up to the time of deferral include documentation time which should not exceed 1 hour Block 26 DEFER DATE Enter the Julian date when the maintenance action was deferred An example of a deferral on 11 January 1994 would be 4f11 Block 27 SHIP S FORCE MAN HOURS REMAINING S F MHRS REM Enter the estimated number of ship s force man hours r
4. B 2 3 4 Section Identification Document all of this section See PROCEDURES FOR DOCUMENTING A DEFERRED MAINTENANCE ACTION B 2 3 2 Section IV Remarks Description Block 35 REMARKS DESCRIPTION Describe the tasks required of the assisting work Center AWC B 2 x353 Section VI Repair Activity Planning Action Block 49 REPAIR WORK CENTER W C Enter the assisting work center s code Block 55 REPAIR ACTIVITY UIC Enter the organization unit s Unit Identification Code UIC This will be the Block 56 same as Block 1 except when the ship is being assisted by a non reporting outside activity and the outside activity s UIC will be entered WORK REQ ROUTINE Enter the appropriate Expanded Ship Work Breakdown Structure ESWBS Ship Work Authorization Boundary SWAB Ship Work Line Item Number SWLIN etc as directed by the TYCOM B 2 4 Procedures for Documenting Screening Information On Deferred Maintenance Actions Used by other activities such as IUCs TYCOM representatives and IMAs for screening planning and scheduling B 2 4 1 Block F Block 44 Block 45 APPENDIX Section IV Remarks Description TYCOM AUTHORIZATION This block is reserved for the signature of the TYCOM representative screening the deferral IUC The IUC or designated representative
5. NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Abbreviated Name Photographic Boiler Boiler Outside Rpr Electrical Repair Outside Electrical Meter Calibration Battery Gyro C Interior Commun Cable Nuclear Pipe Refrig amp Air Cond Flexible Hos Nuclear Piping Lagging Pipe Cover Rubber and Plastic Woodworking amp Pattern Drafting Key and Lock Electronics Repair w c Code Name 39A Photographic Shop 41A Boiler Inspection and Repair 41B Boiler Outside Repair 51A Electrical Repair 51B Outside Electrical 51C Meter Calibration 51E Battery Shop 51F Gyro Inspection and Repair 51G Interior Communication Test and Repair 51H Cable Shop 51N Nuclear Instruments 56A Pipe Shop 56B Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Repair and Test 56C Flexible Hose Test and Repair 56N Nuclear Piping 57A Lagging and Pipe Covering Inspection and Repair 57B Rubber and Plastic Forming Shop 64A Woodworking and Pattern Making Shop 64D Drafting Shop 64E Key and Lock Shop 67A Electronics Test Repair and Alignment 67B Electronics Calibration Lab 67C Crypto Repair and Test 67D Teletype Repair 67E Fire Control Test and Repair 67F Radiac Calibration and Repair 67G Sonar Test Repair and Alignment 67H Antenna Test Repair and Install 671 MSRA Electronic Cal Lab Crypto Repair Teletype Repair Fire Control Radiac Calibration
6. A 1 PURPOSE This appendix identifies the data elements used for 3 M documentation and reporting and provides a complete listing of the data elements and their descriptions This appendix also includes the data element specifications used for 3 M reporting Only the core 3 M data elements have been included however the use of additional data elements may be allowed if they support specific TYCOM Program Manager or OPNAV requirements A 2 OBJECTIVE The objective of this appendix is to ensure that 3 M data requirements are explicitly understood and followed Divided into two sections the validation specification portion can be used to a Provide a means for organizational and intermediate level personnel to document information that is correct and complete b Establish data element requirements for all 3 M ADP systems including systems that interface with 3 M E Provide a means for personnel conducting 3 M validations to ensure that 3 M data specifications are being followed d Establish requirements for reporting 3 M maintenance data DATA ELEMENT Action Taken I or J can be used Mandatory Must be left justified For 4790 CK must be 1 2 3 with or wi Action Taken ust De SA 5By DL G SDs Active Maintenance Tim Allowance Parts List Allowance Equipage List APL AEL DEN F968 F9
7. APPENDIX B IP S 3 M FORM PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page B 1 CONFIGURATION CHANGE FORM NAVSEA 4790 CK B 1 B 1 1 Procedures for Reporting Configuration Change NAVSEAINST JJ90 EK ECT di a ds dia iia Cata ee B 2 B 1 2 Section Job D scription R marks s carl B 5 B 1 3 Section Component Configuration Change TOENETLELCIA ELIO amar ds nes B 6 B 1 4 Section IV Special Purpose rers ias srek EIE ea B 8 B 1 5 Procedures For Using CK Continuation Pages B 8 B 1 6 Procedures for Reporting Configuration File Corrections a a Updating the Tossal dd tds ees Be AS het ia B 8 B 1 7 Correct A Data Element Error in the Ship s Cosal or Cosal Indexes or Other Such Documents rere resa a a dt B 9 B 1 8 Report an Equipment Record Addition Deletion B 9 B 1 9 Report the Turn In Receipt of Portable Electrical Electronic Test Equipment Pe te duniindran s rd ka red B 9 B gt 1 10 Handling PLEOCEQUL S ua A dk A ta da B 10 B 2 SHIP S MAINTENANCE ACTION FORM NAVSEA 4790 2K B 19 B 2 1 Procedures for Documenting A Deferred Maintenance BELLO A A ta vee ers B 20 B 2 2 Procedures for Using NAVSEA 4790 2K Continuation Pages ii oie A a ee REM A A Oe seede B 27 B 2 3 Procedures for Documenting Internal Work Reque
8. BA BOAT ALTERATION MA MACHINERY ALTERATION SI SYSCOM COMMAND INSTRUCTION EC ENGINEERING CHANGE HI HABITABILITY LY TYCOM DIRECTION TD TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE SP STRATEGIC SYSTEMS PROJECT OFFICE ALTERATION SC SERVICE CHANGE TR TRIDENT ALTERATION EP ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSAL MO CRYPTO EQUIPMENT MODIFICATION ASSIST REPAIR WORK CENTER ASST REPAIR W C entered on 2K and 2P The 3 or 4 character code of the first work center assigned to is always left just assist the lead work center on the job being planned The code tified in the field On the 2K if more than is required fill in another 2K Only one assist two assist sheets doc work center work center IMA s two supplemental 2K continuation can be accommodated when a 2K is used as a planning ument by an ASS ST REPA R WORK CEN TER EST MATED MAN HOURS ASST EST MHRS entered on 2K The work cen e job th AU A LS Th Iden TOMATED N NTEGRATED LANGUAGE SYSTEM e number used relationship of records Curren tification N the sh umber BLUEPRI Used to list technical material that might be of assistance to plans NTS etc TECHN providing assistance to identify the functional t numbering schemes are A ICAL MANUALS total number of estimate
9. CERTIFICATION OF ALTERATION INSTALLATIONS DURING AVAILABILITY include date range of availability following alterations are certified installed The alterations meet the requirements of the issuing as instructed and include all required Logistics Documentation JSN ALTERATI For ex DXSA 00 EXSA 39 EXSA 40 By dire Signatu Copy to Cogniz COMNAVS ample only 54 SADDG 00045 K MISSILE LAUNCH 94 SADDG 01003 K SSTG INSTL 07 SADDG 01675 K HPAC RPLCMNT ction re block ant TYCOM EASYSCOM Cognizant Code Figure I 1 Sample Certification of Alteration Installation r 15 SHIP S LETTERHEA 4720 Ser Orig Code Date FIRST ltr From To Subj ENDORSEMENT on NSY ltr 4720 Ser Orig Code of Ship s Name Supporting Activity e g IUC RSG etc CERTIFICATION OF ALTERATION INSTALLATIONS DURI AVAILABILITY include date range of availabilit Date of Request the alterations reported completed by basic correspondence be processed as completed deferral Master CSMP By direction Signat Copy ture block to Cognizant TYCOM COMNAVSEASYSCOM Cognizant Code ls in 1 Figure I 2 lst Endorsement to Alteration Certification Letter A
10. level EICs are listed in the SCLSIS Index Report or Ships 3 M Reference CD If an equipment is not listed in the SCLSIS Index Report or the Ships 3 M Reference CD but it can be identified to the subsystem use the subsystem identification followed by two zeros Example An equipment identified as TRANSCEIVERS COMMUNICATIONS but not in the SCLSIS Index Report or the Ships 3 M Reference CD would be reported as QD If the equipment is identified only to the system use the system identification followed by three zeros EQUIPMENT NOUN NAME entered on 2K and CK The nomenclature description of the equipment This is the same nomenclature assigned to the equipment EIC Standard abbreviations may be used When recording the accomplishment of a SHIPALT use the noun name from the record If the maintenance action affects several components or systems enter the name designator of the highest assembly affected For HM amp E use the noun name e g MOTOR GENERATOR For electronics equipment use the Army Navy AN designation or commercial model number e g AN SPS 40D CY 4727 SPA 25 and 403 B For combat systems equipment enter the nomenclature followed by the Mark MK and Modification MOD separated by e g LAUNCH SYSTEM 36 1 ESTIMATED MAN DAYS entered on 2K
11. Paragraph Title Page El PURPOSE preket te ses ee ee ETE 2 G E 2 SCORE as E E A E E Vs UG C G3 OBJECTIVE se a et catty A a o E ae ee ne Be CHL CA MASTER JOB CATALOG MIC iia se ek be serbere Se ese ws E 3 Eb Use GE ENE MI a A NRS hs Fe ee Ge C 4 2 42 CGONEXLOL OE MIG ida a ii td sele C 4 C 5 3 M PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS C 5 Came 1USETOE PMRS Ferge Ses ES Ca PMR IRE PORTING ai a Ue e Se FDA SG G 6 C 7 MASTER JOB CATALOG MJC INTERFACE WITH PMR E 19 Gadel TAMS C lrbr tronssuarresatssrare A A bee Seek amp C 19 C 7 2 Standard MJC Routines for TAMS Calibration and Weight WESC ess a enw 8 amp ape ets ec es iia Oy aS C 20 C 7 3 Other Automated System in Support of PMR ESZL C 8 USING MJC JCN STRUCTURE TO MANAGE PROGRAMS o oooooooo Gaal C871 Elest TYCOM tocal Site MIC COntrOl eas aise AA C 21 C 8 2 Applicability UTE CCONEPO uds er a ea C 22 C 6x 3 gt MIG WE Designation Sne nr ke et ee o Ne ne C 22 C 8 4 MJG JSN Prefix for Work C tegoryesaxstaseah asaande ket ed C 23 g D cum nting CHE MIC DERSY rad ie sb sete wea be tad leken E 23 E 8 5 6 Documenting the MIC Peksaastrrenstasesa Cok sd Seats e C 25 C 8 7 Establish Bill of Materials Interface C 27 C 8 8 MJC Alteration Documentation Differences E 21 CAT E 8 9 C 8410 C 8 11 APPEND MJC Index and Statistics
12. IONS UNSAFE TO PERSONNEL AND EQUIPME ED HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM IS NOT TESTEI IONS EST i ESOLUTI EQUII Figure 1 17 Urgent Feedback Report Sample SECTION 1 T 516 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 1 5 16 PMS Force Revision After PMS has been installed it is necessary to ensure that the installed PMS packages are periodically updated to reflect changes in system equipment and package configuration and to provide PMS documentation new issues and revisions 1 5 16 1 Work Center Verification It is important that all MIPS MRCs received by a Work Center are carefully reviewed by a senior petty officer to verify a That the equipment identified on the MIP is in fact installed in assigned to the Work Center b That the MIP MRC is applicable to the system equipment APL correct manufacturer model MK MOD alteration etc that is installed Cx That the requirements provisions procedures tools skills man hours elapsed time listed on the MRC are correct adequate safe feasible logical reasonable simply stated and not excessive 1 5 16 2 Revision Package Contents Each PMS Force Revision package contains a Automated Library Issue Document ALID that identifies 1 the appl
13. SECTION 3 4 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTION CHAPTER 3 SUBMARINE PERFORMANCE MONITORING TEAM PMT MAINTENANCE AND NSPECTION PROCEDURES TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page Sri PURPOSE ka a See Tea kata aa Are RRA ey 3 1 3 2 PME MISSION TTS SSRS ST SE 3 1 3 3 MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY AND SCHEDULING 3 1 3 4 PMT DOCUMENTATION AND REPORTING o oooooooooooooooooooo o 3 2 3 44 MT CBM D frer n y REPOPES saldado alada nen 3 2 3 4 2 End of Monitoring Period EMP Reporting 3 2 35 DATA COLLECTED TRENDED yua Me eta oa tae 85 3 2 3 12 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTION CHAPTER 3 SUBMARINE PERFORMANCE MONITORING TEAM PMT MAINTENANCE AND NSPECTION PROCEDURES 3 1 PURPOSE This chapter describes the Maintenance and Material Management 3 M related actions required prior to during and following an inspection and other maintenance monitoring conducted by the submarine Performance Monitoring Teams PMT 3 2 PMT MISSION The Submarine Performance Monitoring Team PMT Program was established by the Chief of Naval Operations per reference a as a method of collecting objectiv ngineering evidence of ship system performance This data was then used to allow the extensi
14. b Waiver requests associated with the addition of a new maintenance requirement should include the following information 1 Requirement description 2 Failure mode i e material condition after failure the maintenance requirement is intended to prevent 3 Description of origination for this new maintenance requirement This description could include results of INSURV Material Inspection Navy Safety Center Surface Ship APPENDIX H 2 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Safety Survey findings details of a preventable equipment casualty or performance of routine maintenance If a reference exists e g TFBR DDG 51 Ser 0051 02 INSURV message 0315302 OCT 02 FTSCPAC Code 307 TAVR message 03153072 OCT 02 etc identify the reference 4 Explanation of how the periodicity of the requirement was determined e g OEM recommendation MTBF data 5 Details of actual failures occurring in the Fleet which this maintenance requirement will prevent and frequency of those failures 6 MIP and MRC information for any current and valid MRC or task that is similar to the proposed requirement 7 Additional technical information that might support adjudication of the waiver request In addition a Backfit RCM analysis similar to that conducted at SHIPMER should be submitted for each proposed maintenance requirement for which a waiver is b
15. DES SAFETY V LV B OPERATING ERRATIC UNDIGATING A BENT VLV SPINDLE XXX REMOVE SAFETY VLV DELIVER INOPERABLE SAFETY VLV BOILER MAY BE OVER PRESSURIZED FTP PP a e 7 Coal GUMMAN AF ETY VLV B SPINDLE B id Figure B 9 Ships Maintenance Acton Form For A Deferred Maintenance Action APPENDIX B 46 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B OPAN ATRAVIN en 6 78 BAL 0107 4F 047 0011 SHIP S MAINTENANCE ACTION FORM 2 KILO em COB CONTROL NUMBER 1 SHIP S UIC 2 WORK CENTER 3 JOB 60 NO 4 APUAEL i 5269 2 WT 085 034418 9 7 7 4 5 50 SS GRIDLEY ANTE 49 OO SETT EG VEE vvs PAA 27 en FOR INSURV USE 20 INSURV NUMBER SUFFIX 22 U 2 8 Ge AAA ERNEST Es LYSTRON FAULT ILL NOT RESET dr rie dg Figure B 10 Ships Maintenance Acton Form For A Completed Maintenance Action Without Prior Deferral CORRECTION OPUN TORK an 679 SETAST aN SHIP S MAINTENANCE ACTION FORM 2 KILO Cap Ll JOB CONTROL NUMBER 1 SHIPS UIC WORK CENTER 3 JOB SEQ NO 4 APUARL 205 740 E0HA208l ha ke 2 13 IDEN enste ur Ta RENN 18 E COMMANDING OFFICERS SIGNATURE F TYCOM AUTHORIZATION 90 EST MAS 1 ASST VIG ABET EST MHS ua 80 ene Figure B 11 Ships Maintenance Acton Form Change To A Previously Submitted Deferred Maintenance Action APPENDIX B 48 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B ADD ON REMA
16. ships Petty Officers will be assigned access within one or more functional systems and with specific responsibilities within a particular functional area These individuals will be able to perform add change delete records suspend transaction processing queries issues requisition and receipt processing Submit batch jobs for generation of management reports and process Defense Finance and Accounting Service DFAS financial feedback reconciliations SNAP LEADING STOREKEEPER AFLOAT A 551 0093 The SNAP Leading Storekeeper Afloat will be responsible for the performance of the automated procedure required by Leading Storekeepers Afloat on a Shipboard Non Tactical Automated Data Processing Program SNAP ship in accordance with applicable documentation SNAP SUPPLY FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT SUPERVISOR A 551 0094 This course is designed to provide enlisted personnel ordered to leading storekeeper billets on SNAP equipped ships with the knowledge and skills necessary to perform all duties required of the leading storekeeper in supervising the operation and management of the SNAP SFM System SHIPBOARD UNIFORM AUTOMATED DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM RT MANAGER A 551 0096 The SUADPS RT course is designed to provide senior enlisted E6 E9 Storekeepers and Officers CWO 04 with the knowledge and
17. a Unit Identification Code b Number of Deferred Maintenance Actions Number of Completed Maintenance Actions 2Ks Non configuration changes Number of Completed Maintenance Actions CKs Configuration changes Number of Correction Documents Total number of documents submitted Signature by direction 3 M Systems Coordinator Figure 3 2 Letter Transmittal from Non automated Activities NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 3 7 3 1 CSMP Summary Reports CSMP Report 1 produced in six options Each option presents a single line summary of each non completed deferred maintenance action a Summary by Type Availability is provided on an as requested basis This report provides a single line description of each deferred maintenance action seguenced by ship work center type availability and JSN A work center summary line on the CSMP provides the number of man hours by IMA depot and ship s force At the end of the report is a summary of estimated man hours by type availability for each work center and department and a line for the ship total b Summary by Work Center available on an as requested basis contains the same information as Option A but sorted by SHIP WORK CENTER and JSN Es Summary by INSURV Number is provided routinely the ship as directed by TYCOM after an INSURV inspection restricted to only those items on the CSMP that has been ass
18. file matches installed equipment LSD matches installed information to allow effective planning and estimating of deferred maintenance actions d Shipboard pre transmittal review Automated Shor Interfac AST processing for non automated ships manner LD a PMS Performance Rate Definitions PPR the performance and documentation of b MDS Performance Rate MPR the performance and documentation of Gx 3 M Performance Rate 3 MPR the performance and documentation of processing up line reporting and COSAL maintenance is accomplished in a timely A numerical eval uation of planned maintenance A numerical eval uation of maintenance A composite PMS and MDS evaluation of M AINTENANCE AND MATER AL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL SECTION CHAPTER 3 SUBMARINE PERFORMANCE MONITORING TEAM PMT MAINTENANCE AN NSPECTION PROCEDURES SECTION CHAPTER 3 REFERENCES REFERENCE INSTRUCTION NO SUBJECT a OPNAVINST 3120 33B SUBMARINE EXTENDED SERIES OPERATING CYCLE SEOC PROGRAM b OPNAVINST 4790 16 CONDITIONED BASED MAINTENANCE CBM POLICY c CINCLANTFLT CINCPACFLT JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE INST 4790 3 SERIES MANUAL
19. R Situation Requirement U Unscheduled Maintenance Inactive Equipment Maintenance IEM LU Lay Up PM Periodic Maintenance SU Start Up OT Operational Test The periodicity code also includes a number for specific identification When more than one MRC of the same periodicity exists in the same MRC set the MRCs in most cases will be numbered consecutively e g D 1 D 2 D 3 or M 1 M 2 etc An existing MRC may be reapplied to a revised MIP even though the periodicity code of the reapplied MRC may not fall within the normally sequential numeric periodicity codes For example W 1 W 2 W 3 W 6 may appear on a MIP where W 6 was an existing MRC that was reapplied to this equipment Technically valid MRCs will not be reprinted merely to change the periodicity code number Non sequential numbers will not affect scheduling or management control Dual periodicity codes are used when configurations or utility differences of a permanent nature exist between installations of the same system or equipment A dual periodicity code may be assigned if no other aspect of the MRC requires modification to fit both periodicities For example equipment installed in an SSN or in a surface unit may see daily use while the same equipment installed in an SSBN may be idle for long periods of time creating a situation where it is unnecessary to perform th
20. qu If accomplished with in Section IV Block 409 g or n amplifying remarks should be made in Section IV Block 409 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Block C D IUC TYCOM SIGNATURE The signature of the IUC and or TYCOM REP must be entered in these blocks following the screening process THE FOLLOWING BLOCKS AS APPLICABLE ARE FILLED IN BY THE PLANNING AND SCHEDULING SECTION AFTER THE IUC AND OR TYCOM REP HAS SCREENED THE JOB FOR ACCEPTANCE Block 8 NOTE Blocks 4 through 7 are for Master Job Catalog MJC development Block 4 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Enter the cod that identifies the specific periodic maintenance requirement This code may be a PMS maintenance requirement code a code identifying a periodic requirement of a PERA Planning and Engineering for Repair and Alterations or a calibration requirement of MEASURE Metrology Automated System for Uniform Recall and Reporting etc Block 5 PERIODICITY Enter the number of months between which the periodic maintenance requirement is to be done Block 6 YYMM ISSUED Enter the four numbers used to identify the year and month during which the periodic maintenance requirement entered in Block 4 was issued The first two digits identify the year and the last two digits the month e g 9402
21. This chapter describes the Maintenance and Material Management 3 M related actions required prior to during and following an inspection conducted by the Board of Inspection and Survey INSURV 1 2 INSURV MISSION The Board of Congress as a board to advis Inspection and Survey INSURV was established by the Secretary of the Navy regarding acceptance of newly constructed ships and to examine naval vessels and make recommendations to periodically the Secretary if any shoul ld be stricken from the Naval Vessel r references a and b INSURV has been tasked Register P with added specific functions including the following a determining vessels fitness for further service b identifying material conditions that limit performance compiling statistical information and d providing assurance document and resolve material deficiencies ar that these systems are being judiciously executed to identify adequate and to higher authority that mechanisms The examination of naval vessels is conducted as a Material Inspection MI which consists of operational tests or demonstrations of major systems and equipment The formative basis for the MI is a command s own self awareness to its material condit tion and readiness It is therefore incumbent upon each command being inspected t
22. With an automated information system the computer will provide on line access to the data for identifying equipment and ordering parts When documenting requirements many of the data elements required for corrective maintenance and configuration change reporting such as the APL EIC Equipment Name and Location will be pre filled and displayed when the applicable equipment is identified SECTION 3 6 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 3 4 3 1 1 Data Elements Appendix A provides the data elements and allowed values if applicable for each type of reporting 3 4 4 Work Candidate Job Sequence Number JSN Log The Work Candidate JSN logs are used by all non automated ships The Work Center WC supervisor shall maintain a Work Candidate JSN Log using the format shown in Figure 3 1 The Unit Identification Code UIC and Work Center Code must be entered on each page of the log A separate JSN for each maintenance action reported from that Work Center must be assigned The JSNs shall be in sequential order The WC supervisor shall ensure that an identical JCN is assigned to the maintenance action and to any material request NAVSUP 1250 or DD 1348 associated with it The Division Officer shall check the Work Candidate JSN log at least weekly 3 4 5 Deferred Maintenance Action A deferred maintenance action is a maintenance requirement that meets one or more of
23. Appendix A for an expanded definition of the allowable codes values Code Description 1 Mandatory 2 Essential 3 Highly Desirable 4 Desirable T A Enter the type availability T A code for the availability recommended for performance of the Depot shipyard or ship repair facility Intermediate Maintenance Activity tender TYCOM Support Unit floating dry dock etc echnical assistance from NAVSEACOMBATSYSENGSTA or FTSCPAC FTSCLANT or ractor representative type deferral Code Description 1 2 repair ship etc 3 or t cont 4 Ship s Force 0 Not Applicable NTEGRATED PRIORITY f the maintenance is to be done by an outside activity the ship s engineer may rank depart A sequential number may be placed in this block to indicate it work for a given availability D tmental deferrals by integrated priority ts priority relative to other deferred V N ds nitialed by the division officer after screening the document DEPT NIT nitialed by the department head after screening the document COMMAND deferral officer deferral ING or OFFICER S SIGNATURE Required on all ls for outside assistance the commanding authorized representative must sign the Block F NAVSEAINST 4790 8B TYCOM AUTHORIZATION This block is rese
24. COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION Enter the local identification number s such as station number or valve mark of the equipment identified in Block 13 This information must be consistent with the quantity entered in Block 14 For electronic ELEX equipment enter the model number and if available nter the serial number in Block 17 COMPONENT SERIAL NUMBER Enter the manufacturer s serial number of the equipment identified in Block 13 If the serial number is not available enter NONE COMPONENT APL AEL Enter the Component Allowance Parts List Allowance Equipage List APL AEL of the component identified in Block 13 If not available the unit s supply department should assign a temporary APL LOCATION DECK FRAME SIDE Enter the location compartment number deck frame or side notation that best describes the location of the equipment identified in Block 13 If none of the above mentioned location identifications are appropriate B 6 Block Block Block Block Block Block Block Block 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B enter a descriptive term of the onboard location e g FANTAIL FLIGHT DECK etc EIC Enter the Equipment Identification Code that best describes the component identified in Block 13 NEXT HIGHER ASS
25. DATA Use to describe any ot characteristics not covered by other elements WCRC If a Work Center ent DEN 127 code is ter it ters of 01 ther This data will not display on reports but will be accessible in the program For SUBMEPP it will be the CSMP Summary from the individual MJCS assigned to the PMRS PMS MAINT INDEX PAGE MIP Enter the PMS MIP if available PMS MAINT INDEX PAGE MIP Enter the PMS MIP if available EOSS If applicable enter the Engineering Operational Sequencing System EOSS TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER If available nter the TM number otherwis nter NA RIN DEN E221 TE COSAL or the SCLSIS enter th Number RIN If not available assign a temporary RI For automated ships component s RI N AILSIN FUNCT Automated Record IN as a permanen until changed by the SCLSIS CI the component is listed in the Identification first review ONAL GROUP CODE Integrated Language System DEN T063 the program will t data element DM external interface the SEF for the a If the Identification Block 30 Number Work Authorization Boundary Item Number A LS N SWL IN Jr is not availabl SWAB if known NAVSEAINS nter th
26. Field B Enter the code SS if the job requires work within SUBSAFE boundaries or involves SUBSAFE materials Refer to COMSUBLANT COMSUBPACINST 4855 2 Field C Enter the code L1 if the job requires work within Level I boundaries or involves Level I material Refer to COMSUBLANT COMSUBPACINST 4855 2 Field D Enter the code 08 if the job is associated with nuclear equipment Refer to NAVSEAINST 9210 4A NOTAL Field E Enter the code RC if the job requires radiological controls RADCON Refer to NAVSEA technical publication 389 0153 Field F Enter the code DD if the job requires dry docking to accomplish Field G Enter the code NC for critical noise deficiencies or NP for potential radiated noise deficiencies Field H Reserved for future use Field Reserved for future use Field J Reserved for future use Field K Reserved for future use Field L Enter the code assigned to the visiting activity This will identify the visiting activity as the originator of the deferral Information reported as directed by the cognizant TYCOM SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS entered on 2P KEY EVENT 2 digit number identifying an event which influences a job or is influenced by the completion of a job e g Job requiring completion before undocking Blank indicates that the job is not associated with a key event SPECIAL INTEREST A field used to indicate the job has been selected for job management reports and id
27. NTENANCE actions configuration changes Allowance List objectives only once by main CSMP Maintenan the accomplishment of financial industrial operational in support of ships It is the center supervisor to ensure that requires th COSAL It allows for information coll tenance personnel feedback reports to achiev lected to usion for incl Providing information necessary to evaluate and maintainability lled systems and equipments and Providing maintenance history information to the 3 M DATA SYSTEM reporting of maintenance and Coordinated Shipboard the desired be recorded into the ship s ce managers use the CSMP to manage and control of deferred maintenance and for and analyt the research tical purposes responsibility of each work the CSMP accurately describes For each maintenance the material condition of the work center action it is imperative that a Proper equipment is identified b Correct codes are used y Chain of command reviews each transaction d Proper supply documents are generated to ensure that the correct parts are ordered Various automated systems hav shipboard manual workload associated wii b n developed to reduce the th maintenance provide users with a responsive and flexible facility for on line man agement of maintenance and improve
28. Start Up Maintenance A CLOG NW 1 Perform complete engine operational U 2 check NOTE This MRC should be accomplished prior to placing engine into service Operational Tast Mone Maintenance Index Dage MIP Page 2 of 2 SYSCOM MIP 3112 000 51 ODEAY 4790 85 REV 2 87 Figure 1 23 Maintenance I Index Page Indicating IEM 98 06L7 LSNIVYSAVN 1 7 4 Categories of IEM 1 7 4 1 Lay Up Maintenance LU Lay up maintenance actions prepare th quipment for periods of prolonged idleness and are usually performed only once at the beginning of the inactive period 1 7 4 2 Periodic Maintenance PM Periodic maintenance actions are accomplished on a recurring basis during the inactive period to prevent equipment deterioration These maintenance actions are operational PMS performed at either the same periodicity with a note specifying the MRC to be used Figure 1 23 or at a different periodicity with a note specifying the MRC to be used and the modified periodicity Figure 1 23 1 7 4 3 Start Up Maintenance SU Start up maintenance actions ensure that equipment is in a condition suitable for operation or to reactivate an equipment or system that has been inactivated for a prolonged period Start up maintenance consists of performing turn on procedures and restoring the equipment to its ready for service condition Figure 1 24 1 7 4 4 Operational Test OT
29. lected by maintenance personnel to be recorded only once and the maintenance database thereafter will provide information to al 3 2 SCOPE This chapter sp ll who have a need for it cifies and standardizes the requirements for O level MDS reporting It requires the reporting of maintenance actions and configuration changes on all cat equipment Maintenance data collection or report requirements not specified in this manual will on fleet units by the shore establishment withou of the Chief of 3 3 OBJECTIVE tegories of ting Naval Operations N43 not be levied t prior approval 3 M Organizational Level Maintenance provides a means to effectively manage and control organizational maintenance It is primarily managed via the Current Ship s Maintenance Project CSMP A thorough and accurate CSMP reflects the material condition of the ship This objective is achieved by a Reporting maintenance actions b Reporting configuration changes on Producing Current Ship s Maintenance Project CSMP reports d Producing work requests work candidate e Producing deficiency documents for use by the Board of Inspection and Survey INSURV fa improve readiness availability of instal g Systems Central reliability Database 3 4 3 M ORGAN O ZAT ONAL 0 level maintenanc LEVEL MA
30. 1 Mandatory 2 For equipment without a serial number CSMP Summary Date Deadline 2K 2K 2K termined by enter NONE Mandatory Length is det format Length is det format termined by 2 Length is determined by the date format Date Completed the date Date of Estimate E the date 1 Optional DATA ELEMENT Deferral Date Deferral Reason Departure Test Required Dry Dock Required Engineering Operational Sequencing System EOSS Equipment Identification Code DEN F964E F964D DOO8D MAINTENANCE LENGTH TYPE 2K 2K 2P 2P CK 2K CK 15 ENTRY TYPE N VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS Mandatory Length is determined by the date format Mandatory Must be Ts 2y Spo 45 Dy OG Te By Gee OE 0 Optional If used must be an X Optional If used must be an X Optional Not required for Electronics or Ordnance configuration change actions Mandatory DATA ELEMENT Equipment Noun Name Es Ho Es Ma Es Co Days tim ated Man Days tim ated Man Cost tim urs ated Man Cer tim ated ial Costs tim st ated Total DEN F940 MAINTENANCE LENGTH TYPE 2K CK 2K 2P 2K 2P 2K 2P 2K 2P 2K 2P 16 ENTRY TYPE E VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS
31. MEA SECTION I JOB IDENTIFICATION 1 SHIPS UIC 2 WORK CENTER 3 JOB SEQ NO 4 ALTERATIONS SMWALT ORDALT FLD CHG ete 2 0 5 9 01060 142 341 a ewes USS CARON _ oe DD ORO SET EE ri er Ship s Configuration Change Form For A Correction Figure B 5 To A Previously Submitted Change SHIPS CONFIGURATION CHANGE FORM OPNAV 4780 CK WORT CENTER Tr Jensen Ar ON IDENTIFICATION 2 0 0 4 3 EM0 112 3 8 4 USS WILLIAM H BATES es reg MOLO ds PE seer an 19479042 CRO 13503 kes A N L borre OG uoenon CC I NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY WORK CENTER id __24 NAMEPLATEDATA 7725 MAINTENANCE INDEX PAGE JONA JOA A EE DEE AA re a Figure B 6 Ship s Configuration Change Form For Location Correction APPENDIX B 16 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B see CONTROL NUMBER 1 P 2 WO EN 3 JOBSEQ NO 4 ALTERATIONS SHIPALT ORDALT FLD CHG etc 2 0 8 3 8 E A 0 8 3 2 3 8 USS FIFE DD 991 rent SECTION II JOB Di MARKS AN RD rs LENTE SWTTGH ELEME NT PUSH CUTLER HAM ER 654975P VENTILATION SYSTEM INSTRUCTIONS _ rnae ESTONIA Boca paoe 18 oor mor AA EE HP Figure B 7 Ship s Configuration Change Form for COSAL Add SHI FI AV 4790 CK d P S CONFIGURATION CHANGE FORM OPN COMP M A MO DEFL OEFL SECTION I B IDENTIFICATIO ALTERATION IDENTIFICATION A SHPSMME USS CARON pers
32. REMARKS DESCRIPTION entered on 2K and CK FOR A MAINTENANCE ACTION 2K Provide information that describes the problem and what caused the failure if known followed by what needs to be done to correct the problem Separate the problem description and corrective action entries with three X s i e WHAT IS WRONGXXXWHAT MUST BE DONE TF reporting the completion of a maintenance action the field should describe the trouble and the corrective action If necessary this field is used to record safety related data and for expected SLR Level 2 data For SLR Level 2 reporting the following narrative information is expected a Any problems encountered which hindered or delayed completion of the maintenance action b Reference Designators Part Serial Numbers Referenc Designators and or Serial Numbers of removed and installed parts c Symptoms of the failure d Logistics Deficiencies part number s of parts replaced or causing logistic delays if the part was obtained by cannibalization identify source e Description of difficulties with or deficiencies of fault isolation procedures maintenance documentation or test equipment f Full description of multiple events within a maintenance action g Any other helpful information concerning the event For SLR Level 3 Specialized Reporting the data will be in a structured
33. Shipyard is performed by industrial and fleet support bases Level Maintenance ship s activities Depot rebuilding including nanc of parts and reclamation k being prepared Package SH under requires major overhaul or a assemblies the manufacturing of parts PALT the Package SHIPALT Program complete and end items testing subassemblies modifications those SHIPALTs SHIPALTS P is assigned to under this program must meet the following basic criteria 1 spare parts The material technical data installation instructions are pre packaged by an plans etc industrial facility for specific ships suitable for installation by forces afloat technical assisi installation 2 SHIPALTS or Al lies tance will be provided at the time of As part of the package only nominal All funds to support preparation of Package including technical assistance Program Material except for Special are FMP funded Lg eration Ship Alt SHIPALT An approved per manent change to the configuration of a ship that is documented as a SHIPALT Record SHIPALTs are clas hull machinery design material component parts o modify shipboard electronic field alterations are n conjunctive SHI involved SHI m SAR and implemen sified by title eq
34. c ip MTS fidential ored Training Ship Support currence and NAVSEASYSCOM Denotes a m Submergence system equi Certificati Control RE Denotes a m Submergence system equi XR aintenan System pment th on SOC C docum aintenan Cc a DS requirement S asset or is within requirement Cc a system DS pment th S asset or is within on systems equipment that Yard classification s Secret classification a Deep the Scope of where no Re entry entation is required on a Deep the Scope of Code Description Certification SOC where no Re entry Control REC documentation is required This MRC is Confidential bo SYSCOM MRC Control Number Used to identify those MRCs listed on MIP First two digits of the SYSCOM MRC Control Number underlined indicates a new and or revised MRC 8 Maintenance Requirement Brief description of each maintenance requirement 9 Periodicity Code Delineates how frequently the maintenance requirement must be performed refer to paragraph 1 5 4b 10 Rate Skill Level Identifies the recommended skill level of the person s considered capable of performing the maintenance requirements Qualified personnel other than the rate rating specified may be assigned When a Navy Enlisted Classification NEC is assigned or
35. entered on 2K and CK to the nearest whole hour during which This should show actual but not include delays AILSIN see data element AUTOMATED DENTIFICATION NUMBER AILSIN ALLOWANCE PARTS LIST ALLOWANCE EQUIPAGE LIST APL AEL on 2K and CK NTEGRATED LANGUAGE SYSTEM entered The APL AEL relates to a set of characteristics which identify a particular system equipment or component The Master Index of APLs AELs MIAPL lists what APLs AELs are available and cross references various equipment identification numbers to an existing APL AEL e g 992179236 for an APL and 2 260034096 for an AEL For manual reporting on equipment not listed in the Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List NOT LISTE D COSAL enter in the APL AEL field For maintenance actions that are not equipment related e g requests for cruise box manufacture printing services etc enter NA in this field ALTERATION IDENTIFICATION CONFIGURATION CHANGES entered on 2K and CK An alteration is a change in design material number location or relationship of an assembly s component parts Some alteration categories ar SHIPALT appears on type and SH entered in wi Enter th the Ship Al IPALT number the first two positions th the alteration number be
36. C 7 2 Standard MJC Routines for TAMS Calibration and Weight Testing The PMR WC entry of the MJC standard routines identify the specific Logistic Manager Code for each category of TAMS ET SPAWAR Electronics JR NAVSEA RADIAC etc A 2 causes multiple task line items per single AWR and the MC is the special suffix assigned to the Master CSMP deferral from the MJC From the MJC routine record a PMR WC entry adjacent to the REPAIR MJC will create one item per AWR This item will have a unique WC suffix CR for Cal Repair This allows retrieval of all TAMS repair history from NAVSEALOGCEN by keying on the JCN WC suffix or by MJC JCN which is contained in Block 18 of each MJC originated CSMP deferral The LCM code is included on each PMR detailed record reported to NAVSEALOGCEN via 3 M APPENDIX C 20 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Lab MJC for Cal PMR WC MJC for Repair PMR WC 51C NO000EXCAB702 HE2MC NO0O00EXCAE 702 HE CR 67B NO00000XCAB701 ET2MC NO0000XCAE701 ET CR 67F NO000EXCAB703 JR2MC NOOOOEXCAE703 JR CR 72D NOOQOOWXCNC719 HW2MC NOOQOOWXCNE719 HW CR 96A NOOOOEXCAB704 HM2MC NOOQOOOEXCAE704 HM CR FCA NO000EXCAB706 HM2MC NO000EXCAE706 HM CR C 7 3 Other Automated System in Support of PMR Other automated systems and system programs interface with the MJC and PMR programs Refer to TYCOM instructions and sys
37. E A statement confirming that necessary resources are available and budgeted to perform in depth analysis of MDS data on the nominated equipment al Identification of the appropriate UIC RIN combinations e Specification of the desired SLR category Level 1 2 or 3 f Level 3 Specialized Reporting nominations should also include the identification of desired unique data elements to be incorporated into a template g Equipment nominated for SLR should also have formal TYCOM concurrence Nominations may be submitted via the internet either through the NAVSEALOGCEN website www nslc navsea navy mil or directly on the Distance Support Anchor Desk site www anchordesk navy mil Select Talk to Someone Now to place a phone call to the Navy Integrated Call Center requesting SLR nomination information or select Submit a Request to make a formal request Before an equipment will be approved there should be evidence the fleet has the capability to report on the requested unique data and that the SYSCOM S possess the capability necessary to analyze the collected SLR data Upon approval from NAVSEA 04RM the requestor is responsible for providing the NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg point of contact with the desired data elements for which data is to be collected and the requestor is also expected to collaborate with the NAVSEALOGCEN Mechan
38. Sa Develops evaluates and implements an MJC deferral for each PMR added to the CMP d Distributes a Unit Identification Code UIC unique configuration and scheduling record for each CMP periodic requirement to each activity maintaining the ship class e Maintains the MJC and PMR database at the central facility regional hub port facility Readiness Support Group RSG or Parent Squadron IMA supporting the ship classes f Plans and executes the ship s scheduled availabilities and planned work packages by retrieval of all scheduled PMRs alterations Type Commander TYCOM directed and local support routines from the MJC PMR module and all screened deficiencies from the tended ship s CSMP into the Master CSMP of the central facility g Manages the execution of all authorized work ensuring the progress status change delay and completion of each task is reported into 3 M as detailed in the applicable program user manuals h Produces and distributes PMR CSMP and production information Availability Summaries Key Event Schedules and Progress AWRs Calibration Summaries CSMP Summaries etc as specified by TYCOM directives Tes Distributes Maintenance Data System MDS information from NAVSEALOGCEN to the applicable program managers and SYSCOM fleet support activities for analysis and upgrade of CMPs technical specifications mandatory parts replacement requirements affirmation a
39. Sl COMPLETION DATE Enter the Julian date the maintenance action was completed NOTE Blocks 32 33 and 34 are only to be reported if the equipment has been SEL designated 32 ACT MAINT TIME Enter the total clock hours to the nearest whole hour during which ship s force maintenance was actually performed This should include time for troubleshooting but not delays 33 TI Enter a single numeral 1 through 9 to indicate to the nearest 10 percent the percentag of active maintenanc xpended in troubleshooting For example if no troubleshooting is involved enter 2 for 20 3 for 30 7 for 70 ett 34 METER READING Enter the time meter reading to the nearest whole hour at the time of failure If the equipment has more than one meter designate the meter being recorded in Block 35 REMARKS using the letters METRED followed by the meter designator An asterisk must precede and follow the meter designation Example METRED 1A2M1 35 REMARKS DESCRIPTION Enter remarks relating to the maintenance action These remarks should be brief but complete and meaningful Remarks should state what was wrong what caused the failure if known and what was done to correct the problem If SAFETY HAZARD Block 15 is checked a description of the condition creating the hazard should be
40. Ta Supervise the command s spot check self evaluation program Provide a weekly status report to the System manager 1 4 4 Department Head Each Department Head is responsible to the 3 M Manager for the ffective operation of the 3 M System within the department The Department a Super schedules Head will vise maintenance scheduling within the department and other departmental 3 M functions Review and approve cycle b Review annotations of maintenance actions that were plished during the quarter and close out not fully accom Quarterly sched om Ensur motivated in th ules e departmental personnel are properly trained and ffective operation of the 3 M System d Conduct periodic meetings with Division Officers and Work Center Supervisors and keep th of the status o Ex Ensur added deleted 1 shipboard allow 2 Executive Officer informed f the 3 M System within the department e the following action is taken when equipment is or modified Coordinate with the Supply Officer to ensure ances including tools parts materials and test equipment needed for PMS are updated Ensure all material deficiencies are properly and promptly docume 3 the date of ori 4 Maintenance IE nted Ensure all required 3 M System documents are submitted to the 3 M System coordinator within 4 working days of ginatio
41. field For ex Description ample RE NSPECT OF O L AFTER R NSE MRC A 27 EVI ON OF SEPARATOR FOR PRESENCE DENTLY NOT DONE PRESENCE OF OIL RESULTED N FIRE UNI DER LOAD F N HP Al IRE BADLY BURNED VALVE AHP 287 R SYSTEMS WHEN COMPRESSOR OPERATED REQUIR REPLACEMENT field to SCHEI The Julian dat completed by DULED COMP LETI ON SCHEI Used the SCREENING ACTI DULED STAR by job is to DATE I the repair activity begin ON The ship s 3 M copy of all OPNAV 4790 2K doc the safety officer for review DATE system coordinator will entered on 2K and 2P entered on 2K and 2P entered on 2P NG forward a umentation having an entry in this te on which all work on the job is scheduled to be the activity assisting the originating ship the Julian date on which work on Appropriate action to be taken to accomplish the maintenance as directed by the TYCOM but APPENDI if approved is to be done The field may also be used by the the TYCOM representative s decision has precedence TUC TYCOM representative must indicate the level at which the maintenance IUC The NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SCREEN NG IUC entered on 2K The intermediat
42. testing other test equipm CLASS STANDARD hours tenths for Block 37 C Estimated Historical To ident EQUIPMENT TYPE the equipment Microwave Mechanical 5 Enter lies Electronic 2 3 optical Di ter the plant account is usually applies only to fixed equipment ter a Y if the component standard for calibrating or ent otherwise leave blank ify the source type of man A Engineered B the functional category of Coaxial mensional 4 Physical Electrical 6 These are for LCM Measurement Equipment Special Support Additional codes and other categories will be established by other LCMS PHASE LEVEL CMP events For measurement if applicable quipment SUBMEPP or enter an asterisk plus the four digit KEY EVENT code describing the situational requirement ACTION REQU entered RED For PERA and weight handling components Primari ly calibration codes are use Code 06 TEST INSP OVERFLOW IND CA TOR For the IMA measurement TAMS lab may use a two character code to identify a specific shore facility for SUBMEPP to identify components requiring off site assistance teams A similar code may be used Block 48 Block 49 SCAT CODE For Ships Portable Electrical Electronic Equipment Requirements List SPETERL TAMS The LCM should provide the sub
43. tion necessary to evaluate and improve ty and availability of installed while eliminating periodic requirements whose material condition assessment MCA indicates little risk C 4 MASTER JOB CATALOG MJC The MJC is a collection of recurring jobs applicable to multiple supported units a These jobs typically consist of PMRs from the CMP est calibration and repair of various S recurring Board of Inspection and Survey INSURV deficiencies routines for IMA services and PMRs for inspection t equipments alteration depot routines for interfacing the CSMP with the Ship Alteration and Repair Package SARP Overhaul Work Package OWP lo There are many advantages of using jobs from the MJC Use of the MJC reduces the documentation burden for ship s force in preparing deferrals for recurring maintenance actions MJC preplanned jobs reduce Planning amp Estimating the pl P amp E lanning effort required by the IMA Planning information is usually recorded for the MJC jobs In addition it reduces the variability in job accomplishment This is contributed to the consistency of job requirements for each repetitive use of the MJC job MJC jobs provide a ready vehicle for recording lessons learned as the job is accomplished time after time C 4 1 Use of the MJC The MJC is structured as a CSMP deferral and planning record The MJC describes mandator
44. 2K 2P 2K 2P 2K CK 2K 2K 2K LENGTH 14 12 32 ENTRY TYPE For SHIPALT Optional 1 amp 2 must be SA pos Pos 7 13 Pos 14 is Pos 3 6 is ship type is alteration number title code For all other alteration types pos amp 2 must be OA BA FC MA Sig EG HE EY ED SP SC TR EP MO or AR Pos 3 is blank Pos Optional Optional Optional Blueprints Technical Manuals etc data element is filled LX 7 Optional DATA ELEMENT DEN MAINTENANCE VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS Date Completion TYPE 2K CK LENGTH ENTRY TYPE Mandatory F968C CK Component Action or M must be A D Component Component Noun Name F940B CK CK LS 26 Identification 1 2 Must be greater than deferral date Length is determined by the date format 1 Mandatory 2 If reporting a configuration maintenance action must be R I 3 If reporting a configuration file correction Or Ex 1 Optional 1 Mandatory 2 For HM amp E equipment enter the noun name 3 For electronics equipment type designator or commercial model number 4 For ordnance equipment system equipment nomenclature nter th umbers foll nter the AN Lowed the Mark and Mod n Component Serial Number CK 2K 15 30 by
45. Reporting SLR equipment as defined in paragraph 3 5 d Accomplishment of an alteration directive i e Ship Alteration SA Ordnance Alteration OA Field Change FC etc Policy and implementation are provided in reference c e Addition of any new equipment or system fi Relocation of any equipment g Replacement or exchange of any equipment h Deletion removal or turn in of any installed equipment Tes Completion of maintenance actions considered significant for material history purposes such as 1 Maintenance actions which alter the design or operating characteristics of an equipment or system 2 Other maintenance actions or conditions that are considered significant for future reference purposes Je Accomplishment of maintenance that required parts shall be requisitioned k Submarines and all ships configured with Automated Information Systems AIS will report all corrective maintenance actions For non automated sites the OPNAV 4790 2K Ships Maintenance Action Form is used to report a completed maintenance action Refer to Appendix A for the data elements and allowed values and SECTION 3 8 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Appendix B for the instructions for manually completing the OPNAV 4790 2K DEFIC ENCY DENT FICATION I NOITLOUS ON F 0T 8 ENTERED br I TYFE FAN DEFICIENCY STATUS OF REPAIR Jim ACTION i Fa nm DEFER eoar F TE H
46. TRAINING The commanding officer establishes and maintains a viable 3 M system training program to sustain that level of knowledge and awareness received during formal training 1 4 1 3 M System Team Assist Visits Periodic assistance is provided upon request 1 4 2 Training Sources Aides Available The following 3 M System training courses and aids are available to assist in shipboard training a 3 M PQS NAVEDTRA 43241F and provides the 3 M knowledge and fundamentals required for workstations with both PMS and automated MDS requirements SECTION MA INTENANCE AND MATERI AL MANAGEMENT APPENDIX A AND VAL DATA ELEMENT DESCR 3 M MANUAL PTIONS DAT ON SPEC F CAT ONS APPENDIX A DATA ELEMENT DESCRIPTIONS AND VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page A 1 PURPOSE skvatt nete aea e Ses td ene SEES SEG A A 2 OBJECTIVE sus she teak tins ce alone We est
47. m Allowance O Providing work center equipment maintenance history Providing data assist provisioning Overhaul planning Analyzing repair parts usage Updating allowance lists and the Coordinated Shipboard List COSAL Providing data for ship design Shipboard management including determination of problem equipment and providing data for availability and overhaul p q count and equipment Analyzing part failures Displaying labor hours parts cost maintenance action the calculated ownership cost value for ships and SECTION 1 4 DATA ELEMENTS The MDS data elements AVAILABLE IN NAVSEAINST 4790 8B THE 3 M SYSTEM which are stored in the database are listed and defined in the Ships 3 M Database Reference Manual which can be downloaded from the NAVSEALOGCEN home page http nslc navsea navy mil 4790 CK OPNAV 4790 2F OPNAV 4790 2P DD The OPNAV 4790 2K OPNAV 1348 and NAVSUP 1250 1 Forms and 3 M ADP programs are used to report these data elements 1 5 SHIPS 3 M ON LINE SYSTEM The Ships 3 M On line dat corrective maintenance act date It contains maintenance supply and tabase is a historical repository of tions spanning 1990 through current IMA data and allows the user to select sort and or process data as well as create reports It provides the means to plan
48. machinery tem space is ENCY SUSPENSION OF PMENT SYSTEM SPACE USE IS REQUIRED This category ls with serious safety hazards to personnel or or health hazards which must be corrected prior to resuming use of the equipment system space MO DERATE SAFETY OR ENCY WAIVER OF HEALTH DEFIC EQ U IPMENT SYSTEM SPACE USE OF eq THE injury grea ipment satisfact serious damage tly risking the health of personnel TEM IS GRANTED PENDI NG CORRECTI ON CO MI safe reso NOR SAFETY OR HEALTH DEF ENCY NEGL G BLE DEF C ENCY accomplished on the equipment system space This category is used in cases wher t system space can be operated or ut tory manner without greatly risking the equipment system space tilized in physical th a or This is a category of ty or health deficiencies which must be corrected when urces become available SAFETY OR HEALTH identifies deficiencies which are not purposes and may be corrected when ot This category ted for record ther work is SAFETY RELATED INDICATOR MAINTENANCE ACTION 15 NOT SAFETY RELATED NOTE Codes 6 through 9 may be locally assigned by TYCOMs for additional safety codes required A brief explanation must be included in the Remarks
49. Deferred Maintenance ACEVOR ts ste edt ket 3 4 Completed Maintenance ACE VOnS osederk da Striker aSa 3 8 Reporting a Completed Maintenance Action that was Related to an Alteration or Resulted in a Configuration Change 3 1 Documenting a Periodic Maintenance Requirement PMR 3 1 Configuration File Correction 3 iw des dad Steed Shee whe 3 1 3 1X 10 Documenting Changes Additions or Deletions to previously Feported maintenance actions iodo a al issues 3 14 329 SELECTED LEVEL REPORTING SER sande tna lila a 3 14 3 571 Selected Equipment Indicator SEL cum aa 3 14 3 5 2 Selected Level Reporting Categories o ooooooooooooo 315 3 5 3 Level 3 Specialized Reporting Template 3 16 3 5 4 SLR Nominations Deletions Changes oooooooooooo o 3 17 35457 SER Data AHalyvsSas Fosser a seter keen et 3 18 3 5 6 SLR Record Identification in CDMD OA 3 18 37047 Ahre ve ir Tama alte MOM a Teaters 3 18 3558 Sem nhuat Uda CE ata ee eee nr Least 3 19 36 SCREENING AND SUBMISSION PROCESS v res Herker seere 3 19 3 61 Transaction nd Hrror REPOTt avala kar ee bea ee 3 19 3 7 CURRENT SHIP S MAINTENANCE PROJECT CSMP o ooooooo o 3 19 Sahel ROME AD Gar Gs Sopris is ek si ENER 3 20 3 722 CSMF Use by Outside Activities si date se y eu eed ett eee 3 21 3 1437 Automated CSME
50. ESSENTIAL Extremely important safety or damage control item Required for sustained performance of ship s mission Required to sustain normal level of basic human needs and sanitation Required to maintain overall integrity of ship or a system essential to ship s mission Will contribute so markedly to efficient and economical operation and maintenance of a vital ship system that the pay off in the next year will overshadow the cost to accomplish Required for minimum acceptable level of preservation and protection C 3 CASREP on equipment HIGHLY DESIRABLE mportant safety or damage control item Required for efficient performance of ship s mission Required for normal level of human comfort Required for overall integrity of equipment or systems that are not essential but are required as backups in case of primary system failure Will contribute so markedly to efficient and economical operation and or maintenance of a vital ship system that the payoff in the next year will at least equal the cost to accomplish Will effect major reduction in future ship maintenance in an area or system that presently cannot be maintained close to acceptable standards Required to achieve minimum acceptable level of appearance C 2 CASREP on equipment DESIRABLE Some contribution to efficient performance Some contribution of normal level of human comfort and welfare Required for overall integrity of other than an essential system or its backup system Will
51. It does not does not weight and moment footprint of the i records All AERs require SPM technical approval 3 does not 4 Srey or 5 water interfacing equipment or syst Damage Control records I 2 p impact impact impact Battle Force has one or more of the attributes described in TYCOM and all of the following Interoperability the ship s stability records or alter th equipment i It does not ventilation e impact is replacing shipboard dist lectrical power tems compartmental 3 dimensional tributive systems their SSR or arrangement It does not impact Manpower and Personnel Non military improvements may be approved and authorized for accomplishment by the cognizant SPM lowing procedures will be followed if the SPM s internal review determines that the proposed AER should be accomplished The foll as a SHIPALT Title E D development as a SHIPALT SKP Or SK d or is al Lready under 1 An AER can be a prerequisite to a SHIPALT such as Title F and D SHIPALTs In this case information relating to the development of the SHIPALT will be included in the body of the AER recommendation letter Additionally it should be stated that ILS products affected will b
52. REL ABIL TY CENTERED MA NTENANCE CERTIF CAT institutionalize Reliability Centered Maintenance thodology for Navy maintenance managers and engineers tasked revision and approval of maintenance This Appendix is directed at technical cont T ON PROGRAM RCM tractors and engineers involved in answering TFBRs and designing new PMS documents J 2 CERTIFICATION LEVELS RCM Certification is aligned along three levels to meet the distinctly different maintenance responsibilities that exist Individual certification level levels include J 2 1 Level Certification Leve Certification addresses responsibilities of individuals tasked to develop review maintenance tasks J 2 2 Level Certification Level responsible to develop on new systems or equipment review ISES J 2 3 Level Certification Level senior In Service Engineers teach Level RCM Certification courses at their or approve changes to current Certification applies only to those individuals or approve PMS task requirements Certification is designed for a very select group of selected by their commands to In Service Engineering Agency and to provide a local RCM subject matter expert J 3 ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY Responsibility for
53. SAN DIEGO CA 92155 5490 577 437 3513 COMNAVSURFPAC N41 ATG Afloat Training Group Pacific COMMANDER AFLOAT TRAINING GROUP PACIFIC N41 3455 STURTEVANT ST STE 1 SAN DIEGO CA 92136 5069 526 619 556 1792 COMSUBLANT N4071A COMMANDER SUBMARINE FORCE U S ATLANTIC FLEET N4071A 7958 BLANDY BLVD NORFOLK VA 23551 2492 836 D 836 1278 COMSUBPAC N4721 COMMANDER SUBMARINE FORCE U S PACIFIC FLEET N4721 1430 MORTON STREET BLDG 665 PEARL HARBOR HI 96860 6543 808 473 5577 128 COMNAVRESFOR Code N4 COMMANDER NAVAL RESERVE FORCES CODE N4 4400 DAUPHINE STREET NEW ORLEANS LA 70146 5100 678 504 678 5715 COMMINEWARCOM N841 COMMANDER MINE WARFARE COMMAND N841 325 FIFTH STREET S E CORPUS CHRISTI TX 78419 5032 361 961 4852 APPENDIX F 2 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B TELEPHONE NUMBERS DSN AREA COMM EXT ACTIVITY CODE COMNAVSEASYSCOM SEA 04RM11 326 202 781 3374 3372 Ships 3 M SEA 04RM11 COMMANDER NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND SEA 04RM11 1333 ISAAC HULL AVE SE STOP 4111 WASHINGTON NAVY YARD DC 20376 4111 COMNAVSEASYSCOM SEA 04L5 326 202 781 1852 3346 Fleet Logistics Sup
54. in progress information toring is performed by each work center at the Reported which is coded DECK CLEARANCE NG BARGE A AWAITING PARTS SUPPLIES TOOLS B AWAITING TRANSPORTATION e AWAITING QA INSPECTOR D AWAITING NDT E AWAITING FIREWATCH 13 AWAITING ACCESS TO SHIP QUARTER G AWAITING RIGGERS CRANE SERVICES SCAFFOLD H MAKING SPECIAL TOOL PART I AWAITING AWC OTHER CRAFT J AWAITING TAG OUT K AWAITING ADDITIONAL REFERENCE MATERIAL L AWAITING SHIPS FORCE M SHIP S DRILLS APPENDIX A 30 N O Rework NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SHOP EQUIPMENT INOPERATIVE CHANGE N WEATHER Unplanned delay caused by the need to repeat previously accomplished work due to poor workmanship or the omission of work steps Code Description P1 FAILED TEST P2 RE LAP RE GRIND P3 WRONG MATERIAL P4 WRONG MEASURE P5 MISCELLANEOUS Change of Normal Method Tools Not Used Unplanned delay caused by the need to correct a deficiency that the normal shop method of repair could not or did not correct DEPARTURE FROM SPECIFICATIONS Code Description Ql NEW SET UP Q2 PARTS FROZEN Q3 Q4 PART BUILD UP Q5 MISCELLANEOUS R OTHER THAN THE ABOVE INSURV
55. 5 The rep lacement of parts assemblies or equipment with like items of later or more efficient design where it can be demonstrated that the cost of the installation and maintenance of the new parts assemblies or components is less than the components existing and does cost of maint system design aining the installed parts assemblies or and such replacement does not cause a change to the or affect any interfacing system design not effect a change to the systems of equipment normally associated with the military or technical characteristics of the ship 6 The proposed alteration is an inspection or documentation change requiring no equipment modification but requires a vehicle to monitor accomplishment 1 3 ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY Responsibility for alteration management is required at various levels of command Command responsibilities include 1 3 1 Naval Sea Systems Command As the managing agent for the FMP program COMNAVSEASYSCOM provides reports a major input The NDE NM r into the NDE NM database from MDS cords and tracks authorized configuration change requirements and status Specific alteration management responsibilities for a reports from flee database B the managing agent are Maintain and update the NDE NM database requesting cannot
56. A T will contain the FGC in lieu of A submarines use SWAB Ship Work Breakdown Structure SPECIAL PURPOSE directed and are provided by the TYCOM supporting activity RI T 4790 8B Ship or Ship Work List L S N DENT applications Other class other type ships use Expanded ESWBS Th S SUBMEPP PERA requirements are TYCOM The following are PMR requirements for SUBMEPP LCM These requirements if applicable are provided by SUBMEPP If the local site determines that changes are required additions may be mad Deletions must first be coordinated with SUBMEPP Block 30A SS Use X if the component is submarine safe SUBSAFE Block 30B Use an X if the component is LEVEL 1 Block 30C NL1 Use an X if the component is NUCLEAR LEVEL 1 Block 30D NDT Use an X if the component requires NON DESTRUCTIVE TEST Block 30E NWP Use an X if the component requires NUCLEAR WORK PROCEDURES Block 30F SAED Use an X if the component requires SUB ANTENNA ENGINEERING DIVISION Block 30G SAED Use an X if the component requires SUB ANTENNA ENGINEERING DIVISION Block 30H ST Use an X if the component requires SPECIAL TESTING Block 3
57. Block B HULL NUMBER Leave Blank Blocks 1 3 JOB CONTROL NUMBER Enter the same JCN Block 4 to the attached MJC 2K as assigned C MA PERIOD NTENANCE REMENT NUMBER is for CMP or a PMR REQU If the MJC enter the appropriate number from the other directive Block 5 Block 6 Block 7 Block 8 Block 9 SECTION Block 12 APPENDIX PERIODICITY If applicable enter the periodicity of the requirement YEAR AND MONTH ISSUED Enter the dat YYMM the PMR was established SPECIAL DATA The first two positions are to identify the LCM code controlling the PMR These codes are listed in the lower right section of the OPNAV 4790 CK PMR CK The third position is for entering whether the MJC is to control single 1 or multi component 2 JCNs Leave blank if the MJC is for non PMR service routines The fourth and fifth position is to record a special program WC suffix to the output CSMP JCN e g Submarine IMMP URO LID SEOC program is assigned JC as a suffix If no entry is made the output JCN will be assigned a WC suffix of MC Only alphabetic codes should be assigned to separate MJC retrieved deferrals from shipboard created deficiency deferrals SCREENING ACTION When authorized by TYCOM instructions the MJC may be designated as preapproved
58. C a corrective maintenance directive or periodic service routine item the fourth letter will identify its source as follows Code Source of Directive A PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM PMS F NAVSEA H SPAWAR M CINCLANTFLT CINCPACFLT 10 60 NOT USED OTHER RESERVED FOR TYCOM USE C a TYCOM alteration management system or APPENDIX 2 Other combinations of the third and fourth letter may be used to identify other categories as directed by TYCOMs When the MJC item is an altera C 22 tion cont the Fleet trolled through t Modernization NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Program Management Information System FMPMIS the first letter will identify the shipboard department the second letter will be X and the third and fourth letter will identify the type of alteration SA TY etc 1 The combination WC and JSN will be assigned by the alteration issuing authority and is displayed along with the structured alteration number on the alteration issuing directive 2 The structured alteration number must be recorded in Block 18 of the MJC deferral exactly as described in the AMS chapter This provides for an error free Alteration Record being added to the ship s CSMP and provides for the necessary 3 M to FMPMIS completion status feedback Because Block 18 is prefilled the MJC JCN will not be copied into that f
59. CAAF GURMART CALIBRATE ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT FEA CALEWAATE ELECTRONIE TANS HEPADK ELECTAONIE TEXT EQUIP TTT BOULPMENT MAINTENANCE TEST H FALE 2H PRINTED BOARDS PROVIDE MICROSELA SERVICE BEFAL TINE PIECES FATALE moro ENN OPTICAL INSTRUMENT REPAIR CRAT F R RADIO GROOMING CAMPO HEPA DE Fa P a La pa ind F k P Pe P AJC CALL pma FRESUENCT HAT 39 pu UR m 2 SEOUENCEO BT Hini EALL DEM EMLL POUM NOM MAME BATE FREGUENCT EQUIPMENT SERVICE A EMLIBRAT DEN EVER a TAKT i ICA HLEEP EGNET ORT ma BEETLE 1884 Lt TTT BOP Made mon m 9 CHOU THOMAS min 34 MICROFILM mE BUTT o TIME PIECE MATAR RADIO BOLPHENT ve As 152 OPTICAL FASTEN mon as RADIO GROMINE m r a CETPPO REPAIR MJC Call Down Frequency Report Figure C 3 C 31 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B MAINTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL APPENDIX D SHIPS 3 M FORMS AND PMS MANAGEMENT TOOLS ORDERING INFORMATION PMS MANAGEMENT TOOLS NSN Conventional Sizes Weekly PMS Schedule Holder Single Display SUFr QCB oooooooooooooonooooncnnnnooooooo o ooo 1H9905 00 255 5930 Weekly PMS Schedule Holder with 1 Hinged Panel 3 Display Surfaces 6 1H9905 00 255 5932 2 Panel for Weekly PMS Schedule Holder 5932 increases to 5 DisplaY ooooooooooooooo 1H9905 00 255 5933 3 Panel for Weekly PMS Schedule Holder 5932 w 5933 increases to 7 Display Surfaces
60. Center level briefing This briefing will consist of PMS SECTION 2 2 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B concepts and detailed procedures directed to the working level It will be held once the majority of Division Officers and Work Center Supervisors have reported aboard Additional briefings will be conducted by TYCOM as required during initial preliminary periods EN FTSCLANT FTSCPAC will brief the 3M Coordinator during the formal full PMS package installation 2 1 3 Inventory of PMS Installation Package 2 1 3 1 Inventory of Preliminary PMS Package The FTSCLANT FTSCPAC will provide a copy of the latest PMS package appropriate for the class ship on CD ROM The ship will monitor the pre commissioning space acceptance progress and inventory equipment associated with spaces to be accepted The ship will use the PMS package to identify applicable PMS and will coordinate with FTSCLANT FTSCPAC to acquire applicable PMS documentation for those equipment systems under ship s force control FTSCLANT FTSCPAC will assist the ship if PMS cannot be identified for a system to be accepted It is the ship s responsibility to validate the PMS for their hull 2 1 3 2 Inventory of Final PMS Package Final PMS Package The PMS installation team in conjunction with ship personnel shall conduct an inventory of the installation package received from FTSCLANT FTSCPAC This will
61. EMP Reporting Periodically PMT will provide a summary report of the monitored maintenance for a summary closeout of the services and deficiencies provided and to aid in the planning of the next monitoring period The ship s monitoring period is a finite period of time usually corresponding to a patrol period for SSBN s or aligned with maintenance availabilities taking the IDTC into account for the SSN s This monitoring period mirrors the ship s PMS cycle 3 5 DATA COLLECTED amp TRENDED The data collected per the datasheets attached to the K MRC s as well as the deficiency reports is entered into the PMT s engineering analysis system and typically uploaded nightly to a main database Over 5 years of data exists for the data that is collected The website provides the ability to retrieve th data and export to excel spreadsheets as well as on line graphing of data that behaves in a predictable fashion Ship s Force and other organizations may request historical data through the local PMT site SECTION 3 2 MA INTENANCE AND MATERI SECTION Chapter AL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL REPORTS AND SERVICES AVAILABLE FROM THE NAVAL SEA LOG ST CS CENTER NAVSEALOGCEN REFERENCE None SECT ON SECT ON REFERENCES IN
62. Ensure proper testing and inspection of work done by outside activities prior to job acceptance n Ensure delivery of test and measurement equipment and other portable support equipment to testing and calibration Work Centers as indicated on scheduling reports 1 4 9 Maintenance Personnel Maintenance personnel are responsible to the Work Center Supervisor Their 3 M System duties include but are not limited to the following a Perform assigned scheduled maintenance requirements using MRCs TGLs and EGLs b as indicated by the weekly schedule Ex When performing PMS promptly notify the Work Center Supervisor when 1 Anything on an MRC is not fully understood appears to be incorrect or cannot be accomplished as written 2 Tools materials etc prescribed by the MRC are not available 3 Any doubt exists about capability training or experience to properly perform the maintenance requirement as prescribed 4 Factors exist which would make performance of the maintenance requirement unwise or dangerous e g disassembly of equipment needed for operations radiation when prohibited Situations causing safety hazard to exist etc SECTION 1 1 8 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 5 Equipment deficiencies or casualties are discovered d Inform the Work Center Supervisor when planned maintenance requirements are completed and sign the accountability log The Work Center Supervisor must be
63. Operational test actions are those conducted to determine th operational condition of the equipment its ability to function as designed and to be integrated with other equipment to form a system 1 7 5 TEM MRCs IEM maintenance requirement cards are assigned SYSCOM MRC control numbers in the same manner as PMS MRCs The SYSCOM MRC control number periodicity indicator skill level and man hours information normally located adjacent to a maintenance requirement on the MIP will not be repeated when an operational MRC is used for IEM SECTION 1 1 72 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D Distribution authorized to DOD componente and DOD contractors only Critical Technology May 2001 Other requeats for this document shall be referred to Naval Sea Systems Command SEA OSM Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document DATE May 2001 MIP SERIES 0000 PERIODICITY 0 1 LOCATION SHIP SYSTEM SYSTEM SUB SYSTEM EQUIPMENT Radar Set AN SPG SSA RATE MAN HOURS RATE MAN HOURS RATE MAN HOURS TOTAL MAN HOURS ELAPSED TIME MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT DESCRIPTION 1 Perform start up maintenance SAPETY PRECAUTIONS 1 Forces aficat comply with NAVOSH Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100 19 series TOOLS PARTS MATERIAL TEST EQUIPMENT PROCEDURE NOTE 1 This is a sch duling card Schedule and p
64. STATUS STA Enter the code that most accurately describes th ffect of the failure or malfunction on the operational performance capability of the equipment when the need for maintenance was first discovered Code Description 1 Operational 2 Non Operational Block 8 Block 9 Block 10 APPENDIX Code Description CAUSE Reduced Capability Not Applicable use if reporting printing services etc CAS Enter the code that best describes the cause of the failure or malfunction when the need for maintenance was first discovered Refer to Appendix A data element CAUSE for an expanded definition of the allowable codes values Abnormal Environment Manufacturer Installation Defects Lack of Knowledge or Skill Communications Problem Inadequate Instruction Procedure Normal Wear and Tear Code Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 Inadequate Design 7 0 Other or No Malfunction DEFERRAL REASON DFR Enter the deferral reason code which best describes the reason the maintenance cannot be done at the time of deferral Refer to Appendix A data element DEFERRAL REASON for an expanded definition of the allowable codes values Due to Ship s Force Work Backlog Operational No Formal Training on this Equipment Formal Training Inadequate for this Equipment Inadequate School Practical Training Lack of
65. The Julian dat entered on 2K te the work request is completed and signed off by the requesting ship DATE OF EST MATE entered on 2K The Julian date the assisting activity completed the planning of the maintenance action DEADL NE DATE The latest possible Julian date ship s force work must be comple ry may be used an operational This is an optional entry originator DEFERRAL DATE This ent date required to meet another job to start entered on 2K The Julian date of when example of a deferral aci A code which best performed at the Code DEFERRAL REASON DEFER DATE DFR Deferral Reason commitment entered on 2K DUE TO SHI operations LACK unable by the unavailable parts technical manual and or equipment OF MATERI AL etc to capability of ship s no formal NO FORMAL TRA NING ON training in ols P S FORCE WORK BACKLOG OPERATI Within capability of ship s force to accomplish but unable to do so because of ship s overal Or E Acceptabl the maintenance action was deferred tion on 22 April 1994 would be entered on 2K that outside assistance and ted as determined by the to indicate a completion or to allow An WA 2 3 describes the reason maintenance could not be time of deferral co
66. be done to ensure the package contains all materials necessary for the PMS installation The installation team will compile a list of all deficiencies and discrepancies The installation team will forward this list directly to the FTSCLANT FTSCPAC as appropriate for immediate corrective action 2 1 4 PMS Package Installation Completion Check List During the preliminary PMS package build the installing activity will develop a check list to use during the PMS installation This check list will be used to ensure that a All PMS Work Center Supervisors are instructed in using the Automated Scheduling Program on how to do their PMS schedules and instructed in the preparation of Equipment Guide Lists EGLs Bi Supply personnel are familiar with the Standard PMS Item Name SPIN Standard PMS Material Identification Guide SPMIG and other responsibilities in support of Ship s 3 M Systems om The 3 M Coordinator Division Officers CPOs and LPOs that can access Local Area Network LAN and the Internet from their work stations demonstrate the ability to connect to the RAD WEB CDMD OA and on line 3 M Manual as required d An adequate number of the Ships 3 M Manual OPNAV 4790 forms and TYCOM 3 M Systems instructions are available on board 2 2 UPDATE OF SHIPBOARD PMS PACKAGE DURING OVERHAUL PERIOD The following procedures establ
67. equipment group and may contain from one to four characters followed by a dash The second segment identifies a specific subgroup component number within an equipment group and may contain from one to four characters followed by a slash The third segment identifies a distinct version within that equipment subgroup and may contain from one to three characters followed by a dash The fourth segment contains two characters identifying the month and year the MIP was prepared in all SYSCOM MI months January September and I of October December the last digit of b is used The first con The contains three characters unscheduled maintenance followed by a dash two characters which identify the month and year th maintenance prepared Centered Maintenance is used foll grou by t segm Boun sequ dary SWAB characters two characters whi ence of maint functional groupin followed by a dash c owed by a slash ping of items on which the maintenan his MIP are to be performed ent are normally the same as the Shi The second segm nu mber P control numbers Letters A through C for the months 1 through 9 are used for the the final character is a number indicating the year For SMS MIP cataloging a three segment code t segment identifies the equipmen tains seven alpha numeric characters followed by a slash second segment identifies the equipment if
68. ipment Supply and maintenance worthy configura SNAP the NTCSS Shipboard Non database Since tac or Next th th the equipment systems that they are th e bulk of ical e NTCSS Maintenance Management System tabase is provided the shipboard personnel need the information relevant to the actual main G neration tenance tion changes shall be reported and processed by the Configuration Data Manag The CDM Control Po database the SCLSI The CDM manuals systems available DM er C D OA database provides NAVI int SNAP or S process for Logistics Suppo rt CP Mechanicsburg OMMS NG This enables th Accurate report to ensure on board logist 3 4 2 2 Ship Responsibility Automated configurat as the uni databases and ion ES are and sect kep non automated ships main logistics database tion of the master Cl t in synchronization management process To nsur must SECT ON PMS DM through Documental tion information used by Navy for calcula allowances for repair parts carried onboard is periodically updated as a part of supply departmen ship to easily maintain its COSAL and order repair part tion This dat D OA dat timely receipt of accurate configural logistics support data and COSAL supply support documents to sup
69. s and other IMAs a digit code has been assigned The digit code is entered left to right leaving the right most position blank JOB SEQ NO Enter the character job sequence number assigned by the work center supervisor This is an entry assigned sequentially from the SFWL JSN Log APL AEL Allowance Parts List Allowance Equipment List Enter the APL AEL of the equipment being reported These numbers are found in the COSAL or SCLSIS Index Report An example of an APL would be 882170236 and an AEL would be 2 260034096 EQUIPMENT NOUN NAME Enter the equipment nomenclature description on which maintenance is being reported The equipment nomenclature description should be the same as that identified by the Equipment Identification Code EIC and is limited to 16 positions Standard abbreviations can be used if clarity is retained For electronic equipment having an Army Navy AN designation it will be substituted for the equipment nomenclature WHEN DISCOVERED WND Enter the code that best identifies when the need for maintenance was discovered Code Description Lighting Off or Starting Normal Operation During Operability Tests During Inspection Shifting Operational Modes During PMS S D ecuring During AEC Assessment of Equipment Condition No Failure PMS Accomplishment Only Not Applicable use when reporting printin
70. skills required to perform the duties of Logistics Primary Assistant Stock Control Material Stores Cargo and QA billets aboard SNAP I platforms T AFS AS CV CVN LHA LHD LPH 1 3 OTHER 3 M SYSTEM TRAINING 1 3 1 Naval Sea Logistics Center NAVSEALOGCEN Available from NAVSEALOGCEN is the Ships 3 M On line System Training Course The course sponsored and conducted by NAVSEALOGCEN is a 2 day program designed to introduce and train individuals on the usage of OARS and the 3 M database This course essentially encompasses two major areas Introduction and 123 Overview of Ships 3 M and Introduction to the OARS Retrieval Tool It provides both instruction and hands on lab time Upon completion of this course individuals should possess enough knowledge to nable them to retrieve data necessary for their specific functions Target audience includes military and civilian equipment life cycle managers system managers and engineers with a need to work with Ships 3 M data Requests for information and course dates should be addressed to Commanding Officer Nava Attn 5450 Ps l Sea Logistics Center Code N60 Carlisle Pike Box 2060 Mechanicsburg PA 17055 0795 Commercial 717 605 4734 DSN Navy Comm DSN 430 4734 Integrated Call Center ercial 1 877 418 6824 510 428 6824 1 4 SHIPBOARD
71. to be assigned by TYCOM only NOTE This screening code disapproves the accomplishment of a work item by an outside activity It does not prevent entry of the deferral into the CSMP which is the decision of the commanding officer NOTE This screening code is restricted to the removal of of the ship s INSURV items from the CSMP for which in the opinion IUC and TYCOM the ship has no responsibility for accomplishment Block Block Block Block Block Block Block Block Block Block Block APPEN NOTE The first character of the IUC and or TYCOM screening code should be entered in the appropriate field The second character when used should be entered in the space just below it 46 A L SPECIAL PURPOSE Use of these codes indicates the quality control and quality assurance standards are required Refer to TYCOM instructions for additional information relative to these blocks Enter the code in the designated block 46A through 46L to show quality control and or quality assurance requirements 46A The department head will enter the KEY EVENT code from the ISIC provided Key Event Schedule Refer to Maintenance Manual Volume Section 7 46B Enter the code SS if the job requires work within SUBSAFE boundaries or involves SUBSAFE materials Refer to COMSUBLANT COMSUBPACINST 4855 2 46C Enter the co
72. 1 32 1 53 1 34 1 43 1 44 1 47 1 53 1 54 155 1 56 1 61 1 62 1 63 1 64 Fig Fig Fig Fig re TE re re 1225 12234 1 24 1 254 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B PMS Change Documentation Routing Memorandum Sampler HA iaa akser Aa f ax Maintenance Index Page Indicating IEM Start p MRC de sacra dosle dens e a a f Sample TEM SEhedul e ei ie eee he aie eae Ses 1 vi L 65 Re 1 73 1 76 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B CHAPTER 1 THE PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM PMS 1 1 PURPOSE This chapter provides the 3 M System policy and quidelines in support of the Planned Maintenance System PMS PMS was developed to provide the organizational level with the tools to plan schedule and control planned maintenanc ffectively The maintenance procedures developed in accordance with Reliability Centered Maintenance RCM principles for planned maintenance are the minimum required to maintain equipment within specifications Though standard in concept and procedure PMS is flexible enough to be adjusted by the organization to be compatible with operational and other schedules 1 2 SCOPE PMS supersedes all previous planned or preventive maintenance systems or programs Where a difference between th requirements and or procedures of PMS and other technical publications or systems exists PMS requirement
73. 1H9905 00 255 5934 MCB Maintenance Control Board Standard 2 Hinged Panels 6 Surfaces 1H9905 00 255 5954 MCB Hinged Panel 1 Panel 2 Additional Display Surfaces increases 5954 to 8 Surfaces 1H9905 00 255 5953 MCB Hinged Panel 1 Panel 2 Additional Display Surfaces incr 5954 w 5953 to LO BUPEACES 45 54 5646 a A A a a A a a 1H9905 00 255 5952 MCB Maintenance Control Boara 10 SUrEACES 00d cai dale Wi A eee re eer ele 1H9905 00 255 5951 MCB Hinged Panel 1 Panel 2 Additional Display Surfaces increases 5951 to l2 SUE CAC SS A A A mA a HRA GR 1H9905 00 255 5950 MCB Hinged Panel 1 Panel 2 Additional Display Surfaces incr 5951 w 5950 to JE QUEDAS os II o ee Hoe ewe Ae Ree RPS eS OP OS GSA ORES BRST 1H9905 00 255 5949 MCB Hinged Panel 1 Panel 2 Addnl Display Surfaces incr 5951 w 5950 amp 5949 to 16 SUCTADES cansar e DEERE EREAERER AAA 1H9905 00 255 5948 Compact Sizes Weekly PMS Schedule Holder Single Display Surface eee eee ee tens 1H9905 00 255 5931 Weekly PMS Schedule Holder with 1 Hinged Panel 3 Display SurfaceS o o ooooooooooooooo 1H9905 00 255 5935 2 Panel for Weekly PMS Schedule Holder 5935 increases to 5 Display Surfaces 1H9905 00 255 5936 3 Panel for Weekly PMS Schedule Holder 5935 w 5936 increases to 7 Display Surfaces 1H9905 00 255 5937 MCB Compact 3 Hinged Panels 7 Display SULCfaceS o ooooooocoooooooooooooncnan ooo ee eee 1H9905 00 255 5955 4 MCB Hinged Panel 1 Panel
74. 2 e Shipboard procedures for implementation of force revisions are as follows 1 Force Revisions are normally effective on the first Monday of the quarter and are mailed prior to the beginning of a quarter to allow adequate preparation prior to the scheduled implementation date When a Force Revision is not received in time to permit implementation on the first Monday of the quarter the actual date of implementation will be designated by the Executive Officer When a Force Revision is received only safety related PMS updates are required to be implemented within 2 to 5 working days of receipt with the remainder of the PMS updates being implemented on th ffectiv date for the Force Revision Safety related changes will be marked with a vertical line on the PMS Quarterly Schedule for the day directed by the Executive Officer for command wide SECTION 1 1 58 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B implementation The line should be labeled INSTALLED REVISION 2 The 3 M System Coordinator shall enter the Force Revision number from the ALID in the Change Service Accountability Log Figure 1 20 prior to routing the change documentation to work centers Two examples of PMS Change Documentation Routing Memorandum are shown in Figures 1 21 and 1 22 The Change Service Accountability Log is explained further in paragraph 1 5 17 3 The Work Center Supervisor
75. 3 1 4 SHIPBOARD TRA PNENG vt a eh Rae OLS Fate ane ele eae eles ee 4 tsel 3 M System Team Assist VUSTES SA ia eee 4 1 4 2 Training Sources Aides Available 1 4 P 1 1 The ships PMS Navy support to susi for information The Naval Education Training Command and Maintenance managing maintenance aboard all Personnel must effectively manage maintenance appropriate taining material readiness at the systems command level ar to identify and correct Fleet material problems SECTION IV 3 M SYSTEMS TRAIN INTRODUCTION MDS Data System to their position and have a clear understanding of configuration and logistics 2 how PMS is essential 3 dependent upon NETC NAVSEAINST 4790 8B NG 3 M System consists of the Planned Maintenance System and is the nucleus for ships and shore stations of the 1 how to how and why managers the 3 M System is responsible for maintaining a 3 M System training plan designed to meet the needs of the Fleet TYCOMs must nsure adequat 3 M Program training for all personnel within the command associated with maintenance configurat required compliance with 3 M policy and procedures tion and logistics support management to monitor and take corrective action to ensure ship The TYCOMs are including a
76. 4 253 SCHOOES TRATNING COMMANDS s ssepkerk e084 0 edda ske ease 255 LIST OF FIGURES Figure Title Page Figure 2 1 PMS Documentation Support During Overhaul 2 6 DL NAVSEAINST 4790 8B CHAPTER 2 zZ 4 AL PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND UPDATE DURING OVERHAUL 2 1 PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM PMS INSTALLATION SHIPBOARD Type commanders TYCOMS are responsible for ensuring the proper installation and operation of PMS within the ships under their command The importance of the PMS installation cannot be overemphasized 2 1 1 Preparation of Materials Prior to the PMS installation equipment configuration information will be verified by the Configuration Data Manager CDM The PMS Maintenance Index Page Maintenance Requirement Card MIP MRC documentation will be certified by the Fleet Technical Support Center Atlantic Fleet Technical Support Center Pacific FTSCLANT FTSCPAC as appropriate Following the validation the applicable FTSCLANT FTSCPAC will assemble the PMS documentation equipment listings schedules and forms required for the installation package Each PMS installation package is ship tailored Installation packages consist of a A transmittal letter with an inventory of installation materials b Two copies of the List of Effective Pages LO
77. ACTION REMARKS o oo oo PRIORLTY BRE CONTEST is Be eke eM ee ed E e T EE A E E E ER QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS gids pias A ds bans oa yl eg QUANTITY RATE paa RECORD IDENT REMARKS DESC RIE TON aeaa SG ee Ge SS TS REMARKS SKET CHES ies ane Gs aie eS oe eS Se ES ee OES Ss REPAIR ACTIVITY JUNC Cty sa ae ba be tie Se ke be ba dues bn So REPAIR WORK R M Mainten CENTER GRWC sert ols ed ae ate Gee and eas oat oe sg INGE INATGEEOT vos o34 a5 6 se ee bead do 5 Sabet yr TOCEAE MET waro erar EnA EE ohare Eee Sete estore dte bes SAFETY HAZARD tas Ta Siete Thre Sitar eS Eee SCHEDULED CO MPLETION DATE Frio is Pia DE PSS or AGS AD pes G SCHEDULED ST SCREENING AC SCREENING SCREENING T SECAS OFFICE ART DAVE Sac oleate Set ree oor AD AAA ed BEES TION sete bi Peete bee ee ee ee Be ee Se ee ee el ee a VEN a coe theses aa cea hay He adressere torgs ad te cece aah i a Y COM ENLARGE Fea ee eon Se aes USE En stuss Be A SSG Bee SR Se da SECOND CONTA CUSSUPERVESOR dia aed eld kem kes s eek ke Gr aaa SELECTED EQU PMENT DILSI vadet oe bee eksl ke ske Ge ae oxen we ad SERVICE APPL CATION CODE SAC asma a e den SHIP S FORCE SHI FORCE SHI FORCE SHI NAME MAN HOURS gt Sy E
78. AEL SAC and RIN and will resolve any discrepancies noted with the maintenance work center supervisor prior to further routing Supply department personnel will initial the appropriate block at the bottom of the forms and fill in the sequence number first digit is the last digit of the current calendar year The remaining four digits indicate the chronological sequence of CK forms being submitted by the ship activity for the year and retain the second copy Supply department personnel will ensure the work center entered in Block 23 as the correct work center having primary maintenance responsibility for the equipment not the supply department work center The supply department should then forward the original and first and third copies to the 3 M system coordinator After reviewing for completeness initialing and dating in the appropriate block the 3 M system coordinator submits the original CK to the 3 M ADP facility serving the activity The third copy is to be maintained in the work center as a suspense copy APPENDIX B 10 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B ca Ree CONTROL NUMBER ALTERATION IDENTIFICATION JEMO A A sE LISS PUGET SOUND PTR EMP UMP TR 0 0 5 6 02 3 4 0 1 8 A0 1 0 27 AO LOR AAA e INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 1SECTONT EM MAINTENANCE INDEX PAGE A LL 27 TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER srewen ABC NBO WACL MA Figure B l Ship s Configuration Change F
79. B DESCR PTION AREMARKS s kes svakes ll Set JO B ORDER NUMBER En da td il hie tae wate JO B SEQUEN CEANUMBER gt o O e ta a e JU KE KE LI Y Y AN DAT EVENT OPERAT LEAD PLANN Er A tl TON REY OPL lt a ida LE A D REPAI LOCATION MA NTENANC E INDEX PAGE NUMBER MIP METER READ METER READ NAMEPLATE MAN HOURS EXPENDED gt teo tes daa ae ida a da UNS MARI gta AA AAA de ING MAB Cat a Ati A ii NITTALS deta ea aaa NTETADS gt Galleria due ei kjede see bredd SAG Gress DENTIFICATION CODE EIC NOUN NAME s tole taa setts MAN DA YES iO DAA aS MAN DA ES COST 2 S A GS SPISE RS MAN HOURS EST MARSJ nera is MATERIAL COSTS io eee Se gt Sen FOTAL COST ia a a da TION EQUIPMENT SERIAL NUMBER WORK CENTER tra a aca dista a SAA AAA pis INSURV NUMBER NTEGRATED FRISTET A a ACTIVITY TYCOM REMARKS NE E bene a nels hace STR TS TRE MAR a TG TTS TNG ESTIMATING CODE asc area ada dere R WORK CENTER EWGP eiii data id see NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBEYN Patas e a a fed See d e NORMAL EY DONE BY ductos iva vate eg ets paa e See PERIODICITY PERIODIC MA NTENANGE REQUITREMENT esda e e a a PRE ARRIVAL ARRIVAL CONFERENCE
80. Block APPENDI 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 is not E DEN IG series EIC availabl center and a question mark DO08D or a Sysi n ter th e En component Manual EI C when Cer the compon entered in Block 5 may be a General Support Code tem Sub System identified customer s EEO12 De ship s work Code should identify to the com to the configuration file Designator NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY ESD system sub system SAC SAC but 10 the DEN EO10A from the Coordinat COSAL SCLSIS source if available a five charact characters in should interface with ten character element WORK CENTER DEN T058 ter element the automated system ICP Mechanicsburg to obtain DEN E128 Enter the S rvic NAV ents El in the 3 M El ponent being added C The EIC U The C Enter the Equipment System or other iden tity of the Application Code ted Shipboard Allowance List Note that it is on the OPNAV 4790 CK form LCMS This is the 3 M code of the customer maintenance work center required to maintain the component Responsible for Compartment also available in the LCM inventory SUBMEPP use MJC WC with last two characi EACC EA01 e g NAME PLATE
81. CA b For non concurrence responses When not concurring with the feedback report the rational for non concurrence must be given APPENDIX H 12 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B c The response shall be electronically provided to the appropriate PMS CA with any applicable corporate history changes and revised documentation H 11 2 1 Critical Review Questions for PMS TFBR Review The following questions shall be considered in the response to all TFBRs a What is the Sailor s question or problem b Is the MRC necessary c What failure mode s does the MRC prevent or detect d Is the MRC clear and easy to follow e Is the MRC safe for the Sailor to accomplish Check to see that the Sailor is protected from falls chemicals asbestos sewage high voltage rotating machinery pressurized fluids or gases poisonous gases and that two man protection is specified when necessary If required is the use of protective clothing safety glasses or hearing protection specified f Is the equipment being maintained within the boundaries of the applicable guidelines for selection and use of lubricants and hydraulic fluids for use in Shipboard Systems g Have you specified the correct number of Sailors skill level and man hours required to accomplish this task h Is the periodicity such that it represents the absolute minimum necessary to achieve the inherent level
82. CASREPs The ship s 3 M Coordinator along with Work Center Supervisors should routinely be reviewing work candidates that are old appear duplicated or have repairs completed to ensure they are appropriately removed from the CSMP Additionally standard equipment operating procedures ar xpected to be current and easily executed when called upon by board members 1 4 2 Intermediate Unit Commander IUC Immediate Superior in Command ISIC Specific actions are denoted within reference c The IUC ISIC shall pay particular attention to ensuring that the mechanisms to identify document and correct material deficiencies identified by ship s force or others are accurately reflected within the CSMP Additionally the IUC ISIC should ensure that deficiencies are being continuously prosecuted and adjudicated with the appropriate priority and assignment 1 4 3 Deficiencies to be Reported Per referenc c the CSMP is the sole source of work to be accomplished by industrial activities FMA s and organizational level activities and therefore should reflect the deficient material items requiring maintenance action Reference c outlines expected items to be noted within the CSMP 1 5 PROCEDURES DURING INSURV INSPECTION Documentation of INSURV inspection deficiencies will be accomplished in acco
83. Center s PMS Manual 4 Applicable MIPs from the work center s file D Procedures 1 Initial entries will be typed or legibly written in black ink on the Cycle schedules Changes will be made in ink and initialed In the Schedule Quarter After Overhaul As Indicated columns each quarter is circled when the schedul for that quarter has been prepared The previous quarter is X d out 2 The cycle numbering will be reset after three Inter Deployment Training Cycles or Docking Availability The next full calendar quarter following completion will be designated as the first quarter after overhaul Shore stations will reset after every 20 quarters 3 From the LOEP accurately transcribe each item of equipment in MIP sequence excluding equipment coded NIR NMR and MRS on the Cycle schedule If desired list the MIPs for equipment coded MRS and complete the scheduling information for those items when the developed PMS is received Note It is not necessary for the Cycle schedule to match the LOEP line for line a Use the MIP column to list the MIP code without the date coding e g E 1 55 EL 2 BO 4411 1 etc b Use the Component column to list the name of each system subsystem or equipment When more than one item is located within a work center the serial numbers or ship s numbering system sha
84. DCPO substitution of other personnel is not allowed with the exception of civilian personnel whose Position Description PD requires th performance of PMS Civilian personnel must be qualified through the 3M Personnel Qualification Standard PQS and are uthorized to perform maintenance actions associated with their D This includes the performance of Maintenance Requirement ards MRCs that require specific NECS providing they are ualified for the specific equipment through PQS or a Job ualification Requirement JOR OQQA 11 Man Hours MH The average time per equipment per person needed to perform the maintenance requirements not including time for tool preparation and return tag out or time needed for removal and or replacement of interference 12 Related Maintenance a Mandatory related maintenance Maintenance requirements that must be accomplished concurrently with another maintenance requirement e g M 3 symbol indicates mandatory related Mandatory related maintenance from another MIP is indicated as IC 017 003 M 4 SECTION 1 1 14 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B b Convenience related maintenance Maintenance requirements that can be accomplished concurrently with another maintenance requirement e g M 3 symbol is omitted Convenience related maintenance from another MIP is indicated as EL 10 M 4 c No relate
85. Entry of the screening code will cause the MJC retrieval to by pass normal screening action and the JCN will be sent directly for release to the IMA for accomplishment QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS QA Assign the QA requirements applicable to the MJC The PMR scheduling record for individual components will take precedence during call down SCHEDULING LEAD WORK CENTER LWC Enter the code of the LWC assigned to control the coordination and completion of the total JCN When the MJC is for multi component inspection calibration testing the primary WC is assigned When an associated Repair MJC is to be created assign the same primary WC as LWC and other required WCS as assisting AWC To ensure standardization for IMA capabilities and continuity when transferring work packages the TYCOM controlled MJC assigned LWC must not be changed unless approved by TYCOM instruction Blocks 13 C 8 7 Establish Bill 19 SC st Wh th th AW in 254 S 3 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B and 43 as required HED START day relative to the start of the availability en the MJC is subsequently retrieved and added the rela ty start att e CSMP availabili at each Note that m clude AWC en Cs DAT E Enter a numeric value for the to tive day will be added to the task When the MJC is for refurbi
86. Equipment Category I is used only for Portable Electric Electronic Test Equipment PEETE listed in the Test Equipment Index TEI NAVSEA TM STOOO AA IDX 010 PEETE All items are assigned a Sub category SCAT code which groups test equipment models having the same test capability into one code Aboard ship the Ships Portable Electrical Electronics Test Equipment Requirements List SPETERL establishes allowances for PEETE within each SCAT code MRC test equipment requirements are synchronized with the SPETERL b Category Materials Materials include a wide range of administrative and housekeeping items which may not be consumed entirely Some consumable items grease oils solvents etc are consumed each time the maintenance action is performed whereas others buckets funnels ladders etc are not c Category Parts Parts are defined as any items which are an integral part of the equipment For example gaskets mechanical seals packing material O rings filters etc The medium for identification of PMS part requirements in the Navy Supply System is the Allowance Parts List APL Ship unique repair parts are not listed in the SPMIG d Category IV Tools Category IV covers common hand tools of all types except special tools e Category V Miscellaneous Category V covers all equipage items as well as any othe
87. Facilities Capabilities Not Authorized for Ship s Force Accomplishment For Ship s Force Overhaul or Availability Work Lack of Technical Documentation Code Deferral Reason 1 Priority 2 Lack of Material 3 4 5 6 7 8 List 9 0 Other or Not Applicable This Block is reserved for TYCOM directed applications Refer to TYCOM instruction for use Block 11 Block 12 Block 13 Block 14 Block 15 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B This Block is reserved for TYCOM directed applications Refer to TYCOM instruction for use This Block is reserved for TYCOM directed applications Refer to TYCOM instruction for use DENT EQUIPMENT SERIAL NUMBER Enter the identification or serial number of the equipment or system on which maintenance is being deferred For HM amp E equipment enter the Valve Mark Electric Symbol Number ESN or Primary Identification Number For electronic equipment enter the manufacturer s serial number of the equipment or system on which maintenance is being deferred EIC Enter the Equipment Identification Code of the component equipment subsystem or system for which the maintenance is being reported SAFETY HAZARD Enter an X or applicable safety code if the maintenance action describes a problem or condition which has caused or has the potential to cause serious injury to personnel or material A brief explanatio
88. HULL NUMBER JOB CONTROL NUMBER Enter the same JCN Ship s UIC Work Center and Job Sequence Number assigned to the original maintenance action in Blocks C D and E Block F Block Block J Block K CONTINUATION FOR Enter an X in one of the blocks to indicate that this 2L is a continuation of either an NAVSEA 4790 2K 4790 2L or a 4790 2P Form Section Remarks Sketches Enter the information you wish to provide such as a list of serial numbers and locations for which identical maintenance requirements exist or sketches or drawings that may be useful in the accomplishment of the maintenance action Section Authentication FIRST CONTACT MAINTENANCE MAN The maintenance person preparing the form prints his her name in this Block DATE YR DAY Enter the Julian date the document is prepared SECOND CONTACT SUPERVISOR The work center supervisor s prints his name following his review of the document in the block DATE The work center supervisor enters the Julian date the document was reviewed OPNAV 4790 21 Rev 6 73 S N 0107 LF 770 3060 SUPPLEMENTAL FORM 2 LIMA SECTION I IDENTIFICATION A SHIP S NAME USS CHANDLER SECTION ll REMARKS SKETCHES 6 BINOCULARS 7X50 FOLLOWING SERIALS TO BE COLLIMATED 17865 17866 17867 20189 20195 21754 21755 SECTION lil AUTHENTICATIO
89. MANUAL SHIP CONFIGURATION AND LOGISTICS SUPPORT INFORMATION SYSTEM SCLSIS MACHINERY AL TERATIONS MACHALTS ON HM amp E EQUIPMENT AN D SYSTEMS NAVSEAINST 4790 8B ALTERATION MANAGEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page Toa PURPOSE aars E a e a sense Sera Gass Ses a is IL T 2DEEINITIONS seere eee a os Oe ets sekt ia PSZ I 3 ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY secs 548 serias a ea 18 1 31 Naval Sca Syst ms Command insti a da a ta a SS 19802 TYCOMS ds 6 20 oc 88 6 43 a A ii ad wate LEY T3323 PLEET UNITS 2 beet a ee Pe be Dee ea ea sakket 1 11 T4 ALTERATION PROCESS i a aa es A e Haar eve er dad aD I 112 I 4 1 Alteration Management 3 M Reporting Requirements I 13 I 4 2 Ship s Force Requests for Configuration Changes 1 13 14 3 Departure From Specification recia cd ee seere T 1 3 I 4 4 Certification of Shipyard Installed Alterations I 14 I 4 5 Automated Data Process Between 3 M and SCLSIS I 14 FL TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page Figure 1 1 Sample Certification of Alteration Installation 1 1 Figure 1 2 lst Endorsement to Alteration Certification LELEC il te sae eis Jee tee ee ee eles Reid IL Oh Te APPENDIX TSELE ALTERATI
90. Maintenance Data System Transaction Error Identification Report Metrology Automated System for Uniform Recall and Reporting Man hour Material History Report Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures Maintenance Index Page Management Information System Master Job Catalog MDS Performance Rate Maintenance Requirement Maintenance Requirement Card Maintenance Requirement Substantiated Maintenance Support Center Mandatory Turn In Repairable Moored Training Ship Moored Training Ship Support Yard A N NALCOMIS NAALS NAVCOMTELSTA NAVDAC NAVMEDLOGCOM NAVSEA NAVSEASYSCOM NAVSEALOGCEN NROTC NSDSA NSN NSWCCD SSES NTCSS O OA OCS O amp MN OM OMMS NG OPNAV ORD ORDALT OT OWP PEB PEETE PM PMDO NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Information Aviation Logistics Management Air Navigation and Landing Systems Computer and Telecommunications Station mation Command Not Carried Navy Navy Navy ogistics Command Naval System Naval Naval Naval Data Auto Naval Medical L Naval Sea Systems Command Naval Sea Systems Command Naval Sea Logistics Center Data Environment Navy Enlisted Classification Next Higher Assembly Item Control Number No Individual Requirement Inactive Ship Maintenance Facility Naval Sea Naval
91. Management Information System PMS MIS 8 Provide guidance to maintenance requirement developers to ensure compliance with references a and b 9 Maintain records to support audits of response performance for feedback reports 10 Forward TFBRs to appropriate Design Activities and or ISEAs by electronic means 11 Perform other PMS support functions as tasked by SEA 04RM c Activities developing maintenance requirements shall ensure that all PMS requirements are included in all provisioning allowance and fitting out procedures and specifications d NAVSEA technical codes and In service Engineering Activities ISEAs when tasked and funded shall perform the following for systems and equipment under their cognizance 1 Develop review or revise as applicable maintenance requirements to ensure their technical accuracy for systems and equipment under their cognizance 2 Review and resolve PMS Technical Feedback Reports TFBRs Ensure that the procedures of paragraph H 11 2 are followed when responding to PMS TFBRs e Other SYSCOMs with responsibility for shipboard equipment included in PMS are requested to 1 Coordinate PMS requirements with SEA 04RM and provide completed PMS documentation to the PMS CAs for technical review entry into the PMS data bank and issue to applicable ships in accordance with reference a 2 Provide timely response and resoluti
92. Mandatory If the maintenance action is a SHIPALT nter th quipment noun name from the SHIPALT record Otherwise nter th equipment nomenclature description of the equipment or system on which the maintenance was performed For HM amp E equipment enter the noun name For electronics equipment enter the AN type designator or commercial model number For ordnance equipment enter th system equipment nomenclature followed by the Mark and Mod numbers If the estimate is less than one enter je If no estimate enter 0 If no estimate enter 0 If no estimate enter 0 If no estimate enter 0 DATA ELEMENT Final Action IMA only First Contact Hull Number Identification Equipment Serial Number INSURV Number Integrated Priority IUC Screening IUC Repair Activity TYCOM Remarks DEN MAINTENANCE TYPE EEE 2K F804 2K a 2K CK 2P 2K D912 2K F802 2K F949 2K LENGTH 180 ENTRY TYPE E N Optional Optional VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS Mandatory Must be left justified First character must be 0 1 2 3 4 or 7 For action taken codes 1 2 and 3 the second character codes A B C M or T can be used For action taken code 7 the second character codes A B C D or E can be used For alteration
93. No Maintenanc Naval Reserve Officers Training Corps Data Support Activity National Stock Number Surface Warfare Division Ship Systems Navy Tactical Command Ordnance Altera Officer Candida Operation and Maintenance Navy Organizational Required Center Carderock Engineering Station Support System tion See ORDALT te School Maintenance Organizational Maintenance Management System Next Generation Naval Operation Ordnance Eq s CNO staff uipment Ordnance Al Operational Overhaul Work Package Priority Cera Tes tion Submarines Designator Propulsion Examining Board Portable Electrical Electronic Test Equipment Periodic Maintenance Planned Maintenance During Overhaul PMR PMS PMT POM PPE PPR POS PREINSURV PSA RWC RSG MCC SAC SAR SARP SCAT SCLSC SCLSIS SEAS SEF SEL SFWL SHAPM SHIPALT SHIPMER SLCC APPENDIX Periodic Maintenance Requirement Planned Maintenance System Performance Monitoring Team Program Objective Management Personal Protective Equipment PMS Performance Rate Personnel Qualification Standard Pre Inspection and Survey Post Shakedown Availability Quality Assurance Repair Activity Unit Identification Code Restricted Availability Reliability Centered Maintenance Re entry Control Repairable Identification Code Record Identification Number Reliab
94. PMS coverage for FMS will be at the discretion of the customer via the appropriate ship transfer program office Upon notification FTSCLANT FTSCPAC shall retrieve and forward a copy of the applicable PMS Master File from the suspense file to the ship being reactivated The same PMS installation procedures specified for new construction conversion shall be followed SECTION 4 2 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 4 3 2 MDS The TYCOM shall notify NAVSEALOGCEN of the ship s reactivation and administrative command assignment NAVSEALOGCEN will provide the ship s material history from outstanding deferrals in the NAVSEALOGCEN data bank and forward it to the automatic data processing ADP center serving the appropriate TYCOM The supporting ADP center will reactivate the ship s material history and provide documentation of all open deferrals which were outstanding at the time of decommissioning 4 4 SHIP STRIKE Upon notification that an active ship is to be decommissioned and stricken the procedure below shall be followed 4 4 1 PMS The ship shall phase out PMS coverage of equipment in concert with the decommissioning plan PMS actions must continue to be accomplished on fire fighting equipment and other personnel safety items until all ship s force personnel are permanently berthed ashore and or on their assigned berthing barge as applicable Removal and reissue
95. RCM Certification is as follows J 3 1 Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA As RCM Certification Program managing agent NAVSEA is responsible for all aspects of the certification program Specific responsibilities include a Maintaining certification records Bi Establishing RCM Certification curriculum Es Administering Level and courses as required including recertification d Monitoring of Level I courses e Monitoring maintenanc ngineering tasks to ensure only certified individuals are assigned responsibility to develop review or approve scheduled maintenance requirements and Ex Administering testing requirements including maintaining test question and answer data bases for all RCM Certification levels J 3 2 In Service Engineering Agencies ISEAs amp Fleet Technical Support Centers FTSCs ISEAs and FTSCs are responsible to av Maintain sufficient Level I certified personnel to develop review or approve changes to current scheduled maintenance tasks b Maintain sufficient Level certified personnel to develop review and approve new PMS task requirements om Nominate and assign sufficient Level certified personnel to conduct Level I RCM Certification courses as required and d Ensure all contractors who develop new PMS tasks participate in the RCM Certification Program APPENDIX J 2 NAVSEA
96. REPDODES srno a he Ee eee ska Rand 3 24 S Te Biol CSMP Summary Reports imita ii sees deles se 3 23 SPS 2 Conr Detailed REPOFES cti a ee ee ee ae ed 3 24 3 8 Shipboard Assessment of MDS Performance 3 24 SECTION 324 12 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTION Chapter 3 ORGANIZATIONAL LEVEL MAINTENANCE DATA SYSTEM INTERFACE LIST OF FIGURES Figure Title Page Figure 3 1 Work Candidate Job Sequence Number JSN Log 3 10 Figure 3 2 Letter Transmittal from Non automated AGEIVIELES ia a ad e di dedos 3 22 Figure 3 3 Certification of Alteration Installation Sample LECCE wig eee a o Sek See AA ERA 3 26 Figure 3 4 Ist Endorsement to Alteration Certification eo o EA A E E EEE E KIS 3 27 3 iv 3 1 PURPOSE The purpose of this chapter is to provide NAVSEAINST 4790 8B CHAPTER 3 ORGANIZATIONAL LEVEL MAINTENANCE DATA SYSTEM INTERFACE the 3 M Program s Maintenance Data System MDS policy and guidelines in support of organizational 0 level shipboard maintenance and material provides the maintenance and material managers throughout the Navy with the means to plan acquire organize direct control and evaluate manpower and material resources expended or planned for expenditure in support of maintenance reporting MDS It allows for information coll
97. SE ET ON INSURV number to further identify subsets of an INSURV item t a 3A deficiency will be passed to history the ship being inspected SYMBOL DEPARTMENT SYMBOL AS INFORMATION SYSTEMS IS AV MEDICAL DENTAL MD AX MINE COUNTERMEASURES MN BR MAIN PROPULSION MP GE NAVIGATION NV DC OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY OH DK OPERATIONS OP DV REPAIR RP EL REACTORS RX EP SUPPLY SP HP WEAPONS WP a one letter Suffix is included after the NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 1 6 1 4 MISSION DEGRADE BLOCK 22 This block identifies certain PART 1 deficiencies that are considered as preventing the ship from carrying out some part of its mission and is filled in with U when applicable 1 6 1 5 SAFETY BLOCK 23 The suffix S is added to indicate that this deficiency is identified as a safety hazard 1 6 1 6 RELIABILITY MAINTAINABILITY Block 24 The suffixes R and M are added by INSURV to indicate R is assigned to deficiencies related to an equipment or component that displays low reliability requiring frequent corrective maintenance or replacement M is assigned to indicate that the equipment or component requires excessive maintenance that the deficiency is related to the Planned Maintenance System PMS or that the deficiency represents a problem with Int
98. Sonar Antenna MSRA Instruments Supply ID Code 32 2K 25 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 AU 7H 2M TI TX TK TL 7M 5P 45 ZO Repair W C Code 679 67K 67L 67M 67W 68A 68B 68 83A 83B 84A 84B Name Digi Inert Nav Aid Test and Repair Weapons Test Equipment Repair and Calibrate ADP PC Repair PCB Repair SLQ Repair Boat Repair Small Craft Support Life Boat Repair Inflatable Paint and Sandblast Corrosion Control Tile amp Plate Setter Riggers Support Activity Divers Support Activity General Deck Servic Weight Testing Transportation Sail Loft and Canvas Shop Foundry Operations Missile and Guidance Storage and Checkout Weapons Handling Inspection and Repair Weapons Handling Module Test and Repair Shop Ballistic FC Repair and 85A APPENDI Calibration Re entry Body Receipt Storage and Maintenance REB ASROC Overhaul Repair and Stow Torpedo Mk 44 Mk 46 Mk 48 Test Repair and Stow SUBROC TOMAHAWK Land Attack Missile System Nuclear Mk 48 Torpedo Cruise Missile Test Abbreviated Name Inert Nav Aid Digi Weapons Test Equip ADP PC Repair PCB Repair SLQ Repair Boat Repair Small Craft Life Boat Repair Paint and Sandblst Corrosion Control Tile amp Plate Setter Riggers Divers General Service Weight Testing Transportation Sail Lo
99. Specifications DFS subsequently documented Request CCR The CCR wou by th or Liaison ld identify e appropriate SYSCOM must authorize is usually by Departure Action Request LAR and component by Record Identification Number replacement Installed com new RIN and Logistic Support Documen Configuration Data Manager CDM T 1 3 tation RIN LSI a completed Configuration Change the removal of the Yew The ponent would require assignment of a D by the 1 4 4 Certification of Shipyard Installed Alterations The Naval Supervising Activity NSA provides a certification of alteration installations to the recipient ship when the alterations are accomplished by the shipyard This certification includes the work center JSN assigned to the alteration and the Final Action Taken The certification will be in the format shown in Figure I l The ship shall endorse the shipyard s certification letter and forward to the supporting activity managing the unit s Master CSMP The endorsement provides authorization for information transmitted to be processed as completed deferrals in the Master CSMP Refer to Figure I 2 This eliminates the need for documenting multiple configuration changes OPNAV Form 4790 CK to close the CSMP deferral accomplishing Configuration change
100. Spee or Bis eter sc p pees 70 ins EE e E E S EN ASS alo Ear PAS a e i al re EE e AA A AA AAA 2 aa oat a pp RSS le o gt 1 SAA AE UL ill e A age md a a A dd EE E a n_n Guarter 1 Week 4 04 24 2000 Figure 1 13 Weekly PMS Schedule 98 06L7 LSNIVYSAVN 1 5 14 Scheduling Exceptions Upon review of a MIP it may be determined that certain maintenance requirements are not applicable to equipment systems In such instances if authorized by a scheduling aid entry on the MIP strike a line through the requirement on the MIP If not authorized by a scheduling aid submit a PMS Feedback Report identifying the reason for non applicability No change shall be made to the MIP until authorized however performance of affected MRs will be discontinued Document the non accomplishment of the MR on the quarterly close out There are instances in which a MIP includes a requirement for more than one Work Center to participate in the performance of specified maintenance actions When this occurs a decision is required by the command concerned as to whether the MIP will be split or will be scheduled singly by one Work Center and work accomplished through coordination by Work Center Supervisors There must be a necessity for a complete requirement to be accomplished by the other Work Center before splitting the MIP If the MIP is split the following procedures app
101. The following second character codes can be used with Action Taken Code 7 to better describe the action taken A Parts Drawn from Supply Utilized B Parts Not Drawn from Supply Utilized G Automatic Test Equipment ATE Utilized D ATE and Parts Drawn from Supply Utilized E ATE and Parts Not Drawn from Supply Utilized Code Description 8 Periodic Time Meter Cycle Counter reporting This code is not applicable to the FINAL ACTION code reported by the repair activity 9 Maintenance Action Completed 3M Fiber Optic Repair NOTE The following second character codes can be used with Action Taken Code 9 to better describe the action taken FOTE multimode ST MOJs utilized FOTE multimode heavy duty MQJs utilized FOTE multimode rotary mechanical splice MQUs utilized FOTE single mode ST MQUJs utilized FOTE single mode heavy duty MQJs utilized FOTE multimode specialty MQJs utilized FOTE single mode specialty MQJs utilized FOTE not available Standard MOJs not available IT QH Ua WP Code J Specialty MQUs not available Description Block Block Block Block Block Block APPENDI None of the Above 30 S F MHRS Enter the total man hours to the nearest whole hour that ship s force expended completing the maintenance This includes time witnessing tests man hours expended in reinstallation test and documentation not to exceed 1 hour etc
102. Undersea Warfare Unit and Group 26T Regional Support Group and Organization 26U Regional Maintenance Center 262 Shore Intermediate Maintenance Activity and Detachment Naval Reserve Maintenance Facility 26BB Fleet CSOSS Development and Implementation Team 26MM Fleet Integrated Logistics Overhaul Activity and Team 26VV Submarine Force Shipyard Representative 28 Squadron Division and Group Commanders Ships 29 Warships 30 Mine Warfare Ships epi Amphibious Warfare Ships 32 Auxiliary Ships 36 Service Craft 39 Construction Battalions Brigades Regiments and Detachments 41A Commander Military Sealift Command 41B Area commanders MSC B5 Coast Guard C28D Fleet Technical Support Center Atlantic Detachment C31B Fleet Technical Support Center Pacific Detachment C31F Maintenance Detachment C31G Ship Repair Facility Detachment Pacific C81B Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center Detachment SNDL C84 FA10 FA13 FA50 FAS FB13 FB29 FB8 FB30 FCS FF5 FIL FF8 FF42 FKA1 FKAL FKAL FKAL FKA8 FKM9 FKM1 FKM1 FKP FT22 FT28 FT30 FT31 FS A B F G E 4 7 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Shore Based Detachments SEASYSCOM Less C84J Submarine Base LANT Submarine Support Facility LANT Trident Refit Facility LANT Fleet Technical Support Center LANT Submarine Base PAC Intermediate Maintenance Facility PAC Fleet Technical Suppor
103. VESSELS TO FOREIGN GOVERNMENTS AND INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS SECTION 4 1 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTION Chapter 4 SHIP INACTIVATIONS REACTIVATIONS STRIKE OR TRANSFER TO FOREIGN NAVIES TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page 4 1 OBJECTIVE ei nes see ai a Siete bas b e bw A Te ned Gea wel S 4 1 4 20 SHEP INACTIVATION OR CONVERS TO Nai a a a a er 4 1 4 2 1 Planned Maintenance System PMS ooo oooooooooooooo o 4 1 4 2 2 Maintenance Data System MDS oooooooooooooooooooooo 4 1 2 3 SHIP REACTIVATION 50 is A A A 4 2 AL PMS s ket a RA ST DALES ha Ss 4 2 AZ IMD A AA A A AE A et Seas SG 4 3 ASA SHIP STRIKE Sa a SES A eed TATE AE e a Sse 4 3 AL PMS dd O IA AA AAA ee 4 3 AUD MS a A A A tie a 4 3 4 5 TRANSFER TO A FOREIGN NAVY si A See dee ay ae 4 3 Al PM a is a ed al ee Bib hard ees 4 4 42552 MDS sr A A AA NS 4 4 4 1 1 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B CHAPTER 4 SHIP INACTIVATIONS REACTIVATION STRIKE OR TRANSFER TO FOREIGN NAVIES 4 1 OBJECTIVE This chapter provides procedures for the orderly termination of the shipboard maintenance and material management 3 M system and the disposition of 3 M system material and software upon the decommissioning for inactivation strike of ship
104. Work Center for a list of authorized IMA repair work center codes LOCATION entered on 2K and CK The location of the equipment on which maintenance is required or was performed a COMPARTMENT Enter the compartment number identified on the compartment check off list b DECK FRAME SIDE Enter the deck frame and side that best describes the location of the equipment Cx If neither the compartment nor the deck frame side is appropriate enter the name of the location e g FANTAIL FLIGHT DECK d For submarines use standard abbreviation for locations e g OPSUL For shipboard locations see General Specification for Ships of the U S Navy NAVSEA PUB AA SPN 010 GEN SPEC NOTAL MAINTENANCE INDEX PAGE NUMBER MIP entered on CK The MIP number covering the affected equipment For like equipment installations i e exchanges enter the MIP covering the deleted equipment For new installations enter the MIP number when available if not available enter NA MAN HOURS EXPENDED entered on 2K The man hours expended on the last day the repair work center is involved in the work request NOT the total man hours of the work request METER READING M R entered on CK Used to indicate if the equipment or any of the equipment components subunits of the equipment being reported have time meters install
105. a direct control and evaluate manpower and material resources in support of maintenance to predict failure need improvement and data allows the user rates of components The Ships 3 M On cquire organize line database is used determine areas that track equipment performance Access to 3 M to research equipment history perform trend analysis and provide a tool to the fleet that can provide information concerning fleet maintenance and maintenance support experience to organizations responsible fo the fleet On line access is available th 1 6 THE OPEN ARCHI r logistics support to rough NAVSEALOGCEN TECTURAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM OARS All members of the NAVSEA community the F access to SMARTLINK or TCP leet and others with P telecommunications protocol can access the database from their desktop computers by using OARS a client software Center OARS an intuitive flexible tool Windows environment OARS generates most tool developed by the Naval Sea Logistics that operates ina t was designed to make retrieving maintenance and material management information quick and easy t standard 3 M reports For Maintenance D History Report Also reports such as 4790 L0103 such as Parts Issued tailed Report and the 4790 55019 Ships 3 M new reports are available now as standard 4790 L0104 4790 L0
106. and 2P Used by the repair activity the total man day estimate for all involved work centers to complete the job if estimate is less than 1 enter 1 ESTIMATED MAN DAYS COST entered on 2K and 2P Used by the repair activity the total man day cost estimate for all involved work centers to complete the job Estimated Man Day entry x man hour rate x 8 working hours per day ESTIMATED MAN HOURS EST MHRS entered on 2K and 2P The man hours estimated by the lead work center of the repair activity to complete the job ESTIMATED MATERIAL COSTS entered on 2K and 2P Used by the repair activity the total material costs estimated to complete the job ESTIMATED TOTAL COST entered on 2K and 2P Used by the repair activity the total cost estimated to complete the job Estimated Man Day Cost Estimated Material Costs Estimated Total Cost FINAL ACTION entered on 2K A code that describes the final action taken by the repair activity to compil TAKEN used for n of codes addition the fol Code Descriptions Lete the job Refer to the data element ACTION naintenance action reporting for a complete list Action Taken code 8 is not applicable In lowing codes can be used 5A Partially Completed Alteration 5B Fu 5G Full 5D Alteration ly Completed A
107. and Work Center manuals 1 Delete equipment from the present PMS master Add the equipment to the appropriate LOEP of the department and Work Center receiving the responsibility line item on the LOEPs record of deleted equipmen next update schedule equipmen and anno 2 3 Annotate Transf In SKE the FBR serial number on the affected The PMS master file must contain a t until the change is reflected in the r the affected MIPs MRCs and EGLs to the Work Center receiving maintenance responsibility Prepare new TGLS as necessary Cc on tate D delete th quipment from the current For manually generated PMS schedules line out the present Cycle PMS Schedule with one single line the FBR serial number reflecting that the maintenance responsibility has been transferred identify and date of transfer Make the same receiving Work Center change on the Quart schedule SECTION 4 In SKE D add the equipment on the current terly and Weekly PMS Schedules For manually generated PMS schedules add equipment on the Cycle PMS Schedule of the Work Center receiving the maintenance responsibility and date the schedul left Schedule MRs on the Cycle PMS Schedule changes on the Quarterly and Weekly PMS Schedul le at the extreme Make the same LES GE T JG mer fv 2 sae prep A
108. and the Department Head shall verify their applicability to installed equipment Preliminary MIPs are identified by a P code and number following the slash of the SYSCOM MIP control number b Preliminary MIPs with MRCs Preliminary MIPs with MRCs are provided by the SYSCOMs via FTSCLANT FTSCPAC to provide the ship with advance coverage for use while the MIPs MRCs are undergoing final technical review Preliminary MIPS are identified by a P code and number following the slash of the SYSCOM MIP control number Preliminary MIPS MRCs are technically reviewed approved by the cognizant SYSCOMs BUMED The approved MRCs will be provided following approval with the next update SECTION 1 T 3 6 1 5 11 Advance Change Notices ACNs NAVSEAINST 4790 8B PMS ACNs are authorizations for and a record of changes to an of a new MRC Applicable SYSCOMs BUMED Cognizant Design Activity or In Service existing MIP or MRC or the addition Engineering Agent ISEA will issu message pen changes correcting errors in PMS documentation personnel or can cause possible damage to equipment in the fleet Pen corrections are interim measures only for urgently required changes The FTSCs will distribute the revised MIP MRC reflecting the changes indicated by the message to al MIP holders Shipboard accountabilit
109. by outside activities Automated sites may have additional fields that cannot be modified CAUTION Once a JCN deferral has been processed each processing activity s CSMP C SSSU RSG MRMS RMAI S S NAVSEALOGCEN AORS database processed supervisor personnel NN When 3 M Coordinators or 6 5 the TYCOM master CSMP until the COMPLETED it remains on S the S F OMMS the and the DEFERRAL is C SIMA MDCO ARRS ship Delete Purge the JCN will remain on all other affected CSMPs if the reporting completion cancellation is not reported up lin 3 5 SELECTED LEVEL REPORT Select d Level Reporting tha Sf 2 Kilo s NAVSEA performs the dev for SLR the Ships system 3 5 1 Selected Equipment The Selected Equipment Configuration considered equipment file as well whether an OA record additional upon entering a Work Candidate O4RM SLR lopment OARS Data Managers individual va NG SLR capability for data collect to specific equipmen Candidate ubmission either new or modified proven to be unreliable collection of unique information technical agent Indicator Indicator SLR is a pro tion on unique data elements are in addi Designa to det cess that provides the related tion to the standard Work ted S
110. by the An asterisk follow the meter designation 1A2M1 IV Remarks REMARKS DESCR P ON maintenance action Description but complete and meaningful what is wrong known problem For example and what caused the failure and what must be done must precede and Example METRED Enter remarks relating to the These remarks should be brief Remarks should state if to correct the H GH P Separate the two sta GAUGE READ NG ABOVE RED L NE NECESSARY CONT IS EXTREMELY HOTXXX SHEET NVEST GATE and continue form using the same JCN USE If more space is needed the Inci tements with XXX TCHED SQUEAL OF PUMP SHAFT ON 2 PUMP SSG CASI AND REPAIR AS check Block 36 remarks on a second ude the statement 2L NG D if the supplemental OPNAV 2L form is used for drawings or other supplemental information NAVSEAINST 4790 8B NOTE The remarks should not include statements explaining what has been coded in another place of the form Guy T Block 36 DEFERRAL REASON 2 LACK OF MATERIAL CONT SHEET Enter an X in this block if the REMARKS are continued on additional 2K forms No more than three additional NAVSEA 4790 2K forms can be used B 2 2 Procedures for Using NAVSEA
111. ce Alteration Engineering Change equipment or systems equipment groups as designated by the cognizant Sys PM Participating Acquisition Resource Manager and Configuration Control Boards FC modification or al There are EC CCBs A mechanical to other equipment form or fit change power I 3 A modification or to correct a to or for types of usually other tems Command electronic or teration made to electronic the government or installation on which does not impact within the ship change the weight or air conditioning requirements If power weight or air conditioning requirements are modified the modification must be discussed with the appropriate SPM who will decide whether to proceed with the modification as a Field Change or SHIPALT Field Changes are initiated and approved by the cognizant Headquarters Systems Command and are implemented by Field Change Bulletin FCB Alteration Installation Teams AITs or Ship s Force can accomplish FCs For these specific types of alterations the cognizant SPM shall be notified of the approved changes affecting their respective platforms shall be periodically advised of installation status and shall be notified of any logistics upgrades which have been completed as a result of the alteration 3 Machinery Alteration MACHALT A planned
112. change record 3 e remarks section Block 12 of the configuration change record OPNAV Form 4790 CK states the work that rem completed alterations ains to be completed on expressly partially at all of the configuration data apter 3 is reported on the configuration Ensure that OPNAV Form 4790 2K for partial alterations are completed 1 11 1 4 ALTERATION PROCESS The alteration process begins when the Systems Commands SYSCOMs forward alteration documents and data which interface with MDS to the TYCOMs These documents authorize the accomplishment of alteration requirements and configuration changes to components or systems installed on ships or installed at shore activities The TYCOMs review and modify the data as necessary before forwarding the alteration data on to the appropriate units or designated activity that will process the data into the Ships 3 M System Specific procedures for processing alteration data from the NDE NM into 3 M are contained in reference b and TYCOM instructions with a summary provided in the following sections All alterations scheduled for accomplishment must be in the ship s CSMP This is the entry point for the alteration data into the 3 M System Some of these alterations require extensive logistic support while others may be limited to for example a wiring change in a circuit For each type category of a
113. completed a SURFMER session since January 1999 are granted initial Level certification as of the completion date of their last SURFMER training session Recertification as discussed above is required 3 years from completion of the qualifying SURFMER session J 4 2 Level RCM for PMS Required attendees include review or approval authority for new PMS ISEs tasked wit Contractors with similar responsibilities by language in acquisition contracts Location Periodicity Purpose Developers Course will th devel task requirements lopment of ES so be required EO G As designated by NAVSEA 04RM Quarterly or as required Fu RCM principles to an SU d equipment years Each 5 day RCM for PMS application of Classic RCM as defined in MI ndamentals taugh Final Level ttend Developers course focuses on L P 24534A t during this course are necessary to apply the development of PMS tasks for new systems certification is dependent upon ccessful completion of a written practical examination administered by NAVSEA Recertification is required Navy very 3 Recertification is accomplished by successful completion of an RCM for PMS J 4 3 Level Required attendees include senior Location Periodicity Prerequisites certifi
114. computer produced activity Simulated 2K when submitted to an assisting B 3 1 Special Application If a Master Job Catalog MJC routine has been added to the CSMP for service routines or for IMA sheet metal hose manufacturing multiple NAVSEA 4790 2Ls may be used for the same JCN Each 2L would result in an additional task being added to the JCN thus accounting for man hour expenditure for each task Similarly the 2L could be used to request critical hose manufacturing by referencing the MJC number and using the ship s own JCN thus precluding the necessity to submit multiple complete NAVSEA 4790 2Ks The form is separated into three sections SECTION IDENTIFICATION AUTHENTICATION SECTION REMARKS SKETCHES and SECTION When using the 2L all sections of the form are to be filled out On the NAVSEA 4790 2K Form be sure to enter the notation 2L USED in the REMARKS DESCRIPTION section Block 35 NOTE An example of a completed NAVSEA 4790 2L form can be found following these written instructions PROCEDURES FOR PROVIDING ADD B332 201 Section ONAL INFORMATION USING THE 2L H Identification Block A Enter the SHIP S NAME APPENDIX Block B NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Enter the SHIP S
115. continuing quality review of 3 M data submitted by each ship Shipboard on the job training represents Fleet operat acquiring hands on upon to sus during formal methods 1 2 3 M SYSTEM ANI The Center for Service Support fl should be sent Commanding Officer Center for Service Support ATTN FIM 1425 Prince Avenue Athens tional readiness and provides training On the job tain that training Training should procedures or features ar 3 M CSS t wid training EG Directorate GA 30677 level of knowledge and awaren introduced D 3 M SYSTEM SUPPORT ASHORE is the program Feedback or requests for the cornerstone of the optimum method of training will be relied ss received be continuous as new TRAIN NG manager for information CSS cssfim cnet navy mil Commercial 706 355 7501 DSN 354 7501 3 M System training is additionally provided in the curricula of Class A schools United States Naval Academy USNA Officer Candidate School OCS and Naval Reserve Officer Training Candidate NROTC courses to introduce students to 3 M system concepts operation applications and benefits Other training is available upon request Information on courses available course descriptions quota controls and school locations can be obtained from the Catalog of Naval Training Courses CANTRAC The fol
116. contribute to appearance in an important area Will significantly reduce future maintenance NAVSEAINST 4790 8B QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS entered on 2P Identifies the specific planning actions work controls and auditable records in support of individual TYCOM management needs These special requirements are indicated by an xX placed in the appropriate reporting field QUANTITY entered on CK The number of like equipment identified in the work center that was removed installed or modified to accomplish the maintenance action If the Component Serial Number field has an entry the quantity entered must be 1 Only one piece of equipment can be uniquely identified by a single serial number RATE entered on 2K The rank rate of the first contact maintenance person The following examples apply Rank Rate Code Entry Officers OFF ET1 ET1 Civilian CIV GMG2 GMG2 FTGSN FTGN EMFN EMFN FN FN RECORD IDENTIFICATION NUMBER RIN entered on CK Identifies a specific equipment record within the SNAP WSF and SCLSIS databases For deletions removals and modifications enter the RIN for the component as listed in Part I Section C of the COSAL For installations and additions leave applicable fields blank
117. disposal of related hardware software and documentation computers printers CD s instructions etc not specifically addressed within the ship s decommissioning plan shall be accomplished by TYCOM direction Procedures specified in reference a shall be followed in the disposal of classified and or unclassified PMS material 4 4 2 MDS The ship shall stop MDS reporting 2 months prior to its decommissioning date A complete CSMP and COSAL will be sent to the ship s Configuration Data Manager CDM at that time 4 5 TRANSFER TO A FOREIGN NAVY Upon notification of an operational hot ship transfer to a foreign navy the following procedures will be followed 4 5 1 PMS The ship will continue PMS actions as directed by the Transfer Plan Normally PMS actions will continue until decommissioning for additional use in training the foreign transfer crew Removal and reissue disposal of related hardware software and documentation computers printers CD s instructions etc not specifically addressed within the ship s decommissioning plan or the Transfer Agent s Transfer Plan reference b paragraph 8 e shall be accomplished by TYCOM direction Procedures specified in references a and b shall be followed in the disposal of classified and or unclassified PMS material and other technical documentation that does not apply to the approved transfer configuratio
118. forwarded to applicable desired activities via a special software application within the CDMD OA umbrella The template serves as a data entry vehicle for the collection of information on the specified unique SLR additional elements SLR templates are forwarded loaded to applicable activities via the standard Automated Shore Interface ASI process NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 3 5 4 SLR Nominations Deletions Changes Nominations for adding equipment to SLR recommendations for deleting equipment from SLR and requests for changing either the Level 3 template and or the SEI settings are normally originated by a TYCOM SYSCOM or designated ISEA If originated by a TYCOM the nomination deletion change request should be submitted via the cognizant SYSCOM or designated ISEA exercising technical control over the designated equipment If the nomination is originated by a SYSCOM or designated ISEA the SYSCOM is responsible for obtaining the concurrence of all TYCOM S having reporting units prior to submitting the nomination The requestor must nominate the equipment that is to be included on SLR and approval must be received from NAVSEA 04RM Nomination requests for an equipment to be added to SLR should include a Justification of the need for adding the equipment to SLR Bi Evidence the fleet has the capability to input the requested unique data
119. identify the material condition of the ship A complete master CSMP may be held by the ship or other location as directed by TYCOM The CSMP includes but is not limited to a The automated CSMP which is the computer produced listing of deferred maintenance and alterations that have been identified through the submission of OPNAV 4790 documents In addition to the maintenance actions added by ship s force outside activities may request that they be allowed to add items to the CSMP D The suspense file of OPNAV 4790 documents for maintenance items that have been submitted but are not reflected in the CSMP reports or have not appeared in the MDS Transaction and Error Identification Report as having been accepted Ex The Work Candidate Job Sequence Number Work candidate JSN Log which is the work center s list of all material discrepancies to be corrected either by ship s force or an outside activity Each Work Center Supervisor is responsible for ensuring that the CSMP accurately describes the material condition of the Work Center Requirements for maintaining the CSMP are by TYCOM direction 3 7 1 CSMP Aboard Ship The CSMP is utilized as follows a The ship s Commanding Officer and Executive Officer use the CSMP reports to 1 Determine th ffects of deferred maintenance that limit the ship s capability 2 Potential casualty report CASREP situations 3 The material co
120. in the quarter are used to schedule maintenance requirements Columns are provided for the complete MIP number and any PMS requirements that may require to be rescheduled in the next quarter Cx Use of the Quarterly PMS Schedule The Quarterly PMS Schedule serves as a directive for Work Center Supervisors for scheduling weekly maintenance 1 5 12 3 Weekly PMS Schedule The Weekly PMS Schedule Figure 1 13 displays the planned maintenance scheduled for accomplishment in a given Work Center during a specific week The Weekly PMS Schedule provides the Work Center Supervisor a management tool for planning maintenance requirements A Weekly PMS Schedule created in SKED by the Work Center Supervisor is used to assign and monitor the accomplishment of required PMS tasks by Work Center personnel The creation of the Weekly PMS Schedule also produces a 13 Week Accountability log When using SKED there is no requirement to print the PMS Weekly Schedule SECTION 1 1 40 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 1 5 12 3 1 Content of Weekly PMS Schedule The following items will be included in the weekly schedule a Work Center code b Date of current week om MIP number minus the date cod ds A list of applicable components e Maintenance responsibilities assigned by name Le The periodicity codes of maintenance requirements to be performed listed by columns for each day one Outstanding re
121. informed of any problems encountered under current schedules and or MRCs e When performing corrective maintenance repair 1 Notify the Work Center Supervisor of the details of the corrective action Particular attention must be given to the cause code and remarks description entries 2 Report all deficiencies found to the Work Center Supervisor 3 Initiate or update all 3 M documents as required E Prepare the documentation for reporting deferrals completions material usage and PMS feedback for review by the Work Center Supervisor 1 5 PMS FUNCTIONAL OPERATIONS 1 5 1 PMS Master File The PMS Master File contains information relative to PMS requirements for specific equipment for which the command is responsible The master contains but is not limited to a Additional instructions information and data provided to assist in implementation and accomplishment of PMS Supplementary information includes changes received between force revisions FR information not contained on the master PMS CD ROM such as classified MRCs EGLs and TGLs if applicable Also included are feedback reports and responses and OPNAV 4790 CKs or Work Candidates affecting PMS until resolution b List of Effective Pages LOEP The LOEP Report No PMS 5 see Figure 1 1 provides a listing of the Maintenance Index Pages MIPs and system equipment not requiring PMS assigne
122. maintain issue and report work accomplished for PMR items The data elements for PMR conform to 3 M standards PMR requires the reporting of maintenance actions and configuration changes on all categories of equipment C 3 OBJECTIVE The automated PMP can provide a means to effectively manage and control all PMRs beyond the scope of the organizational level Planned Maintenance System PMS It is managed by integrating the SYSCOM Life Cycle Requirements LCRs Configuration Data Managers Database periodicities invoked by system and equipment engineers with the 3 M Master Job Catalog MJC and PMR modules of the intermediate maintenance management automated systems This integration provides an automated pre planned deferral to be added to the Current Ship s Maintenance Project CSMP and procurement of repair parts specified by technical repair standards or other controlled work procedures The system a Provides continuous evaluation and adjustment of the CMP to reflect the specification of the Systems Command SYSCOM Platform Managers and the capabilities and capacities of fleet maintenance activities bs Adjusts the Ship Configuration and Logistics Support Information System SCLSIS specifications and the Configuration Data Manager CDM databases to reflect all levels of equipments and components for existing and emerging PMRs
123. mandatory when reporting completion of a previously deferred maintenance action The work center supervisor must approve all maintenance actions not requiring assistance from an outside work center the work center supervisor s approval will be recorded when the maintenance action is documented ACTION TAKEN ACT TKN entered on 2K and CK A code to describe the maintenance action taken Select the code which best describes the action taken to complete the maintenance When recording these codes start in the left justified position of the field The first character is to be chosen from the list below the second character is free form and is to be recorded as specified by the TYCOM MAINTENANCE ACTION For maintenance action reporting the following action codes Can be used Code Description 1 Maintenance Action Completed Parts Drawn from Supply 2 Maintenance Action Completed Required Parts Not Drawn from Supply local manufacture pr xpended bins etc 3 Maintenance Action Completed No Parts Required NOTE The following second character codes can be used with the above Action Taken codes 1 2 or 3 as directed by the TYCOM Could Have Been Deferred Was Necessary Should Have Been Done Sooner Maintenance Requirement Maintenance Requirement Maintenance Requirement High Cost Repairs at at G SQW Pp T The Equipment Being Reporte
124. narrative format as designed in a unique template FOR A CONFIGURATION CHANGE CK Enter information that describes the accomplishment of the action Occasionally alterations specify that certain information be documented If an X is entered in the M R field identify each equipment and enter M R followed by the time meter reading REMARKS SKETCHES entered on 2L Required amplifying information related to a maintenance action Include drawings and sketches or multiple item serial numbers and locations for which identical maintenance requirements exist from an outside activity REPAIR ACTIVITY UIC entered on 2K The UIC of the activity performing work for the originating ship APPENDIX A 38 NAVSEA REPAIR WORK CENTER RWC entered on 2K Used by the repair activity for internal planning and scheduling center assigned to the job R M Maintenance Indicator entered on 2K Either an R or M used by INSURV INST 4790 8B a 3 or 4 character code identifying the lead work which identifies equipment that shows low reliability or unusual maintenance R indicates low reliability requiring frequent corrective maintenance M indicates poor maintainability requiring unusual maintenance effort S Safety The code Identifier entered on 2K ts due to installation or desig
125. of the PMS installation and th ffectiveness of the shipboard training program TYCOMS shall conduct at intervals of not greater than 24 months a comprehensive assessment for each ship and applicable shore activity to determine th ffectiveness of the 3 M program A grade of less than 80 percent for any assessment area PMS Performance Rate PPR MDS Performance Rate MPR and 3 M Performance Rate 3MPR is considered unacceptable An assessment will not be converted to an assist visit for any reason To ensure standardization of the measurement of 3 M program performance and to enhance communications at all levels of command the procedures described herein are the minimum to be adhered to during assessments Refer to reference a and TYCOM maintenance instructions for Fleet assessment requirements standard assessment definitions and evaluation criteria and calculations for both PMS and MDS 2 3 1 PMS Assessment Proper PMS performance is critical to maintaining acceptable equipment performance levels required in today s tactical environment Additionally personnel and environmental safety is paramount in conducting routine preventive maintenance aboard ships It is the Commanding Officer s responsibility to ensure the following PMS objectives are met in accordance with Fleet and TYCOM directives 2 3 1 1 PMS Assessment Objectives a Ensure the PMS performed matche
126. or equipment identified If unsure of the correct APL AEL for the equipment entry may be left blank and assistance requested by the supply department COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION entered on CK The local numbering system used to identify equipment e g Station Number 1A BOILER or Valve Mark description of the component may be entered For electronic and combat optional if the component systems equipment ct ct A 19 ASW 25 A the entry is serial number field has an entry COMPONENT NOUN NAME entered on CK Identifies the component If the action being reported is the accomplishment of an equipment alteration Field Change Engineering Change etc the component is defined as the equipment level addressed in the alteration directive usually the major equipment or system level otherwise the component is defined as the lowest unit type designator or assembly that has its own configuration identity This component may or may not have its own APL Example of an equipment and related components System or Equipment AN WRT 2 Component PP 2222 WRT 2 Component C 2764 WRT 2 If several components are removed and installed in a single maintenance action identified by one JCN continuation pages may be used to report the component changes If necessary overflow data from the component noun name can be placed in the nameplate data fi
127. repair activity may enter any remarks considered necessary to facilitate repairs Section VI Repair Activity Planning Action REPAIR W C Enter the character code of the lead work center assigned to the job Refer to Appendix A data element IMA REPAIR WORK CENTER for a listing of IMA work center codes EST MHRS Enter the total number of estimated man hours required by the lead work center to complete the job ASST REPAIR W C Enter the thr or four character code of the first work center assigned to assist the lead work center on the job being planned If more than one assist work center is required check Block 36 to indicate a continuation page is being used On the continuation page new 2K form fill in Blocks 1 2 3 with the same JCN of the original 2K In Block 51 enter the second assist repair work center s code No more than two assist work centers two supplemental 2K forms can be submitted ASST EST MHRS Enter the total number of estimated man hours required by the assist work center to complete its portion of the job SCHED START DATE Enter the Julian date that the work on the job is to begin Block Block Block 54 55 56 SCHED COMP DATE Enter the Julian date that all work on the job is scheduled to be completed by the repair activity REPAIR code o the or ACTIVITY UIC Enter the unit ide
128. reporting must be 5A 5P DE 06 505 For rejected work request must be 6A 61 Mandatory Optional Mandatory Optional If used must be 1 2 3 with or without the second character A S or M 4 5 SA 5F 6 6A 6E or 8 Optional DATA ELEMENT DEN Job Control E349 Number JCN Job Description Remarks Job Order Number G679 Job Sequence E349C Number JSN Key Event F934 Key Operation F939 Lead Planning amp Estimating Code Lead Repair Work E902D Center LWC Location E900A Maintenance E130 Index Page Number MIP Man Hours SSE Expended Meter Reading Meter Reading D916G Indicator Nameplate Data F940C Next Higher F940D Assembly Normally Done By MAINTENANCE TYPE 2K CK 2P CK 2K 2K CK 2P 2P 2P 2K 2K 2P 2K CK CK 2K 2K CK CK CK 2P LENGTH 13 120 120 21 ENTRY TYPE E Optional Optional Optional Mandatory for Optional 1 Optional VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS Mandatory This data element A002 Work Cent E3490 Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Optional Mandatory Cannot be blank Optional Optional If used must be X ct ct is made up of the UIC er instal E128 and JSN and addition cha
129. screening the deferral enters the recommendation as to the action to be taken See the allowable codes following Block 45 TYCOM below The TYCOM or designated representative screening the deferral will enter the action to be Depot shipyard or ship repair facility Depot Assisted by Ship s Force Accomplish with Modification Intermediate Maintenance Activity IMA tender repair ship etc Accomplish IMA Assisted by Ship s Force Accomplish with Modification TYCOM Support Unit TSU floating dry dock etc Accomplish or Technical Assistance from NAVUNDERSEAWARCENDET FTSCPAC FTSCLANT Contractor Representative TSU Assisted by Ship s Force TYCOM taken Code Description Accomplish 1A 1S Ship to Shop 1M 2 2A 28 Ship to Shop 2M 3 3A 3S Ship to Shop Code NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Description 3M 5A 5B JG 5E SF 6A 6B 6C 6E gx Ox x Accomplish with Modification Ship s Force Accomplish Deferred Insufficient Time in the Availability to Complete the Task Lack of Shipyard Capability Lack of Material Lack of Funds Not Required During this Availability General Not Authorized Not Technically Justified Covered by an Existing Ship Alteration Duplicate of Another Job Control Number JCN Not Cost Effective General Disapproved Remove from Current Ship s Maintenance Project CSMP Pass to history
130. the DEN will be listed A single block at the top of the form is used to specify that a configuration file correction CONFIG FILE CORR is being documented SECTION JOB IDENTIFICATION This section is pre filled except for the ship s UIC The PMR Work Center can be tailored for different management programs by using a different suffix for each program LCM Code The Job Control Number and Job Sequence Number JCN JSN remains 0001 until the page count number of adds exceeds 9999 at which time the JSN will be changed to 0002 for the next 9999 page numbers For example NAVSEA Mechanical TAMS components use LCM code HM while SPAWAR Electronic TAMS uses ET A ship s PMR installation could use PMHMO001 and PMETOOOL for up to 9999 components for each LCM The total JCN for an initial ADD PMR item is then converted to reflect the PMR assigned line item number LIN as part of the Work Center WC JSN e g PM001454 where 001454 is the LIN to become the permanent JCN for the life of the component on the UIC APPENDIX C 6 NAVSEA Block A SHIP S NAME Block B SHIP S HULL NUMBER JOB CONTROL NUMBER Blocks 1 3 Block 1 SHIP S UIC DEN A002 UIC of
131. the corrected data fill in only the applicable blocks ta and draw a circle around that block and circle Data Element Error in the Ship s Cosal or Cosal Documents at the top right portion of Lye Ze Block 12 for JOB DESCR insert the RT ON A CORRECTION OF correction COSAL or a description of the nt th E and 3 2 In words and type of words CHANGE APL FROM SECTION SCLSIS correction th Bl on th blocks with data information ock 18 Enter B 1 8 Report an Equipment Record Addition Complete the CK as described for CORRECTI in the above paragraph THE SHIP S COSAL ndex report Enter the EIC of the component e correction is for HM amp E equipment the applicable RI ly required data elements that e corrected information COSAL If the APL is to be corrected and en enter in Block 13 Ler z OC Chas in Bl N Next ep exceptions n SE CT ON r NOT COSAL SUPPORTED appropriate n SECT ON Block 15 equipment on board but not for equipment that is not on board but COSAL supported the incorrect the component no Enter in Block 15 code APL number In un name from the or for in Block 20 E also enter ock 28 n
132. timeliness of existing up line reporting 3 4 The con era The Cen of Managers as tral Central Shore ability to accurately document figuration and maintenance hist tical for maintaining proper shipboard logistics s Naval Sea Logistics Center Database is the focal poin maintenance and material data Database Open Architect the Navy s central repository for Ship Configurat Logistic Support assists in Battle SECT ON Databases Information SCLSI Damage Assessment 3 2 ure track NAVSEALOGCEN and maini tory of ships syst the accuracy and tain the tems is upport 3 M Systems t for receipt and distribution The Configuration Data CDM D OA Vg This informat BDA database serves tion and tion also and repair SSA lad Maintenance Data NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Reported maintenance action information is used for material history purposes and is the basis for the material and logistics support necessary to maintain equipment Maintenance and material information in numerous reports and formats are available through the 3 M central database to any command requiring the information These reports yield information concerning equipment maintainability and reliability man hour expenditures material usage and costs and material condition Section Chap
133. ty for ACNs shall be that affect the safety of ll affected accomplished by annotating the PMS Master File and the Work Center PMS Manual The ACN reflecting the change must be kept on file until receipt of revised documentation Types of changes indicated on PMS ACNs include a Periodicity of accomplishment Da Deletion or modification of an existing maintenance requirement Ca Addition or modification of a MRC procedure note to clarify the context or description of a procedure step da Procedure step modification to correct maintenance technical data e g frequency pressures voltages current decibels resistance values clearance test data etc e Addition deletion or modification of an MRC procedure step which significantly improves the technical accuracy of the task f Addition or modification to the list of tools materials and test equipment 1 5 11 1 Control and Tracking of ACNs parts Control and tracking of each ACN will be accomplished in the following manner a A PMS ACN will refer to a specific MIP and MRC location of the revision will be indicated by a vertical block the change bar outside the border of the ACN A new MRC will be provided for each MRC affected by the ACN b Each PMS ACN is serialized The serial number consists of the originating activity code MIP number serial number log number and date E FTSCLANT FTSCPAC
134. upon receipt of the change document from the 3 M system coordinator shall take the following actions a LOEP Changes b When a MIP is superseded in its entirety line out the complete number of the superseded MIP enter the number of the new MIP and annotate with the revision serial number c When a MIP number is partially updated e g revision date change and preliminary to permanent MIP line out only that portion of the MIP number which is changed and write in the updated portion of the MIP number d When a new MIP is issued enter the new MIP number and applicable equipment information at the end of the current LOEP for the applicable Work Center e Changes resulting from force revisions Replace the superseded LOEP in the PMS Master and Work Center files SKED users will update their schedules using the CD ROM Steps f and g apply to paper users All changes will be made in ink f Each will compare existing cycle schedules with the LOEP to identify new deleted or revised MIPs New MIPs will be added to the bottom of cycle schedules Deleted MIPs will be lined out and the force revision number noted by the line out g Revised MIPs will be compared with old MIPs to identify changes in periodicity Required changes will be shown on the cycle schedule h MIP Changes La Remove s
135. with the requirement is SECRET Maintenance Requirement Card is stowed in cay The classified MRC is printed on pink stock with the classification indicated at the top and bottom of each page Classified MRCs will be handled per reference b Refer to reference c for the handling procedures for classified information on compact discs SECTION 1 1 26 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Maintenance Effectiveness Review MER Analyzed 07 1 1778 DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D Distribution authorized to DOD components and DOD contractors onlyi Critical Technology June 2000 Other requests for this document shall be referred to Naval Sea Systems Command SEA D4M Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document Date June 2000 MIP 3000 Periodicity cR Series Location Equipment Guide List Recommended Ship System Miscellaneous Shipboard Electrical Equip and Installed Receptacles 3000 System Miscellaneous Shipboard Electrical Equip and Installed Receptacles 3000 SubSystem Miscellaneous Shipboard Electrical Equip and Installed Receptacles Equipment Miscellaneous Shipboard Electrical Equip and Installed Receptacles Man Man Man Rates Rates Rates Hours Hours Hours EM2 D 1 EMFN D 1 Total Ham D a Elapsed 5 1 Houra Tine 5 MAINTEBANCE REGUIREMEHT DESCRIPTION 1 Inapsst Portable Electrical Tool bevica Equipped with Tao Prong Plig 2 Hossure Insulation E
136. 0 Use an X if the component requires SPECIAL DENTIFICATION Block 30J NC Use an X if the component is NOISE CRITICAL Block 30K RAD Use an X if the component requires RADIOLOGICAL CONTROL Block 30L OC Use an X if the component requires OTHER CONTROLS Block 30M D D Use an X if the component requires DRYDOCKING Block 32 LINE ITEM NUMBER This element is assigned by the program when items components are added to the system The LIN is unique to the C and is configuration file for each customer Ul retained until the record is deleted from the ship s inventory NOTE This permanent this permanent JCN In addition record and to the Calibrat tion Laboratory line item number preceded by PM becomes the 3 M Work Center and JSN to the record are reported upline as a correct Subsequent changes made ted CK using changes to the scheduling Cal Lab production record are reported upline with the same permanent t JCN to support Note that the LIN plays th the MEASURE integration into 3 M as the RI rol IN for non sam supply worthy items Block 33 ON SITE cannot be delivered because of location the TWC must calibrat this field blank led HM amp E CERY Enter instal PERIOD Block 34 requirement is situa f the component being calibrated tested to the Testing Work Cent
137. 032 If the ot available a number will be entered The ing work center Block the PMR reports and in irement to repeat the as part of the serial ipment must be marked or equal to the UIC and e serial number of the com 16 and 17 must configuration file ponent The combination not be duplicated in If there are multiple the NOTE When a commercial Block 18 COMPONENT APL AEL Allowance Parts List Component Number Repairable DEN DOO8 Identifica the unique functional group code the ship equipment file additional requirements serial number is FGC SEF Enter the Component Identification tion Number APL C D R E If there is Equipage List inventory no APL AEL Allowance enter NOT LI when NOT LISTED i STED For SUBMEPP s entered the tenth and eleventh position must contain a number from 01 99 for interface with the Au Requisitions AMR program toma ted Material This is required to allow different components with the same MJC PMR to Block 19 be provided with separate automatic call out LOCATION DEN E052 Location Enter the location of the item inventories being converted by LCMS Bills of Material for Index For if the location Preliminary Equipment Block Block Block Block Block Block Block Block Block
138. 0A EXCH 0005 face 0018 EE DO fres 0912 fana BOR EIDA 1703 Eia EFD ESH ALICE CCOMPL IEA 1897 915 023 011 ACCOAPLIEN IBP AE 503 0000 61 EELEE SYSTEM METALS CONTROL APTA PLUSH RIG WOCO SERVICES FRDBOLDG PREF FESTER UN WELDEN GAL NF PCAT DOM MIT PRG PROF IMEPECTIOS HADIAE CALIBRAT DOH ATOEDSLAET ELEAMER UT ir STEAM DALIA PEET Mall PROPEL LOE SLAMTER STSTEN METALE CONTROL CHL TERETE ELECTEDCAL MS TRAITS GALEBAATE GAD AC Poulet CAL MECHANICAL Piept ALSTON 208 CATALOG D DEN FAN BARE EQUIP BEIN GE ERA EQUIPHENT SEFAMAROS NLASK SEPARATE FLATE GEMERIE MATERLAL Pru FL BADEN CID ERE FRETSUE N WELDER SUM SFT AG OA RABLA CAL DIATE STERONLATTEN EP STERN DEN UT HE PROPELLED GENERIC MATER AL CAL EAT DEM Svcs RLDIAC FOR FMERT CAL MEAT EM EVER INAJDEP FIF LE A PPR EFF EER SRR SE Fi wae 10 A O duro 20 AUTO 50 no Tr do i MO 48 AMD 1 quo i AD dd AUTO ang de AUTO oo MANNS I MITO FA aera Bi Fa Pa Fa Fa E Es Fa a F M M O M mo MM FM MM FR F F START FURETEA oar ee a es APL IDENT Index Page Master Job Catalog Figure C 2 C 30 APPENDIX NAVSEAINST 4790 8B ACRVITA Lab HORT DAS AS CATALOG HUEBER OO mea Vivi WOOO OREN VDS WOM GREN ETUI WOO GCA WTI KoD CRON 001 WIGS onci ATI WOOD GCM EMS WOM Gath TOS M0030 GEN CTO WOODS GHEN EFTA MODE cici WT PLANNED ACTION
139. 1 1 PURPOSE ON MANAGEMENT NAVSEAI NST 4790 8B This Appendix describes how planned alterations are incorporated into the 3 M system understanding Maintenance Data Sys alteration to a vess described in other s The Fleet Modernizat It is intended as a guide for the process and assist in annotating the required sulting from an r equipment as tem MDS documents re el its systems and o ections in this manual ion Program FMP prov procedures used to manage al on scheduled ship av Navy Da References a and documents Referenc participants respons NDE NM The Type Commander and AER ta Environment b terations for ailabilities The FMP Navy Modernization are the FMP policy e b details the proc ibilities in supportin TYCOM directs the acc Alteration Equivalent to Repair NAVSEASYSCOM Ship Pr alteration alteration accomplish assigns priorities progress while Fleet Units must provide ment feedback through the OMMS NG SNAP process ogram Manager SPM ha monitors a ides the policy and individual hulls based is supported by the NDE NM database and procedure ess along with g the automated system omplishment of D F alterations after the s approved the nd controls the The CNO and NAVSEASYSCOM perform these functions for K and KP alteration Accomplish completi
140. 105 Ownership Cost Reports and 4790 10300 Selected Level Reporting SLR Reports The application can produce Ad Hoc reports as well as import text and download data immediate or batch mode and save reports in various file formats such as Excel text One Can run reports in dBase etc To find out more about this tool or to be site at www oars navsea navy mil visit the OARS web come an OARS user 1 7 ON LINE SYSTEMS TRAINING COURSE The Ships 3 M OARS Basic Training Course is a two day course designed to introduce and train individuals on the basic usage of Ships 3 M data as well as the OARS Retrieval Tool This course is essentially broken into two main topic areas Introduction and Overview of Ships 3 M and Introduction of the OARS Retrieval Tool This training places an emphasis on hands on computer lab time Upon completion students should have obtained a knowledge level which will enable them to retrieve the data necessary for the specific functions desired The course is conducted by NAVSEALOGCEN 1 8 REPORT PRODUCTS The Ships 3 M Standard Reports Manual available from NAVSEALOGCEN displays samples and descriptions of the Ships 3 M reports available through OARS Potential users of ships maintenance data should contact NAVSEALOGCEN for assistance if a desired product format is not listed in the Ships 3 M Standar
141. 2 Additional Display Surfaces increases 5955 to UE AS ew 6 es SA AST A 1H9905 00 255 5938 5 MCB Hinged Panel 1 Panel 2 Addnl Display Surfaces incr 5955 w 5938 to EL AULAS SA AAA E FSR ede AE ed eta GA ae ch EE ae ae 1H9905 00 255 5956 Maintenance Requirement Card Holders Standard MRC and Maintenance record Holder ssn nace eta nhs eta eee OR ee daa 1H9905 00 255 5929 Large Capacity MRC and Maintenance Record Holde bee deese cc dede cee eee ee eee tee ene 1H9905 00 255 5960 PMS OPNAV FORMS NAME NUMBER Cycle PMS Schedule conventional OPNAV 4790 1344 vale A ee ee 110107 LF 770 3220 Quarterly PMS Schedule conventional OPNAV 4790 14 ooooocoooconconcoonoo nooo ooo 110107 LF 770 3241 Weekly PMS Schedule conventional OPNAV 4790 1l5 oooooocoocnocnononononoooooooooooooo oo 110107 LF 770 3260 Cycle PMS Schedule compact OPNAV APIO ii ad 110107 LF 770 3230 Quarterly PMS Sehedule compact OPNAV 4790 IAA gn mms RARA A AAA AAA 110107 LF 770 3250 Weekly PMS Schedule compact OPNAV 4790 TDA co ooo breer bk rer ra ek abe 110107 LF 770 3270 PMS Feedback Report OPNAV 4790 7 Bro oes oe CRG GEG He MOG eR ES CaS eG eee ee ante 110107 LF 007 8000 OTHER FORMS USED IN PMS Maintenance Requirement Card OPNAV 4790 85 cc eee ce cece eee eee eee eee ee eee ee ene 110107 LF 047 9410 Maintenance Requirement Card MRC Continuation Card OPNAV 4790 8B ooooooooooooo o 110107 LF 047 9415 Maintenance Index Page MIP OPNAV 4790
142. 3 PMS RESPONSIBILITIES AND PROCEDURES a The Maintenance Engineering Policy and Knowledge Transfer Division SEA 04RM is responsible for COMNAVSEASYSCOM s efforts in managing the development implementation and maintenance of the Ship s Maintenance and Material Management 3 M System Specifically relative to the PMS responsibility SEA 0O4RM will 1 Manage coordinate and monitor the PMS actions within the NAVSEASYSCOM to ensure compliance with the requirements specified in OPNAVINST 4790 4D and this instruction 2 Plan develop and implement PMS improvement programs 3 Manage the PMS efforts assigned to the PMS CAs b The PMS CAs when tasked and funded shall 1 Conduct technical reviews standardize and validate MIPs and MRCs to ensure compliance with references a and b 2 Deliver and install PMS packages to ships craft and other designated commands 3 Conduct maintenance liaison with fleet and type commands in implementing supporting and adapting COMNAVSEASYSCOM PMS programs to meet fleet requirements APPENDIX H 4 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 4 Provide input to Integrated Logistics Support Planning and ship manning document evaluations as requested by SEA 04RM 5 Initiate development for update of PMS for overhauled ships 6 Maintain the PMS database and the identity of library PMS documents 7 Maintain the PMS
143. 4790 2K Continuation Pages On each additional 2K form used for the continuation of REMARKS no more than three additional NAVSEA 4790 2K forms can be used A nter the JCN of the first form and continue with the remarks in Section IV n the top margin of each continuation page insert the words Page 2 Page 3 etc Block 37 Block 38 Block 39 Block 40 CSMP SUMMARY Enter a condensed description of the problem The work center supervisor is to ensure the summary succinctly captures the meaning of the REMARKS DESCRIPTION Block 35 narrative The CSMP summary conveys to management the significance of the JCN maintenance action The CSMP summary is displayed on management reports as opposed to the entire narrative of the REMARKS block FIRST CONTACT MAINT MAN Printed name of the senior person knowledgeable in the specifics of the JCN maintenance action RATE Enter the rate of the first contact maintenance person Examples are Rank Rate Code Entry Officers OFF ET1 ET1 Civilian CIV GMG2 GMG2 FTGSN FTGN EMFN EMF N EN EN SECOND CONTACT SUPERVISOR Initialed by the supervisor of the first contact maintenance person Block 41 Block 42 Block 43 Block C Block D Block E APPENDIX after screening the maintenance action for CON PRI npleteness and accuracy Enter the appropriate priority code Refer to
144. 68 F943 D008G MAINTENANCE VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS TYPE 2K CK 2K CK 2K CK LENGTH 11 ENTRY TYPE E 1 2 3 E 1 2 3 N 1 2 E iL 2 3 Mandatory be 0 Must be left justified For 4790 2K first character must Vg 2p 35 24 Gy o A HOF action taken codes 1 2 and 3 the second character codes A B C M or T can be used For action taken code 7 the second character codes A B C D or E can be used For action taken code 9 the second character codes A B C D E F G B CK no Mus H C m Optional Mandatory for SEL reporting Mandatory Must thout the second character A M or T 4 For Alteration not be blank not all zeros and imbedded blanks t be the APL AEL Number NOTLIESDTED Or NA DATA ELEMENT Alterations Configuration Changes 4 14 is alteration number Assis Work Assis t Repair 6 Work t Repair Center Center Estimated Man Hours Est Automated E Integrated Language System Identification Asst MHRS Numbe Avail Mandatory only if the r AILS able on Board Yes No Must be an Blueprints Techn Manua Cause 1 Mandatory gt Must be 1 2 37 4 Dy 67 ical LES y HEBE N DEN E319 E902A E902A E129 F964C MAINTENANCE VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS TYPE 2K CK
145. 94 190 002693 01 03 94 911X S7107 01 03 94 NSWC PHD 5B41 02 13 94 191 008393 01 12 94 02 09 94 195 008493 01 10 94 911X S7124 01 10 94 NSWC PHD 5B41 02 20 94 184 009194 01 26 94 02 23 94 181 0211 94 07 19 94 911X S8055 07 19 94 NSWC PHD 5B41 08 29 94 0 0212 94 08 02 94 911X S8162 08 02 94 NSWC PHD 5B41 09 12 94 0 0221 94 07 19 94 08 16 94 7 Total Outstanding TFBR s 8 Completed TFBR s for Naval Surface Force Pacific Date TFBRIL XMTL Resolution Response Serial Received Serial Date Sent ISEA Responsible Letter Date 001893 01 03 94 001 14 3431 01 04 94 001993 01 03 94 002 14 3113 01 04 94 008693 01 11 94 911G 004 01 18 94 008793 01 11 94 9116 0008 01 18 94 008993 01 11 94 911G 0009 01 18 94 0120 94A 07 21 94 911X S8101 07 21 94 NSWC PHD 5B41 0214 94 07 19 94 911 518 74 3113 07 20 94 0225 94 08 08 94 032325 0244 08 10 94 0226 94 08 08 94 032311 0172 08 11 94 0227 94 08 08 94 032311 0171 08 11 94 Total Completed TFBR s 10 END OF REP ORT Figure 1 19 Outstanding TFBR Status by Hull SECTION 1 1 62 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B FMS SUPERSEDUREINEW ISS UB ACCOUNTABILITY LOG AEE a fl A DRECHS P SPACE MEC SUPERSEDED JEFES SPADE MAH Lo WEEKLY SEHEDS ALTERED DECK MODIFIED L EP CYCLE S0HED ALTERED MASTER HAN EE E 5 LEE ETT CIGMIZARNT DEPARTMENT HI Change Service Accountability Log Accountability Log Figure 1 20 1 63 MEMO
146. A 96999 FC 29 TY O1 provided with the alteration record leave b Following are the authorized alteration pref codes SA SHIP ALTERATION OA ORDNANCE ALTERATION BA BOAT ALTERATION FC FIELD CHANGE MA MACHINERY ALTERATION ting in 32 x If an alteration identification number is not lank ix SI SYSCOM COMMAND INSTRUCTION EC ENGINEERING CHANGE HI HABITABILITY EY TYCOM DIRECTION TD TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE SP STRATEGIC SYSTEMS PROJECT OFFICE ALTERATION SC SERVICE CHANGE TR TRIDENT ALTERATION EP ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSAL MO CRYPTO EQUIPMENT MODIFICATION AR ALTERATION REQUEST May be originated by a ship to request an alteration design Enter and left justify the authorized prefix AR followed by a blank space any number the ship assigns for its own control EIC Enter the Equipment Identification Code for the equipment identified in the Equipmen Name field Block 7 EIC s are listed int SCLSIS Index Report or Ship s 3 M Referenc Disk CD NOTE EIC t Noun he Compact When documenting 3 M requests for Fleet Depot assistance a special Equipment EIC of ZOZZ for NAVSEA 08 and shall be used and the remaining data
147. A E 0 147 83 FK a e Ed EE de EE Eies A qe eA tee Note Enter the name of the OUTSIDE ACTIVITY QUAHILHLY PMS SCHL JULL CONVLNIIONAL responsible for the repair OPNAV FORM 4750 14 IFEV E 73 SIN C17 F TTE 924 ET EA E MIF NENTH JAN MONTH FEB RFSSHERULF j Hu y 4 A 6331 2 96 D E AT OF Pa psa ema oma ee me a men Baba A A SEG NE SEE EE DVS el Ea come We 808 A fee CO CCT E aa regien A E ESSE AAA eaga gt F OUISIpE ACTIVITY REPAIR 3 CAG AE Figure 1 25 Sample IEM Schedule SECTION 1 1 76 1 8 SUPP Certain advance preparat for IEM Project LOEPs M IPs maintenance manager wel NAVSEAINST 4790 8B D LY MATERIALS REQUIRE OR TO NACT VAT PR ON Reference doc CSMP Ship Al tera and MRCs should be reviewed by L1 in advance of planned idle period tions are necessary to properly prepare uments such as Current tion and Repair Package the shipboard Ship s Maintenance SARP A comprehensive list of the needed equipment and materials req Called out under Meeting portable deh umidifiers are uired may be prepared by reviewing the Parts Too Ls equipment available materials for prot Materials IEM requirements in some cases will require such as exhaust blowers heaters In other situations i
148. AL Maintenance Manual is PMR CK Note that expanded to two with an optional suffix This allows identification of multiple functions within the SYSCOMS LIFE CYCLE MANAGER CODE SUFFIX OPTIONAL MAINTENANCE ACTION CODE LITERAL The four character literal to describe the required PMR Calibrate CAL Special Calibration SCAL User Calibrate UCAL Test or Inspection TEST No Cal Required NCR Inactive INAC MASTER JOB CATALOG NUMBER Enter the MJC number from the bottom of the modified OPNAV 4790 CK PMR CK or from the TYCOM MJC Index PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT PMR NUMBER The PMR number as recorded on the MJC planning record OPNAV 4790 2P and as identified in the CMP RAUIC FINAL ACTION TAKEN FAT CODE Identifies the FAT reported by the RAUIC for the component PMR SCHEDULED SHOP CODE Identifies the IMA Cal Lab or other primary LWC to accomplished the PMR For TAMS use 51C 67B 67F 96A and FCA SCHEDULED RAUIC Identifies the planned RAUIC for accomplishing PMR calibrations and other actions SELECTED EQUIPMENT LIST INDICATOR SEL An X is used if CDM has indicated Meter Readings or Specialized Reporting SITUATIONAL REQUIREMENT KEY EVENT CODES For scheduling PMRs to be done during non cyclic Situational events e g calibrate tank level indicators whenever tanks are opened These event codes are assigned by the CDM or supporting activity for CMP requirements SPECIAL HANDLING REQ
149. AME aseo 64 84 4 40648 aaa Ow TO Ow Be A 20 COMPONENT SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION EQUIPMENT SERIAL NUMBER s ade be Seances ela bie eh ae eee Skee eee ee A 20 CONFIGURATION FILE CORRECTION CONF FILE CORR A 20 CONEINUATTON FOR Ges as ir ot fo ei de BS Easel RE We ee Oe ee A A 20 CONTFINVATTION SHEET s stera Tes sted Ge as Tee We nk Gere SE es eres Woe A 20 CSME SUMMARY 4 dra sed Ste Gere A a ke erd A 20 DATER aber sake FNS ST Te SERT PETE PEN ES A 2 DATE COMPLETED E EE Ee web ag A AA Rs A 2 DATE OP ESTIMATER bis Dala a de RA dear a de Series fete A 2 DEADLINE DATE ia Seles EG EE ES tll ES EES ES Et A 2 APPENDIX A 1 DEFERRAL D NAVSEAINST 4790 8B ATLE ADEFER DATE Skade ak Geddes dose id DEFERRAT REASON DER asias see Se he ae DEPARTMENT D V SION EN G NEERIN G OPERATIONAL SEQUENCING SYSTEM EOSS EQ U PMENT EQ ES ES ES UI TI TI TI PMENT MATED MATE MATE ESTIMATE ESTIMATE FINAL ACTI ON E O RR FIRST CONTACT MAINTENANCE MAN o o oooooooo HULL NUMBER DENTIFICA MA REPAIR IN PROGRES U G REPAIR LU e SCREENI U C SIGNAT JO B CONTRO E NUMBER SEN mes herre re da E Ge GA JO
150. Analysis of MJC PMR Originated Production History Modification of On Site MJC IX CEUTA NAVSEAINST 4790 8B APPENDIX C 3 M AUTOMATED PERIODIC MAINTENANCE PROGRAM MASTER JOB CATALOG AND PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS LIST OF FIGURES Figure Title Page Figure C 1 Modified NAVSEA 4790 CK Form oooooooooooooo C 10 Figure C 2 Master Job Catalog Index Page o ooooooooooooo C 30 Figure C 3 MJC Call Down Frequency Report o oooooooooo Gaal C iv NAVSEAINST 4790 8B APPENDIX C 3 M AUTOMATED PERIODIC MAINTENANCE PROGRAM MASTER JOB CATALOG AND PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS C 1 PURPOSE This appendix is to describe the automated Periodic Maintenance Program PMP capabilities provide guidelines for its use and standardize the requirements in support of fleet and depot maintenance and material 3 M reporting This program was established to assist maintenance and material managers in executing Class Maintenance Plans CMP and Life Cycle Manager LCM requirements to sustain the operability of weapons systems C 2 SCOPE Intermediate Maintenance Activities IMAs require the capability to generate work requests for periodic maintenance Periodic Maintenance Requirements PMRs provides that capability PMR also provides the capability to schedule
151. B 2 7 Procedures for inserted in check Block NAVSEAINST 4790 8B REMARKS 36 CONT SHEET If more space is needed and continue the remarks on a second form using the same JCN Print in large letters the word Correction at form Enter the exact JCN Blocks 1 2 and 3 2K previously processed added deleted these blocks without dele wi tic mark ting thin Documenting Changes Deletions to Previously Submitted Maintenance Actions or changed in If the selected the data block to be deleted Additions and the top of the of the original Enter only the information to be enter dashes Block 35 REMARKS DESCR entered so that the correct information PT ON is possible to change Just a word or two B 2 8 Procedures to Add On Remarks to the CSMP the applicable blocks data elements are to be deleted the entire document Circle one dash per included To add to the remarks as originally submitted print AD the Block 1 DEFL 2 D ON REMARKS at the top of a new 2K Form block a and 3 the REMARKS DE SCRIPTION on to CINCPACFLT enter rewrite DELETIONS the additional the procedures for top right of the form the JCN or print the remarks followed by a dash would be entered as information the
152. B85 oooooooooonoomoonrrr rer 110107 LF 047 9420 Tag Guide List OPNAV 4790 1076 0d isa rt EARE RER EEA EEA EDERA A EEEE EEE Eee 110107 LF 047 9545 Technical Publication Deficiency Report OPNAV 4790 66 oo ooocooocooncoonconconaonoo ooo 110107 LF 002 4400 Equipment Guide List OPNAV 4790 8 aeo koaa e A A A IAEI RE EEA 110107 LF 047 9405 II SHIPS 3 M MDS FORMS Ship s Configuration Change Form OPNAV STIG Kagan SSS AAA 110107 LF 047 9001 Ship s Configuration Change Form Continuation Page OPNAV 4790 CK C eee ee ee eee 110107 LF 047 9010 Ship s Maintenance Action Form OPNAV 2790726 v 45 tute wud bows wee See A tn ae kar 110107 LF 047 9011 Supplemental Form OPNAV 479072L stakelereaakutase area A E EA A BAER e a RAED eik 110107 LF 770 3060 Maintenance Planning and Estimating Form P amp E OPNAV 4790 2P oooooooooomomomononoo 110107 LE 770 3079 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B MAINTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL APPENDIX E LIST OF ACRONYMS A A amp I Alteration and Improvement ACF Accomplishment Confidence Factor ACN Advance Change Notice ACU Assault Craft Unit ADP Automated Data Processing ADPE Automated Data Processing Equipment AEC Assessment of Equipment Condition AEL Allowance Equipage List A
153. Block APPENDI 30 31 32 None of the Above S F MHRS Enter the total man hours to the nearest whole hour that ship s force expended doing the maintenance after submitting the deferral This includes witnessing of tests and those man hours expended in reinstallation test documentation not to exceed 1 hour etc COMPLETION DATE Enter the Julian date the maintenance action was completed ACT MAINT TIME Enter the total clock hours to the nearest whole hour during which ship force NAVSEAINST 4790 8B maintenance was actually performed This should include ti Block 33 TI Enter indicate active mai example i me for troubleshooting but not delays a single numeral 1 through 9 to to the nearest 10 the percentage of ntenanc xpended in troubleshooting For f no troubleshooting is involved enter BEN NOM Fon 205 NS for 30 090 For 105 Ste Block 34 METER READI completed instructio ACTION abo NG There is no entry required on the deferral action Refer to Block 34 ns for DOCUMENTING A DEFERRED MAINTENANCE ve Block 35 REMARKS DE SCRIPTION When the what must be done statement describes ntries ar on the original deferral accurately the work which was done no further original r work done remarks an was done required If rema
154. CENTER NORFOLK DET 9545 BAINBRIDGE AVENUE NORFOLK VA 23511 2794 565 757 445 7353 1098 FTSCLANT Code 4103 COMMANDING OFFICER FLEET TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER ATLANTIC CODE 4103 9727 AVIONICS LOOP NORFOLK VA 23511 4396 646 BOY 443 3872 2576 FTSCPAC Code 401 COMMANDING OFFICER FLEET TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER PACIFIC CODE 401 3375 SENN ROAD SUITE I SAN DIEGO CA 92186 5002 524 524 2647 APPENDIX F 4 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B TELEPHONE NUMBERS DSN AREA COMM EXT ACTIVITY CODE NSWC CD SSES Code 952 443 215 897 7440 Assessment of Equipment Condition AEC Program COMMANDING OFFICER NSWC CD SSES PHILADELPHIA CODE 952 5001 SOUTH BROAD STREET PHILADELPHIA PA 19112 1403 NSWC CD SSES Code 942 443 215 897 1361 Hull Mechanical and Electrical PMS COMMANDING OFFICER NSWC CD SSES PHILADELPHIA CODE 942 5001 SOUTH BROAD STREET PHILADELPHIA PA 19112 1403 INSURV PRESIDENT 253 757 462 7006 PRESIDENT BOARD OF INSPECTION AND SURVEY 2600 TARAWA COURT SUITE 250 NORFOLK VA 23521 CENTER FOR SERVICE SUPPORT 354 706 355 7501
155. CO2 Recharge Repr General Engnrg Svc Welding Nuclear Welding P amp E Inside Machine Engraving Governor 2D Injector Intrnl W C Code Name LOE Technical Library LOJ RO Non IMA GT30 LOK WR Non IMA GT30 LOL ROVSS LON Nuclear Tech Library LOS Submarine Monitoring Maintenance and Support SMMS Performance Monitoring Team PMT 11A Shipfitter 17A Sheetmetal 25A Gas Manufacturing 25C CO2 Recharge and Repair 25D General Engineering Service 26A Welding Shop 26B Nuclear Welding 30A Contracted Planning amp Estimating 31A Inside Machine 31B Engraving 316 Governor Injector 31D Valve Repair and Test Valve 31E Internal Combustion Engine Repair 31F Hydraulics Repair 31G Pump Repair 31H ACFT L amp R 31M Machinery R amp R 31T Gas Turbine 312 Metal Build up 35A Optical Repair and Overhaul 35D Watch and Clock Shop 35E Typewriter Shop 37A Print Shop 38A Outside Machine Shop 38B Ordnance Repair Test and Align 38C P 250 Pump Shop 38D Valve Barge 38N Nuclear Repair APPENDI A 26 Cmbstn Eng Hydraulics Pump ACFT L amp R Machinery R amp R Gas Turbine Metal Build up Optical Watch amp Clock Typewriter Print Outside Machine Ordnance P 250 Pump Shop Valve Barge Nuclear Repair Supply ID Code OM PORN DOG U 2A 2B 2C 2E 2F 2R AX AY 20 2H SE 5H 5J 31 2G 5K
156. COM designated activity Submarine Maintenance Engineering Planning and Procurement SUBMEPP and or other planning activity may be assigned to maintain and distribute the MJC files to applicable fleet sites and to provide analysis and improved planning and estimating and material requirements for each documented MJC requirement All periodic requirements established by the SYSCOMs for a ship class should include the repair parts required and the forecast to the Navy Inventory Control Point NAVICP Mechanicsburg to build an effective load list over the projected life cycle of the ship class The SUBMEPP planning activity should provide APPENDIX C 4 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B quarterly files to sustain the conjunctive Automated Material Requisitioning AMR for CMP projections C 5 3 M PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS There are certain equipment and components in the fleet that require periodic maintenance such as tests inspections repairs restorations and replacements With select automated systems periodic maintenance tasks and routines are maintained on file with planning information The record containing both the routine test etc along with the scheduling and planning information is called a PMR C 5 1 Use of PMRs Use of PMRs provide for the management of configuration and scheduling information for each equ
157. COMMANDING OFFICER CENTER FOR SERVICE SUPPORT FIM DIRECTORATE 1425 PRINCE AVENUE ATHENS GA 30677 SPAWARSYSCEN NORFOLK 646 757 443 0400 COMMANDING OFFICER SPACE AND NAVAL WARFARE SYSTEMS CENTER NORFOLK 1837 MORRIS STREET SUITE 3311 NORFOLK VA 23511 3432 24 HOUR TROUBLE DESK 800 836 1816 588 5665 TELEPHONE NUMBERS ACTIVITY CODE DSN AREA COMM EXT SPAWARSYSCEN NORFOLK Code 60 DET SAN DIEGO CA OFFICER IN CHARGE SPAWARSYSCEN CHESAPEAKE DETPAC CODE 60 P O BOX 217 NAVAL STATION SAN DIEGO CA 92136 5217 24 HOUR TROUBLE DESK 526 526 556 7671 556 7648 NAVSEALOGCEN Code 60 COMMANDING OFFICER NAVAL SEA LOGISTICS CENTER CODE 60 P O BOX 2060 5450 CARLISLE PIKE MECHANICSBURG PA 17055 0795 430 605 4730 NSDSA Code 0310 COMMANDER NAVAL SURFACE WARFARE CENTER PORT HUENEME DIV NAVAL SEA DATA SUPPORT ACTIVITY CODE 0310 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043 4307 982 805 228 0777 APPENDIX E 6 MAINTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL APPENDIX G MANUAL PREPARATION OF PMS SCHEDULES APPENDIX G MANUAL PREPARATION OF SCHE
158. CORPORATED INTO THE NEXT FR END OF OVERHAUL OVERHAUL PERIODS VARY SHIP OPERATIONAL CYCLE FTSC S SHIPS PMS VERIFY APPLICABLE PMS SUPPORTED BY FR IAW COORDINATE PMS OPNAVINST 4790 4C CONFIGURATION CHANGE DATA FROM DEVELOPMENT OTHER SOURCES SLCC OPNAV DISTRIBUTE PMS DATA FTSC S FILE 4790 CK 180 360 DAY LETTER COP DEVELOP REVISE PMS SUMMARY LIST OF COMPONENT FTSC S WHEN TASKED AND FUNDED CHANGES SLCC REVIEW AND VERIFY PMS SHIP CONFIGURATION CHANGE REVIEW ANDSICRI Y APPLICABLE PNS DOCUMENTATION DOC BASED UPON CONFIG Men 180 360 DAY LETTER BASED UPON CONFIGURA TIONIDATA COORDINATE PM ee er DATA NOT SUPPORTED IN CERTIFICATION FILES COO S COP FORWARDED TO RESPECTIVE COGNIZANT TECHNICAL DEVELOPMENT OF MRS DOCUMENTATION ODE ITEMS UPDATE SHIP MASTER FILE ne ae ITEMS _ VERIFY MIP MRC FROM PMS DOC skpd te PROCESS PMS DOCUMENTATION DETERMINED BY COG ANS ILO ON TO SHOP TECH CODE DISTRIBUTE PMS DOCUMENTATION TO SHIP AND ILO Figure 2 1 PMS Documentation Support During Overhaul SECTION 2 6 MA ORGANIZAT INTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL SECTION Chapter 3 ONAL LEVEL MAINTENANCE DATA SYSTEM INTERFACE SECTION Chapter 3 REFERENCES REFERENCE NSTRUCTION NO SUBJECT a SPCC
159. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND 1333 ISAAC HULL AVE SE WASHINGTON NAVY YARD DC 20376 0001 In reply refer to NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SEA 04RM November 13 2003 NAVSEA INSTRUCTION 4790 8B From Commander Naval Sea Systems Command Subj SHIPS MAINTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL Ref a OPNAVINST 4790 4 Series bo CINCLANTFLT CINCPACFLT 4790 3 Series The Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual c NAVOP 009 98 CNO 252203ZSEP98 da NAVOP 010 98 CNO 151947ZOCT98 iig Purpose To issue a revised Ships Maintenance and Material Management 3 M Manual which incorporates new and updated maintenance management policy This instruction is a complete revision and should be reviewed in its entirety 2 Cancellation a NAVSEAINST 4790 3B b NAVSEAINST 4790 8A Su Scope This instruction incorporates the requirements of references a and b and is applicable to all ships and shore station equipment under the cognizance of Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA a It does not apply to systems and equipment under the cognizance of Nuclear Power Directorate NAVSEA 08 Director of Strategic Systems Program DIRSSP and aeronautical support equipment covered in the Naval Aviation Maintenance Program NAMP Ships service craft and small boats manned by civilian crews are also exempted from this instruction unless approved by the Chief of N
160. DULES TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page Gale PURPOSE vassere a EST SES tas daa G 1 G 2 PREPARATION OF CYCLE PMS SCHEDULE cc ccc ee rennene eens G 1 G 3 PREPARATION OF QUARTERLY PMS SCHEDULE o o ooooooooo G 4 G 4 PREPARATION OF WEEKLY PMS SCHEDULE ooooooooooooooo o G 6 APPENDIX G i NAVSEAINST 4790 8B APPENDIX G MANUAL PREPARATION OF SCHEDULES G 1 PURPOSE This appendix provides instruction on how to create and maintain cycle quarterly and weekly schedules for commands that are unable to utilize the SKED Program Appendix H will also assist in those instances when SKED is not available due to network and or computer difficulties and the Work Center needs to manually track PMS accomplishment until the program is available G 2 PREPARATION OF CYCLE PMS SCHEDULE Cycle PMS Schedules are used to plan and schedule maintenance requirements to be conducted during each calendar quarter Department heads should devote considerable attention to the preparation of the Cycle schedule since these efforts will directly affect long range PMS scheduling a Materials required for preparation 1 Blank Cycle schedules OPNAV 4790 13 or OPNAV 4790 13A 2 The work center s portion of the PMS Master File List of Effective Pages LOEP Report No PMS 5 3 Applicable MRCs for general reference from the Work
161. Da Serialize and forward within four days of receipt The FBR serial number will consist of two parts separated by a dash a four digit sequence number and the last two digits of the calendar year The date will change on 1 January of each year but the number sequence will continue 1 e 4241 99 4242 00 The sequence number will start with 1 and not repeat until 9999 has been reached Ex Maintain accountability of all PMS FBRs submitted and action taken by the FTSCs documentation is received SYSCOM etc until corrected PMS The FBR accountability record may be disposed of upon receipt of a feedback reply rejecting the suggested change SKED also contains a FBR accountability and tracking function that can be used in place of paper records d Ensure the originator of each FBR and all other applicable Work Centers are kept appraised of action taken on the FBR and that all materials and information received in response are distributed accordingly Ensure that the originating Work Center and other applicable Work Center Supervisors implement the SECTION 1 changes corrections received NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 1 5 15 2 2 FTSCLANT FTSCPAC Actions See Appendix H for additional information a Category A FBRs for replacement of missing classified MIPs MRCs shall receiv xpeditious handling by the FTSCs b Category B FBRs where resolution by FTSCLANT FTSCPAC
162. EMBLY Enter the nomenclature and serial number of the next higher assembly No entry is required when the component identified in Block 13 is the highest assembly SAC Enter the Service Application Code of the component identified in Block 13 SAC codes can be obtained from the supply department WORK CENTER Enter the code Work Center Responsible for Equipment WCRE of the work center having primary maintenance responsibility for the component identified in Block 13 NAMEPLATE DATA Enter the Contract Number or Procurement Document Number Part Number Model Number or Drawing Number and if available the Commercial and Government Entity CAGE formerly called Federal Supply Code for Manufacturers FSCM Additional information if available such as physical characteristics and manufacturer s identification is useful No entry is required for modifications and deletions if an APL is listed in Block 13 MIP Enter the Maintenance Index Page covering the component identified in Block 13 for removals modifications changes and deletions If not available enter NA EOSS Entry not required when reporting Electronic or Ordnance Configuration Change actions For HM amp E equipment enter the Engineering Operation Space Sequence EOSS Document Code and Control Number of the primary EOSS procedure affected If more than a component level document is affecte
163. EP Es One PMS Master File The PMS Master File contains information relative to PMS requirements for specific equipment for which the command is responsible ds One Work Center PMS Manual for each work center The Work Center PMS Manual reflects that portion of the PMS Master File that contains only the planned maintenance requirements applicable to a particular work center and includes decks of associated MRCs and PMS Feedback Report FBR forms e A PMS delivery installation reporting card 2 1 2 PMS Installation The FTSCLANT FTSCPAC have the responsibility for installing PMS aboard ship The installation of PMS is done in two phases preliminary and final 2 1 2 1 Preliminary PMS Installation A preliminary time phased PMS package tailored to the ships manning and compartment acceptance plan will be built and installed as the ship construction continues Close coordination between the Supervisor of Shipbuilding SUPSHIP FTSCLANT FTSCPAC and the ship monitored by TYCOM will continue through final PMS installation Periodicities of PMS may be altered to accommodate manning phases The goal is to bridge the gap between acceptance of a space and PMS installation minimizing damage to equipment systems during this transition period 2 1 2 2 Final PMS Installation A final formal ship wide PMS installation which represents the full PMS package installation will corre
164. ER Alteration Equivalent to Repair AILSIN Automated Integrated Language System Identification Number AIS Automated Information Systems AIMD Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department AIT Alteration Installation Team ALID Automated Library Issue Document ALRE Aviation Launch and Recovery Equipment AMS Alteration Management System AMT Amalgamated Military Technical Improvement Plans APL Allowance Parts List AR Alteration Request ASG Afloat Shipping Guide AST Automated Shore Interfac ATG Afloat Training Group ATO Afloat Training Organization AWR Automated Work Request B BACD Basic Alteration Class Drawings BOATALT Boat Alteration BOC Base Operating Contract BUIC Benefiting Unit Identification Code BUMED Bureau of Medicine and Surgery C CA CAGE CANTRAC CASREP CCF CD ROM CDA CDM CFFC CID CINC CIS CM CMP CNO COMNAVSEASYSCOM COMSPAWARSYSCOM COSAL CSA CSMP D DATC DBI DCA DCPO DEN DFS DIRSSPO DLR DOD DPMA DSRV DSS DT E EC ECP EGL APPENDIX Coordinating Activity Commercial and Government Entity Catalog of Naval Training Courses Casualty Report Configuration Change Form Compact Central Component Commander in Chief Commercial Disk Read Only Memory Design Activity Configuration Commander Fleet Data Manager Forces Command Identification Number Industry Service Corrective Maintenance Class Maint
165. FOLLOW Block 11 B 4 3 Procedures for Dele Any block X NORMALLY DEPOT the JCN enter ter an estimate of the to accomplish the JCN If the estimated TEES total Enter an estimate of the total Enter an estimate of the total add blocks 51 and 52 NG BLOCKS ARE F LLED N BY THE REPA R OFFICER DONE BY entered ini allows of the costs of the maintenance activities tions Documenti with the exception ting Changes Entered by the Repair Officer to the appropriate block the collection of data for evaluation IMA relative to other Additions an S F IMA and of the JCN that has had the planning and estimating information entered into the supporting ADP syst tem can b instruct 4790 2K When modifying information in Section modification must contain the appropriate lead or assist added deleted or changed Refer to the tions described for submitting a correction to an NAVSEA Form SCHEDULI the WCs NG When modifying information in Section v I DOCUMENTAT I REMARKS th ntir ON and Section ECHNICAL V UC REPA R ACT included VITY TYCOM section must be revised so that correct information and change information is Do not change a word or
166. H 7 H 6 PMS FOR NEW SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT BEING PROCURED BY NAVSEA AND OTHER AGTIVITTES set dre Dal sak Se SSL TG STE ceca H 8 H 7 PMS FOR EXISTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT IN THE FLEET H 8 H 8 SHIPALTS ORDALTS MACHALTS FIELD CHANGES AND ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSALS sos ll es Skee oh a ANEL athe as H 9 H 9 PMS FOR FOREIGN NAVIES FORMER U S NAVY SHIPS H 9 H 10 PMS FOR FOREIGN NAVIES NEW CONSTRUCTION MODERNIZATION OVERHAUL AND GONVERSLONN aoe E og Oo ta Ga TE A Ge EN H 10 H PMS TECHNICAL FEEDBACK REPORES saksere le GS S H 10 ASIA TEBR PTOCEGUTES Sida a lt la tas eet eed Sis ore Scere eae ee H 11 H 11 2 PMS Technical Feedback Response Instructions H 12 H 11 2 1 Critical Review Questions for PMS TFBR Review H 14 H 11 3 PMS Advance Change Notice Guidance nwcs cc acc staker H 15 H 12 PMS Workload Increase and Waiver Policy H 16 H ii NAVSEAINST 4790 8B H 1 PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM PMS POLICY a All maintenance requirements shall be developed using Reliability Centered Maintenance RCM methodology as directed by reference a Preventive maintenance actions are required by reference a to be developed in accordance with reference b including preservation and maintenance requirements for equipment in an inactive status and calibration requirements relating to the Shipboard Gage Calibration Program PMS requirements shall be developed c
167. INST 4441 170A COSAL USE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL b NAVSEA TECHNICAL SHIPS CONFIGURATION AND SPECIFICATION LOGISTICS SUPPORT INFORMATION 9090 700 Series SYSTEM SCLSIS c NAVSEA TECHNICAL ALTERATIONS TO SHIPS SPECIFICATION ACCOMPLISHED BY ALTERATION 9090 310 Series NSTALLATION TEAMS SECTION d l NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTION Chapter 3 ORGANIZATIONAL LEVEL MAINTENANCE DATA SYSTEM INTERFACE TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page S21 PURPOSE ss bring ale diene ever bekke Sevier Se 3 3521 SCOPE ss sie a a ds A A Sn eee ne es a 353 OBJECTIVE vant Saastad A Sale dS a Se Seed STE 351 3 4 3 M ORGANIZATIONAL 0 LEVEL MAINTENANCE DATA SYSTEM 3 2 3 4 Central Shore Databases rca id dd sei de 3 2 34 11 Marntenanes Datars oi sesos e See ta ia e 33 3 4 1 2 Contr guration and Logistics D tass sastrersanaemetg et 3 3 3 4 Ship Configuration and Logistics Support Information System SST Sa NE LSD ae NGS 3 3 ak Shipb rd BEnNefrLtksS OF SCSI S orero A Ss ete 3 4 ne Ship RESPONSE VUE it A A A tee watt wake eeu Ss 3 4 3 Certification of Shipyard Installed Alterations 3 5 JAM Reporting REeGurrements necewst due te ee eee ae dies nt 3 6 Reporting Me Eno Sm al cavalo ce mens 3 6 ly Data ELEmEnt Sd ls ke SSE ts 3 7 Work Candidate Job Sequence Number JSN Log 3 7
168. INST 4790 8B J 4 RCM CERTIFICATION PROCESS RCM Certification training comprises three elements a Formal Instruction to develop a fundamental understanding of RCM methodology b Application of principles to enrich the fundamental understanding of RCM principles and to demonstrate the practical application and EC Testing to assess student knowledge and ensure an adequate level of qualification prior to certification J 4 1 Level I Navy Backfit RCM for Practitioners Course Required attendees include ISEs and FTSC Commodity Specialists who develop review or approve changes to current maintenance tasks Location ISEA sites Periodicity As required to satisfy certification and recertification requirements Purpose Tailored to cognizant systems and equipment of the host ISEA each 2 day Level I course focuses on fundamentals necessary to apply the Navy Backfit RCM process to current maintenance tasks Level I certification is dependant upon successful completion of a written examination administered by NAVSEA In order to remain proficient recertification is required every 3 years Recertification may be accomplished in one of two ways a Successful completion of a Navy Backfit RCM for Practitioners exam or b Successful participation in a SURFMER session All ISEs and Commodity Specialists who have
169. ION Block 18 data field This allows the 3 M history at NAVSEALOGCEN to be queried relative to man hour and material cost expenditures A single calibration routine can provide by individual ship RAUIC type of ship etc total cost per TYCOM for each and all el lectronic calibration labs for specific periods of time In addition the associated Repair routine will identify each unique piece of TAMS repaired during the same period C 8 2 Applicability UIC Control BLOCK 1 UIC The remaining four characters of the MJC UIC identify MJC categories and the type of ships to which they apply 0000 All Ships 0001 All Surface Ships 0002 All SSNs 0003 All SSBNs 0006 SSN SSBN 0007 AEGIS CRUISERS 0100 ALTS AS AD 0210 ALTS SSBN 0230 ALTS SSN 4020 SSN OVERHAUL ROUTINES 5000 TRIDENT UNIQUE 5100 SEA WOLF UNIQUE For each MJC UIC there must be a corresponding UIC control record added to the master file C 8 3 MJC a shipboard department and division to which WC Designations BLOCK 2 WC The left two letters identify the the item normally applies If a specific division is not applicable use X When the MJC item is for multiple departments use E for Engineering by category and its source The third and fourth letters identify the maintenance 1 When the third letter is a
170. IX F AL MANAGEMENT NAVSEAINST 3 M MANUAL M POI NTS OF CONTACT 4790 8B TELEPHONE NUMBERS ACTIVITY CODE DSN AREA COMM EXT CNO CH N431H WASHINGTON N431H DC IEF OF NAVAL OPERATI ONS 20350 2000 329 703 601 1665 COMLANTFLT N432 COMMANDER U S ATLANT C FLEET N432 1562 M TSCHER AVE SUITE 250 NORFOLK VA 23551 2487 836 757 836 3754 COMPACFLT Code 4314C COMMANDER U S PAC FIC FLEET CODE 4314C PEARL HARBOR HI 96860 7000 474 808 474 6353 COMNAVATRLANT COMMANDER NAVAL Al N71 R FORCE U S ATLANT CODE N71 C FLEET NAVAL AIR STATION BLDG 829 NORFOLK VA 23511 564 757 444 8836 8949 COMNAVATRPAC COMMANDER NAVAL Al U S PACIFIC FLEET N435 P O BOX 357051 SAN DIEGO CA N435 R FORCE 9213597051 139 619 545 1523 COMNAVSURFLANT N432 COMMANDER NAVAL SURFACE FORCE U S ATLANTIC FLEET N432A64 N432A65 1430 MITSCHER AVENUE NORFOLK VA 23551 2494 836 757 836 3367 TELEPHONE NUMBERS ACTIVITY CODE DSN AREA COMM EXT COMNAVSURFPAC N41 3 M Officer COMMANDER NAVAL SURFACE FORCE U S PACIFIC FLEET N41 2841 RENDOVA ROAD
171. LR equipment may be or require the rmin is reliability The NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg maintenance a SLR data that is collected nd distribution function ultimately available in SEI Database Op to be the master databa The value contained in the SEI equipment record is regarded as an SLR If a given equipment appropriate specific SEI file reco ue data elements wil NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg agent SEI maintains the values 2 Kilo SEI it determines which set ll be displayed on an SLR 3 M system via the Open Architectural Retrieval resides in both the en Architecture CDMD se and in the shipboard controls rd contains an of unique template as the NAVSEA 0O4RM SLR technical in SEI via the CDM are accomplished by using unique Unit D OA Changes to Identification Code UIC Record Identification Number R special workfiles Item Type NAVSEAINST 4790 8B IN combinations via SEI The SEI is not updateable on the CDMD OA browse or detail scree Data Manager CDM processing an SEI ns The only acceptable method for modifying SEI is with the applicable Configuration workfile created by NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg Any changes to SEI in CDMD OA automatically forwards a duplica
172. Ls and TGLs for every applicable MRC A complete Work Center file of applicable MRCs with associated EGLs and TGLs will be located in each Work Center Maintenance personnel will use these to perform assigned planned maintenance as follows a Select the MRC scheduled for accomplishment from the Work Center file Ensure that any associated EGLs and or TGLs are also selected Bi Obtain the required tools parts materials and calibrated test equipment listed on the MRC EXCEPTION Obtain hazardous material HAZMAT only when required to complete the maintenance Ex Perform maintenance as stated on the MRC observing safety precautions and notes as indicated di Notify the Work Center Supervisor immediately whenever one or more of the following conditions exist 1 Any information on a MRC EGL or TGL is not fully understood or appears to be incorrect 2 Tools parts materials or calibrated test equipment prescribed by the MRC are not available 3 Capability training or experience to properly perform the maintenance requirement MR as prescribed is doubted 4 Factors which would make performance of the MR including the equipment tag out unwise or dangerous e g disassembly of equipment needed for operations radiation when prohibited situations causing safety hazards to exist etc are identified 5 Equipment deficiencies or casualties are discovered 6 Any provision
173. MARS saktere MAN HOURS EXPENDED S F MHRS EXP MAN HOURS REMAINING S F MHRS REM SHI UNIT SPECIAL DATA SPECIAL PURP SPECIAL REQU STATUS STA SUFFIX TECHNICAL DO TECHNICAL MA EUMENTATION Maine ads st seerne a ek Takes nen NUALL IM NUMBER so et tet icles lid Sendes cats sed TROUBLE ISOL AETONS ED Vitae esse Gp TYCOM AUTHOR TYCOM SCREE APPENDIX ZATTON ESS Se Ser NING 200 RIA base Seed AI Bare ETE he A iii A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 UR WWWWWNNNNNNE EF A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 MN NN UTG NAVSEAINST 4790 8B TYGOM SIGNATURE sessde ts ets Deer Ne de bad tee ee he de debate EG A 46 TYPE OE AVATTABTETIY ELA Ai a a ea ee ee A 46 WM MUSSTON DEGFJdTNG etica ela A 46 UNIT TDENTIFIGATTON GODE CULO escitas A 46 WHEN DISCOVERED WND cat e Oe Sas aS TESTE SS LS A 47 WHEN DISCOVEREDADATE ata dass A gs eda A 47 WORK CENTER NC DA ASA a ee peer cle SS SENG A 47 WORKS RE OURS ROW SNS 20D EIA AN A Ads Gree de A 47 YYMM ISSUED ii a ee Boo ea A ee Se A we BS A 48 A iv NAVSEAINST 4790 8B APPENDIX A DATA ELEMENT DESCRIPTIONS AND VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS
174. N L FIRST CONTACTAJAINTENANCE MAN Prini DATE SECOND GONTAGTISUPERVISON Pring E DATE MULLINS QM2 41 9 7 BROWN QMC 4197 U S Government Printing Office 1975 003 627 5225 2 1 Figure B 13 SUPPLEMENTAL FORM Containing an Equipment Listing APPENDIX B 52 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B OPNAV 4790 21 Rev 6 73 S N 0107 LF 770 3060 SUPPLEMENTAL FORM 2 LIMA SECTION I IDENTIFICATION A SHIP S NAME USS CHANDLER SECTION Il REMARKS SKETCHES CRES B HEAD RIVET p 3 se INSTALLATION 4 MOUNTING DETAILS OF WASTE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ON M J BULKHEADS 4 S M PARTITIONS SECTION Ill AUTHENTICATION U S Government Printing Office 1875 009 627 5225 2 1 Figure B 14 SUPPLEMENTAL FORM Containing a Sketch Drawing B 4 MAINTENANCE PLANN NG AND ESTIMATING FORM NAVSEA 4790 2P This form is used along with an NAVSEA 4790 2K Form deferring maintenance to be done by an IMA Attached to the original 2K at the in termediate maintenance activit to screen will incl ude document al information pertinent to LWC assist work cent CY it is used by the IMA and plan the job in detail This planning information the lead work center ter s material requirements technical tion and cost estimates required to complete the maintenance action Upon approval of the TYCOM planning estimating and sche
175. NAGEMENT SECT ON Chapter 2 zZ 4 AL PLANNE D MAINTENANCE UPDATE DUR SYSTEM NSTALLAT ING OVERHAUL 3 M MANUAL ON ANI SECTION Chapter 2 REFERENCES REFERENCE INSTRUCTION NO SUBJECT None No instructions referenced in Chapter 2 SECTION 2 i NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTION Chapter 2 NITIAL PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND UPDATE DURING OVERHAUL TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page 2 PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM PMS NSTALLATION SHIPBOARD 2 2 1 1 Pr pa r ti n OF Materials m ois iti te A lr es sire i eras ee de 3165 2 2 142 PMS Installation nsp eea bat aye bee ve Pete iw ee sed eek eas sa 25 2 1 2 1 Preliminary PMS Installations soseen saeti ee ewe s 2 2 2 232 Fin l PMS Installation 2 2 2 ada Tnsta llt tr n Brier ringo da des cee seen AA Seated tees os 2 2 2 1 3 Inventory of PMS Installation Package 2 3 2 1 3 1 Inventory of Preliminary PMS Package 2 3 2 1 3s52 Inventory Of Final PMS Package sisi d sk EE ae 2 3 2 1 4 PMS Package Installation Completion Check List 2 3 2 2 UPDATE OF SHIPBOARD PMS PACKAGE DURING OVERHAUL PERIOD 2
176. NAV 4790 CK PMR Figure C 1 commonly referred to as a PMR CK is used to manually document an addition change or deletion to a PMR Configuration and or Scheduling Record The PMR CK form must be locally reproduced The manually prepared ES PMR CK is used when direct access to the automated system is not available for on line entry The original 3 M data elements for configuration reporting Blocks I through 30 of the OPNAV 4790 CK form are retained Additional data elements fields have been added to the form and in the automated systems for scheduling information required to link this data with the appropriate configuration record C 6 PMR REPORTING PMR records and related equipment component information can be maintained in the PMR MJC system Configuration file entries can be made on line if the capability is there or can be entered manually on a modified OPNAV 4790 CK The modified CK referred to as the PMR CK is used to document configuration file entries to add change or delete an equipment to the PMR inventory Standard 3 M data elements Blocks I through 30 or the OPNAV 4790 CK is used for PMR configuration reporting For additional information data element definitions and approved values refer to the data element by name in Appendix A of this instruction NOTE For the following data elements if a data element has been officially assigned a Data Element Number DEN
177. NCH EXSA 3994 SADDG 01003 SSTG INSTL EXSA 4007 SADDG 01675 HPAC RPLCMNT By direction Signature block Copy to Cognizant TYCOM COMNAVSEASYSCOM Cognizant Code Figure 3 3 Certification of Alteration Installation Sample Letter NAVSEAINST 4790 8B P S LETTERHEAI 4720 Ser Orig Code Date FIRST ENDORSEMENT on NSY ltr 4720 Ser Orig Code of Date of ltr From Ship s Name To Supporting Activity e g IUC RSG etc Sub CERTIFICATION OF ALTERATION INSTALLATIONS DURI AVAILABILITY include date range of availability 1 Request the alterations reported completed by basic correspondence be processed as completed deferrals in the Master CSMP By direction Signature block Copy to Cognizant TYCOM COMNAVSEASYSCOM Cognizant Code Figure 3 4 1st Endorsement to Alteration Certification Letter MAINTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL SECTION Chapter 4 SHIP INACTIVATIONS REACTIVATION STRIKE OR TRANSFER TO FOREIGN NAVIES SECTION Chapter 4 REFERENCES REFERENCE INSTRUCTION NO SUBJECT a OPNAVINST 5510 1H DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY INFORMATION AND PERSONNEL SECURITY PROGRAM REGULATION b SECNAVINST 4900 48A TRANSFER OF U S NAVAL
178. NHA is usually identified in the technical manual and the COSAL NORMALLY DONE BY entered on 2P Indicates where this particular type maintenance is normally performed S F IMA Depot which allows the collection of data for evaluation of IMA costs relative to other maintenance activities PERIODICITY entered on 2P Identifies the number of months between which periodic maintenance requirements are to be performed PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT entered on 2P The code of a specific periodic maintenance requirement e g MRC G40 A1 a Planning and Engineering for Repairs and Alterations PERA code or a Metrology Automated System for the Uniform Recall and Reporting MEASURE code identifying a periodic maintenance requirement PRE ARRIVAL ARRIVAL CONFERENCE ACTION REMARKS entered on 2K Remarks provided by the repair activity determined necessary to facilitate repairs or that would require attention of the originating activity PRIOR Code TY PRI entered on 2K Identifies the priority of the deferred maintenance action Description APPENDI MANDATORY Critical safety or damage control item Required for performance of ship s mission Required to sustain bare minimum acceptable level of human needs and Sanitation C 4 CASREP Casualty Report on equipment
179. NUMBER entered on 2K Number assigned by INSURV to the applicable deficiencies identified during the INSURV inspection Refer to Chapter 9 NTEGRATED PR ORITY entered on 2K A sequential number to indicate its priority relative to other deferred work for an availability UC REPAIR ACT Remarks relati activity or t IUC SCREENING VITY TYCOM REMARKS entered on 2P ng to the repair job by the IUC the repair he TYCOM entered on 2K Recommendation by the IUC or designated representative indicating the action to be taken using one of the screening codes listed under the data element SCREENING TYCOM UC SIGNATURE entered on 2P The initials of the IUC indicating the document was screened and is recommended for accomplishment JOB CONTROL NUMBER JCN entered on 2K CK 2P and 2L Consists of the Unit Identification Number UIC the Work Center WC and the Job Sequence Number JSN It is the key identification for maintenance actions and their related supply documents The JCN is used to identify the maintenance action and to relate all of the parts used when a ship reports a maintenance action It is also the link for associating upline reporting of a maintenance action when more than one activity is involved It is important that all activities involved continue to use the same JCN on all maintenance and supply d
180. PMENT SERIAL NUMBER Enter the identi fication or serial number of the equipment or system on which maintenance is being deferred For Hull enter Mechanical amp Electrical HM amp E equipment the Valve Mark Electric Symbol Number ESN or NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Primary Identification Number For electronic equipment enter the manufacturer s serial number of the equipment or system on which maintenance is being deferred Block 14 EIC Enter the Equipment Identification Code of the component equipment subsystem or system for which the maintenance is being reported Block 15 SAFETY HAZARD Enter an X or applicable safety code if the maintenance action describes a prob or condit em the Remarks MRC A 27 EVIDENTLY NOT DONE PRESENCE OF OIL RESULTED IN FIRE IN HP AIR SYSTEM WHEN COMPRESSOR OPERATED UNDER LOAD FIRE BADLY BURNED VALVE AHP 287 REQUIRING REPLACEMENT NOTE The ship s 3 M system coordinator will forward a copy of all NAVSEA 4790 2K documentation having an entry in this field to the safety officer for review Refer to Appendix A data element SAFETY HAZARD for an expanded definition of the allowable codes values Code Description al tion which has caused or has the potential to cause serious injury to person
181. PPENDIX I 16 MA INTENANCE AN D MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL APPENDIX J RELIAB L TY CENTERED MAINTENANCE CERT F CATION PROGRAM APPENDIX J RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE CERTIF CATION PROGRAM TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page JET PURPOSE Lake A E NS NE SE AS a j J 2 CERTIFICATION LEVELS ais 6 4 ds a it eek sete de Sa de J J 2 1 Level CEBETELCIC TON Mica a lao ble naa aan a J 2 2 Level CertTfrcdtiron a Ga a laa bs J J 2 3 Level Certification ii HELE Bale ae te ae alates J 1 J 3 ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY oooooooooooooooooooooo J 2 J 3 1 Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA o ooooooooo ooo J 2 J 3 2 In Service Engineering Agencies ISEAs amp Fleet Technical SUPpport Conters AFISCS eses a a teat A eer eek ser ea J 2 J 4 REM GERTIFICATION PROCESS metor a eske Dekke ees a J 3 J 4 1 Level Navy Backfit RCM for Practitioners Course J 3 J 4 2 Level RCM for PMS Developers Course oooooooooo o J 4 J 4 3 Level Navy Backfit RCM for Trainers Program J 4 APPENDIX JAL J 1 PURPOSE To me wi requirements tivities ac th development APPENDI NAVSEAINST 4790 8B X J
182. R after a period of three years Every effort will be made to notify the original nominating requestor as the three year limit is approaching The nominator will be requested to submit a justification for retention of the equipment on SLR Equipment can be deleted upon making a request to the NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg point of contact at any time during the three year period when it has been determined that sufficient information has been collected 3 5 8 Semiannual Updat NAVSEAINST 4790 8B e SYSCOM s having technical control of the specific equipment are strongly urged to provide applicable TYCOM s FLTC s with a semiannual update outlining the status of SLR data collection efforts the status of solutions and a plan identified problems with possible of action for resolution of problems SYSCOM s are responsible for informing applicable TYCOM s FLTC s 1f the SLR data is not being received If data is not being received the SYSCOM should provide both the TYCOM and FLTCINC an in depth analysis of why not and recommend either th quipment continue as an SLR item or be deleted 3 6 SCREENING AND SUBMISSION PROCESS All maintenance actions are required to be documented by this instruction will be screened for accuracy and completeness Any material requests that assigned the identical support a maintenance action shall be JCN of that acti
183. RANDUM From 3 M System Coordinator To Division Officer Via Department 3 M Systems Assistant Subj FEEDBACK REPORT REPLY ORCE REVISION PACKAG PECIAL ISSUE EW ITEMS 4790 2L REPLY E E S N 1 The following material has been received from the Fleet Technical Support Center Response Ltr Serial No F B replies Serial No Nomenclature Action taken 2 Corrections including those to MIP LOEP and MRC should be made immediately Complete page 2 and return via the department 3 M Systems assistant as soon as all changes have been entered 3 Action is is not required by Work Center s Figure 1 21 PMS Change Documentation Routing Memorandum Sample 1 SECTION 1 1 64 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B PMS CHANGE CHECK OFF SHEET From Department WORK CENTER To 3 M System Coordinator Subj CHANGE OR INSTALLATION OF PMS IAW REFERENCE A Complete paragraphs 1 and 2 ____ ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF THE REPLY OF REFERENCE A Paragraphs 1 and 2 not required Ref a Your memo of DATE COMPLETED N A 1 Department Level Enter new LOEP in place of old one Correct appropriate Maintenance Index Pages MIP Change master MRC deck Enter changes on cycle schedule Enter changes on quarterly schedule 0DOQ00TD0 Date of changes Completed or acknowledged by 2 Work Center Enter new LOEP i
184. RC control number step number etc b For publication discrepancies identify publication by number volume revision date number change number page paragraph and or figure as appropriate THIS FORM WILL NOT BE USED TO ORDER PUBLICATIONS 3 TYCOM ASSISTANCE Includes clarification of 1 M instructions and other matters related to PMS administration 4 OTHER Identify in detail any problem not covered by 1 through 3 above Shifts of maintenance responsibility will be reported under this item Ensure that all Work Centers involved in the change are identified by Work Center code Approval by the Executive Officer will be shown in the Remarks d REMARKS Provide brief but complete description of problem or requirement Executive Officer indicate approval of maintenance responsibility shift by endorsement Use additional forms if more space is required Mark additional forms page 2 of 2 page 2 of 3 etc Staple additional forms behind basic form e ORIGINATOR IDENTIFICATION Sign and insert Work Center code in appropriate space 2 DIVISION OFFICER Review for accuracy and completeness and sign in the space provided 3 DEPARTMENT HEAD Review for accuracy and completeness and sign in the space provided 4 1 M COORDINATOR a Serialize date and sign in the appropriate spaces b ROUTING INSTRUCTIONS For Category A FBRs forward the white and yellow copies to the appropriate NAVSEACEN and the pink copy to the TYCOM For Cat
185. REMARKS Enter any information remarks relating to the accomplishment of the action In some cases an alteration directive will specify that certain information be documented If an X is entered in Block 11 identify in Block 12 each equipment name followed by M R and the time meter reading B 1 3 Section Component Configuration Change Identification Block 13 Block 14 Block 15 Block 16 Block 17 Block 18 Block 19 APPENDIX COMPONENT NOUN NAME Enter the noun name of the component removed installed or modified For HM amp E equipment enter the noun name For electronics equipment enter the AN type designator or commercial model number For ordnance equipment enter the system equipment nomenclature followed by the Mark and Mod numbers e g Launch System 36 1 QUANTITY Enter the number of like components sub units identified in Block 13 that were removed installed or modified The quantity must be 001 if a component identification number is entered in Block 16 or a serial number is entered in Block 17 see Step 17 CA Component Action Enter the code identifying whether th quipment in Block 13 was removed R installed 1 or modified M When reporting a configuration file action vice a maintenance action enter for an Add A Delete D or Correction C
186. RKS CAI AAK an 6 75 SM NET LES47 00 SHIP S MAINTENANCE ACTION FORM 2 KILO 55 LD JOBCONTROLNUMBER 1 SHIPS UIC 2 WORK CENTER 3 JOGSEG NO 4 O5 144EXSV 10 18 p RN eral EARL E A 0 1 1 LNS ERT A 0 1 11 4 5 EM01 1 4 2 5 40 REPAIR WC E ASST EST MHAR an SONED START OTE 44 BONER OCAF PARE YA Dar a 25 E dl WORK AEG AUTO 7 EST DAYS EET GANDA COS EST MATERIAL COST or Pers TE FN e ERE O x 2 ED A COMPLETED BY M ACCEPTED BY Figure B 12 Ships Maintenance Acton Form Add on Remarks To A Previously Submitted Deferred Maintenance Action B 3 SUPPLEMENTAL FORM NAVSEA 4790 2L This form is used to provide amplifying information such as drawings and listings related to a maintenance action reported on a NAVSEA 4790 2K Form The 2L may be used to list multiple item serial numbers and locations for which identical maintenance requirements exist from an outside activity or to provide a list of drawings and sketches that would be helpful in the accomplishmen The 2L form is ret of the maintenance the corresponding The 2L is never s tained onboard ship with the suspense copy of 2K form that deferred the maintenance action ubmitted to the ADP facility servicing the activity as the data on the 2L will never b ntered into the computer However the 2L can be attached to the original 2K or
187. Remaining MHRS REM Special Interest S F S F Special A Purpose DEN D912B C921A F804B EOLOA F808B F808 F808A F801 MAINTENANCE TYPE 2K 2K 2K 2P 2K 2P 2K CK 2K 2K CK 2P 2K LENGTH ENTRY TYPE A E Optional If used Optional Must be 1 27 335 45 5y 05 1 Optional format VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS must be Ss Code 6 thru 9 may be locally assigned by TYCOMs for additional safety codes required Length is determined by the date Optional Length is determined by the date format L Ls of the deferral Ze Optional Optional Mandatory Mandatory Optional If TYCOM allows an automatic close out by the IMA enter AUTO Optional If used must be an X Optional If used enter the Key Event code DATA ELEMENT DEN MAINTENANCE LENGTH ENTRY VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS TYPE TYPE Special Purpose F801 2K 2 A 1 Optional B 2 If used must be SS Special Purpose F801 2K 2 E 1 Optional CG 2 If used must be Ll Special Purpose F801 2K 2 N 1 Optional D 2 If used must be 08 Special Purpose F801 2K 2 A 1 Optional E 2 If used must be RC Special Purpose F801 2K 2 A 1 Optional F 2 If used must be DD Special Pu
188. SE oe RE gt gt EA TER ALE ATO R 630 10 INST TALL MODA Ey 26 EOSS aeea a SS E E SUE SEQUENCE EE A Len Figure B 8 Ship s Configuration Change Form for COSAL Delete APPENI NAVSEAINST 4790 8B B 2 SHIP S MAINTENANCE ACTION FORM NAVSEA 4790 2K The NAVSEA 4790 2K Form is used for reporting deferred maintenance actions and the completion of those maintenance actions that do not result in a configuration change To report completion of a configuration change refer to the instructions for using the NAVSEA 4790 CK Form An original and three copies of the NAVSEA 4790 2K Form are required for deferring a maintenance action The originals and third copy are forwarded to the automated data processing facility serving the activity The first and third copy is retained by the issuing activity The first copy is submitted when reporting the completion of the maintenance action The second copy is retained until completion of the maintenance action is reflected in the CSMP and then may be destroyed Two blocks at the top of the form are used to specify what type of maintenance action is being reported a deferral DEFL or a completion COMP The rest of the form is separated into six sections A partially completed maintenance action which results in configuration changes and complete or partial accomplishment o
189. SEASYSCOM NAVSEA 04RM via the chain of command with a copy to CNO N43 and NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg N62 Receipt of all requests will be acknowledged following the chain of command review Each situation or circumstances creating the need for deviation will be evaluated on an individual basis NAVSEASYSCOM NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg will coordinate with the involved activities to verify the need for the deviation and make the appropriate recommendation to CNO for approval An approved request does not warrant a change to the manual y y al a y A f IR A W LENGERICH Y Vice Commander ie e j NAVSEA INST 4790 8B Distribution SNDL A1F ASSTSECNAV FMC A3 Chief of Naval Operations A5 Chief of Naval Personnel AlJ ASSTSECNAV RDA A1J1L PEO Integrated Warfare Systems A1J1M PEO Littoral and Mine Warfare A1J1N PEO SUB A1J1P PEO SHIPS A1J10 PEO CARRIERS 21A Fleet Commanders 22A Fleet commanders 23 Force Commanders 24 Type commanders less 247 25 Mine Warfare less 25B 26A Amphibious Group 26B3 Surface Force Reserve Commander 26E Amphibious Unit 26F Operational Test and Evaluation Force and Detachment 267 Afloat Training Group and Detachment 26L Priority Material Office and Detachment 26R Mobile Inshore
190. SSESSMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page 21 INTRODUCTION uer se Seb ee GR 2 1 22 ASSIST MISTER Feat ned drikke 2 1 2 3 TYCOMASSESSMENES Gas sales a ea E E E oe Cee BS a Ge SG 2 1 22851 PMS ASSESSMENE a E il o o ada as 2 2 25350851 PMS ASSESSMENE ObJeCEIVES yee ea gah ee AAA AA 2 2 23 325 MDS ASSESSMENE wes es eee eed tee ee Bee eee AA 2 3 223223 de MDS lt RSSESSMENE Ob JECEAVES Sosa eee end ned o ees God 45 2 3 Ls DEFINI CLONS HR A a Dee eee te oa te hae ee o ere a 2 3 Dl NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTION CHAPTER 2 ASSIST VISITS AND TYCOM ASSESSMENTS 2 1 INTRODUCTION The Ships 3 M System enhances force readiness and helps identify material problems TYCOMs are responsible for ensuring that each command under their cognizanc ffectively uses the 3 M system When the 3 M system is effectively used a higher degree of equipment readiness will be achieved Through assessments of the 3 M system and assist visits TYCOMs can recognize problems the command may be having in effectively identifying scheduling performing and documenting maintenance actions For problems identified corrective action can then be initiated Each TYCOM will establish train and maintain a team consisting of qualified 3 M system coordinators responsible for monitoring PMS installations providi
191. STRUCT I ON NO SUBJECT No instructions referenced in SECT ON NAVSEAINST SECTION REPORTS AND SERVICES AVAI LABLE FROM THE NAVAL SEA LOGISTICS CENTER NAVSEALOGCEN TABLE OF CONTENTS 4790 8B Paragraph Title Page Pah AMS Y SEM DATABASE as ll rrt arkene ne I S22 ATANT OLLE CIENS 25 A GET EEE TS 3 USES NOR PHE DATA A A AS a LE 4 DATA ELEMENTS AVAILABLE IN THE 3 M SYSTEM 3 o SHIPS OFM ON LINE SYSTEM dro sne forran ad ted Ea 3 6 THE OPEN ARCHITECTURAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM OARS 3 7 ON LINE SYSTEMS TRAINING COURSE o ooooooooooooooooooonoo 14 O REPORT PRODUCTS se ds dr par sd iin Sisto eae gona A 9 OTHER PRODUCTS aras eee la aaa en GL STO REOUESTING SM SYSTEM DATA a breve Shao seen 5 P NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTIO N REPORTS AND SERVICES AVAILABLE FROM THE NAVAL SEA LOGISTICS C ENTER NAVSEALOGCEN 1 1 3 M SYSTEM DATABASE Ships mai the Naval ntenance information is Sea Logistics Center N PA for processing into the Ships Management 3 M System Database reported by fleet personnel to AVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg Maintenance and Material This database provides a single source
192. STS CEO1 1921 001 A9 COMPARTMENT TESTING ERO1 2000 001 A2 MACHINERY LUBRICATING OIL EMO1 EM02 EM04 2340 004 10 MAIN PROPULSION GAS TURBIN EMO1 EM02 2400 011 10 XMSN amp PROPULSOR SYSTEMS EMO1 EM02 2411 015 10 PRPLN REDUCTION GEARS EMO1 EM02 2421 002 C9 PROPULSION CLUTCH COUPLING EMO1 EM02 2451 006 B9 PROPELLERS AND PROPULSORS EMO1 EM02 2513 007 A9 COMBUSTION AIR SYSTEM EMO1 EM02 2521 051 B9 AUTO PROPULSION CTRL SYS EM03 2560 006 10 CRCLT AND COOLING SW SYS EA01 EMO1 EM02 2591 001 10 UPTAKES AND BAFFLES EMO1 EM02 2610 059 C9 FUEL SERVICE SYSTEM EMO EM02 EM04 2620 011 10 MAIN PROPULSION L O SYSTEM EMO1 EM02 EM03 2640 012 20 LO FILL XFR PURIFICATION EMO1 EM02 EM03 3000 001 20 MISC SHIPBOARD ELECT EQUIP EE01 EM03 3001 002 30 MISC CONTROLLERS EE01 EM03 3002 001 30 MISC AC DC MOTORS EE01 EM03 3113 004 C9 S S GAS TURBINE GEN SET EMO1 EMO3 3131 005 10 BATTERY SERV FACILITIES EEO1 3140 R51 B9 POWER AND CONVERSION CF02 3201 002 30 POWER CABLES CASUALTY EEO1 3241 051 30 SWITCHGEAR AND PANELS CF02 EE01 EMO3 Figure 1 18 PMS MIP to WC File Report No PMS 4 Date 01 02 00 Planned Maintenance System Page a Time 16 04 50 TFBR Status by Hull PMS 22 FR 1 00 Report Period 09 01 99 01 01 2000 Outstanding TFBR s for Naval Surface Force Pacific Ship ID DDG 53 Date TFBRIL XMTL ISEA Revised Doc Days Serial f Received Serial Date Sent ISEA Responsible Due Date Revised Delinquent 001793 01 03 94 001 14 3113 01 04 94 NAVSSES 141B 02 14
193. The total man hours to the nearest whole hour that ship s force used doing the maintenance after submitting the deferral It includes witnessing of tests and those man hours expended in reinstallation test documentation etc Documentation time can not exceed 1 hour SHIP S FORCE MAN HOURS EXPENDED S F MHRS EXP entered on 2K and CK FOR A MAINTENANCE ACTION 2K The total man hours to the nearest whole hour used by all work centers in the maintenance action up to the deferral time include documentation time should not exceed I hour APPENDIX A 42 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B FOR A CONFIGURATION CHANGE CK The total number of man hours expended by ship s force and not previously reported in completing and documenting the maintenance action documentation time should not exceed 1 hour Man hours expended by other than ships force are to be documented separately SHIP S FORCE MAN HOURS REMAINING S F MHRS REM entered on 2K The ship s force man hour estimate to the nearest whole hour remaining to complete the maintenance action If TYCOM allows an automatic close out of the deferral by the IMA enter AUTO this is a request to the IMA to complete the maintenance action with no further documentation from the shop after the job has been accepted by the originator authorized signature If the originating ship does not rece
194. UIREMENTS A series of codes and definitions to be assigned as agreed between the TYCOM Platform Manager and designated CDM for TAMS and other PMR components A total of eight codes may be defined for each ship type Four codes are reserved for the following A POTENTIALLY RADIOACTIVE CONTAMINATED B REACTOR PLANT CLEAN REQUIREMENT C STEAM PLANT CLEAN REQUIREMENT D OXYGEN CLEAN REQUIREMENT SYSTEMS CALIBRATION SISCAL CALIBRATION REQUIREMENTS LIST CRL NDICATOR Reserved for use as an interface to indicate PMR is to be performed by NAVSEA Team VERSION ISSUE DATE DEN D917A APPENDIX C 18 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B The Julian Date YDDD of the original MJC JCN deferral C 7 MASTER JOB CATALOG MJC NTERFACE WITH PMR The MJC and PMR integration provides management of many other maintenance applications including all Class Maintenance Plan requirements electrical safety and weight handling safety requirements PMS requirements calling for IMA support periodic inspections of reduced instruction set computing RISC and flexible hoses IMA testing of sys
195. UM Chapter REFERENCES REFERENCE INSTRUCTION NO a OPNAVINST 5100 19 SERIES b OPNAVINST 5513 SERIES c OPNAVINST 5230 24 d NAVSEA 50404 AD URM 010 TUM e CINCLANTFLT CINCPACFLT INST 4790 3 SECTION l i JOINT FLEET MA NTENANCE MANUAL NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTION Chapter THE PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM PMS TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page PURPOSE arna St eh stusset tas erste e erre ned Sv SCOR Bice ieee A A AA AE TA RAE AS OBJEGELVE Nr a rs e lt NO A aah ENE ET SHIPBOARD 3 M ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1 2 vale FOOMMANOING Os ECC Pha ias ee o hea aes eine bate ser g BXEGUEIVE DELLE Sel oid See LZ 3 3 Mi System Coordi Na COL da A es E est 3 4 Department Heat e A A A A a see 5 cd Departmental lt 3 M ASSISt antssastarsarsstarraksassatsade uredd 6 26 DIVESTON OECD AA A A wk UGEOUP SUPE E VES ON aa a O te ee ee ee hee EGO 20 WORK Center SUPEI SOT ia dr aa LT 29 Marntenance Personne nt ist toate rs er 8 PMS FUNCTIONAL OPERATIONS 0 de a ts LY wil SBMS Master EU a al tl e e tt ak aed z2 Use GE Ene PMS Master ELL voca bi werk 20 37 Work Center PMS Mandala a at a 15920 4 Maintenance Requirement Card MRC oooooooooooooo o 1 20 25 EGQUIpment Guide hist ECT 2d A eke
196. V 4790 CK Work Candidate Forms are accurate and complete e Submit ACIP transactions COSAL Feedback Reports to identify deficiencies in the ship s COSAL 3 4 2 3 Certification of Shipyard Installed Alterations A certification of alteration accomplishments is provided by the Navy Supervising Activity NSA to the recipient ship and the appropriate Configuration Data Manager CDM when Shipyard accomplished the installation This certification includes the work center Job Sequence Number JSN assigned to the alteration and the Final Action taken The certification will be in the format shown in Figure 3 3 The ship shall endorse the shipyard s certification letter and forward to the supporting activity managing the Unit s Master CSMP The endorsement provides authorization for information transmitted to be processed as completed deferrals in the Master CSMP Refer to Figure 3 4 This eliminates the need for documenting multiple configuration changes OPNAV 4790 CK Work Candidate to close the CSMP deferral Configuration changes made by the depot in accomplishing the alterations are reported separately from 3 M 3 4 3 3 M Reporting Requirements 3 4 3 1 Reporting Methods 3 M requires all Afloat activities report deferred and completed maintenance actions configuration changes configuration file corrections and COSAL Feedback Reports For information on COSAL feedba
197. a Disapproved OP Remove from Current Ship s Maintenance Project CSMP Pass to history to be assigned by TYCOM only This screening code disapproves the accomplishment of a work item by an outside activity It does not prevent entry of the deferral into the CSMP which is the decision of the commanding officer ER This screening code is restricted to the removal of INSURV items from the CSMP for which in the opinion of the ship s IUC and TYCOM the ship has no responsibility for accomplishment SECAS OFFICE USE entered on CK No longer in use SECOND CONTACT SUPERVISOR entered on 2K and 2L The supervisor of the first contact maintenance person indicating he screened the maintenance action entry for completeness and accuracy SELECTED EQUIPMENT LIST entered on 2K Selected equipment under an intensive management program requiring additional usage data to be collected See data element REMARKS DESCRIPTION for reporting requirements SERVICE APPLICATION CODE SAC entered on CK A code used to group equipment components assemblies etc according to a particular system or service application on board ship This code is similar to the HSC in purpose but does not provide a hierarchical structure The SAC is a code assigned by the supply department SHIP S FORCE MAN HOURS S F MHRS entered on 2K
198. a as te 129 26 Tag Cuide USE dead a O RE A ri a DAS 7 Location and Use of MRCs EGLs and TGLS 1 29 8 Shapboard Changes to MRS 3 a a PMS Trend Data a brede Paet seat D ie eee 10 Preliminary PMS Documentation oooooooooooooo ooo Advance Change Notices ACNS 2 Esos il dnne eee zl Control nd Tracking Of ACNS sa 25 034 ra ee sl 212 PMS Schedules it DA CORES ee AES la ls Cy Te NPMSTSENEAULG Loves ti BS ea seres be eee st Zn VORSrtEerly BMS SS CREAUME it A Se 1 1253 Weekly PMS SCHEGULE Ja tel eas eos Gees eA e Se il 1244 3 Week sACGCount IDE Log cece sb ke 1 12 5 Annotation of Weekly PMS Schedule 1 13 Shift of Maintenance Responsibility 1 wkd Sehedulaing EXRESPELONS La e a spaker ses sl 1 15 PMS Feedback Report FBR Form OPNAV 4790 1 LOs Lo PMS Feedback REPOTES rei isc a eta 1 11542 FBR PLOCSESSING ARESPONSE dois a Sa ee BI alo PMS BOGE REVISTON oyran cee Ga tee A A Seats eg G 16 00 Work Genter VELVET CAC TOMS is SS ta Sts 16 20 Reviston Package CONTESTES nerd ser oe bbb ak seende se 16 31 REVES LON PROCECOUPES s kes be brie bw ee eee ne Need ek 17 Change Service Accountability Log 18 Documentation Provided TYCOMs via Force Revisions BLOULPMENT NOT COVERED BY PMS eso Se e
199. advance planning and scheduling of maintenance to take place it is necessary to determine and identify the extent that ship s force personnel will apply PMS during an inactive period MIPs in each Work Center will be reviewed to determine if equipment has IEM coverage if the coverage is adequate and what procedure to follow if there is no IEM coverage on the MIP in question The Department Head is responsible for determining equipment IEM status 1 7 2 Definition of Equipment Status The applicability of IEM procedures is dependent on determination of equipment status using the following definitions SECTION 1 1 68 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B a Status I Equipment that will remain on board and will be inactive for thirty days or longer and is not scheduled for corrective maintenance or overhaul ba Status Equipment that is inactive for thirty days or longer and is directly subject to corrective maintenance overhaul or removal for safe storage replacement 1 7 3 Inactive Equipment Maintenance IEM Documentation IEM procedures are added to the end of existing MIPs and are separated from operational PMS by double horizontal lines see Figure 1 22 The IEM procedures are titled Inactive Equipment Maintenance and are prefaced by the following statement The following requirements will be sched
200. ady be ON and card should read Turn Switch to OFF This type of error should not prevent the scheduling or performance of maintenance NOTE Extreme caution shall be taken when reviewing MRCs for this type of error Errors must be obvious typographical errors and a PMS FBR must be submitted immediately when discovered Do not permanently alter the MRC until authorized by the applicable SYSCOM ISEA FTSCLANT FTSCPAC 1 5 9 PMS Trend Data If directed by the Fleet Commanders FLTCs and subordinate commanders trend data records will be established and maintained for designated equipment The purpose of this data is to record readings or other historical data over a continuing period of time e g bearing clearances resistance test readings etc 1 5 10 Preliminary PMS Documentation Preliminary documents provide new or changed procedures that have not been given a final engineering validation This documentation falls into two categories a Preliminary MIPs without MRCs Preliminary MIPs without MRCs are forwarded by the SYSCOMs via the FTSCs and provide guidance in maintaining equipment not covered by PMS Their purpose is to aid the ship in identifying and scheduling maintenance The ship is responsible for developing interim MRC procedures based on experience and applicable technical manuals in support of these MIPs Before scheduling preliminary MIP requirements the Work Center Supervisor
201. aining experience or physical coordination of the operator maintainer or other personnel e g not knowing equipment limitations such as the danger of a low speed wheel on a high speed grinder COMMUNICATIONS PROBLEM A breakdown in the passing receiving or understanding of information e g failure to hear or receive a complete message due to noise or mechanical or electrical interference procedures guide has omissions NADEQUATE INSTRUCTION PROCEDURE The instruction or errors ambiguities or other deficiencies e g technical manual omits lubricant type NADEQUATE DESIGN Material manufactured and installed per specifications failed prematurely during normal usage under normal environmental conditions e g steam piping orientation precludes adequat draining during warm up NORMAL WEAR AND TEAR Material requires replacement after long service and or as a result of PMS e g pump wear rings replaced during PMS CORROSION CONDITION OTHER OR NO MALFUNCTION Needs to be explained in the Remarks field Examples 1 brought on by prolonged work periods or excessive heat humidity or noise 2 Desire Fatigue or physical stress to save time and effort by taking shortcut and jury rigging equipment 3 Malfunction occurred when installing a field
202. air work center s identified are responsible TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION entered on 2P Blueprints technical manuals etc which may be useful to the IMA in providing required assistance Indicate with an X if the publications are held by the tended unit or the IMA TECHNICAL MANUAL TM NUMBER entered on CK The TM number covering the component For removals and modifications enter the appropriate TM number for the equipment For like equipment installations i e exchanges nter the TM A 45 number of the deleted equipment For new installations enter the TM number covering the component If unavailable enter NA TROUBLE ISOLATION TI entered on 2K A single numeral 1 9 to indicate to the nearest 10 percent the percentage of active maintenance xpended in troubleshooting If no troubleshooting is involved enter f Examples 2 20 3 30 7 70 etc TYCOM AUTHORIZATION entered on 2K Signature entry of the TYCOM representative screening deferrals TYCOM SCREENING entered on 2K Refer to data element SCREENING TYCOM TYCOM SIGNATURE entered on 2P Signature of the IUC and or TYCOM representative indicating the maintenance request has been screened TYPE OF AVAILABII TY T A entered on 2K Type of availability recommended for performance of a deferral Cod
203. an 6 months prior to scheduled installation date for technical review standardization validation and printing to ensure availability of PMS documentation at installation date 5 Provide PMS CAs copies of Schedule A lists government furnished equipment preliminary equipment APPENDIX H 6 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B component indexes and other configuration lists to ensure availability of PMS at scheduled installation date Where feasible the configuration data shall be provided in final form no later than 10 months prior to the PMS installation date b NAVSEA O4RM and the PMS CAs shall be responsible as tasked and funded by the SPM for the following 1 Develop PMS requirements for NAVSEA cognizant systems and equipment 2 Perform technical reviews validate standardize and print all PMS documentation developed 3 Verify deliver and install a complete PMS package in ships 4 Provide the SPM the development status of PMS for all ships systems and equipment ct ct c Acquisition managers tasked by the SPM to provide PMS requirements development documentation shall provide the following to the PMS CAs 1 A copy of contract or task requiring PMS development 2 The identification and nomenclature of ships systems and equipment and related technical manual numbers 3 A list of designated ships on which systems and eq
204. and devices 196 1 2 142 PART 2 PART 2 deficiencies are those that in INSURV s judgment are less important and do not meet the criteria for a PART I deficiency but should be corrected to restore the ship to required specifications SECTION 1 4 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 1 6 1 2 1 3 PART 3 PART 3 deficiencies are those that in INSURV s judgment will requir ither a major alteration to correct design related or modifications that are too costly to effect during the life cycle of the ship i e passageway too narrow overhead too low insufficient equipment These are documented to identify design changes required on future ships These deficiencies ar generally coded 9 in BLOCK 45 TYCOM SCREENING and passed to machinery history files The deficiency will appear on the INSURV deficiency list PART 3 deficiencies may include Items beyond current technical authority but which should be corrected in future ship designs or Items not in compliance with current technical authority but may be impractical and or too costly to correct on the ship inspected or A recommended alteration or addition that would be beneficial but for which there is no written requirement or reference Such a deficiency will also be designated A for alteration in space 2 as explained in the next section or Information use
205. at some TFBRs will require mor xtensive research the majority of TFBRs received can and should be answered in one day c Special Issues If revised PMS documentation is determined to have safety considerations or the Design Activity or ISEA funds the PMS Program Oversight Manager then the PMS CAs will prepare and distribute a PMS Special Issue to all holders of the affected PMS documentation d Changes to RCM based MRCs require the Design Activity or ISEA to 1 Modify the original RCM Corporate History data to reflect the justification for the MRC change 2 Provide technical justification for changes to the PMS CA as part of the response to the Feedback Report The Feedback Report response with the change and justification rationale will then become part of the RCM Corporate History H 11 2 PMS Technical Feedback Response Instructions All PMS Technical Feedback Reports shall be answered using the guidelines in paragraph H 11 2 1 a For concurrence response 1 If PMS documentation must be changed the revision information shall be provided to the appropriate PMS CA by electronic means NAVSEA 04RM approved software may be used to make revisions to PMS documentation but the use of this software should not delay the response to the appropriate PMS CAs 2 If no revision to PMS documentation is required provide pertinent comments in the response to the appropriate PMS
206. ated Periodic Maintenance Program 3 M Forms and Management Tools List of Acronyms r 3 M Points of Contact l Preparation of PMS Schedules TO AAVAWD Maintenance System Alteration Management J Reliability Ceni Program Assignment of Responsibilities for the Planned tered Maintenance Certification 6 Submission of Changes to this Manual Chief of Naval Operations CNO N Manual Naval Sea Naval Sea Logistics of Inspection and S Command NETC whe periodic updates of cognizance to keep 43 has final approval for all changes corrections or deviations made to this instruction Ships 3 M Systems Command NAVSEA 0O4RM is responsible for the management of these changes with Naval Sea Logistics Center NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg assisting with the research coordination and consolidation of all change recommendations Center NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg Board those portions of th the manual current Systems Center SPAWARSYSCEN Norfolk an Center NAVSEALOGCE urvey INSURV and Naval Education Training n necessary shall provide to NAVSEA 04RM is manual under their Space and Naval Warfare d Naval Sea Logistics N Mechanicsburg wh n requested by NAVSEAINST 4790 8B NAVSEASYSCOM shall assist with changes affecting the system software processing or storage a Manual Advance Change Notice MACN A change issued to correct policy or proced
207. authorized to DOD components and DOD contractors onlyi Critical Technologyi January 199b Other requests for this document shall be referred to Naval Sea Systems Command SEA 04M Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document Date January 199 MIP 4731 Periodicity 0 4 Series Location Ship System Countermeasures 470 System Torpedo Decoys 473 SubSystem AN SL 25 NIXIE 4731 Equipment AN SL 25 Torpedo Countermeasures Set 4731 Rates Man Rates Mang Rates Mane Hours Hours Hours STGZ l b STGSN D b Total Man 2 2 Elapsed Leb Hours Time MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT DESCRIPTION l Test system performance SAFETY PRECAUTIONS l Forces afloat comply with NAVOSH Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100 13 series shore activities comply with NAVOSH Program Manual OPNAVINST 5100 23 series TOOLS PARTS MATERIALS TEST EQUIPMENT TEST EQUIPMENT 1 015331 Voltmeter frag aeleetiwe ICAT bopl RYCOR BOWL Cor equivalenti 2 01537 Voltmeters true res 131 SCAT S205 SBALLAATIME 32081 Cor equivalent I 102710 Omoudlossepes LiOmhrzs Yom SCAT SUR AM SUSM US CEM UA 4054 or equisajento only Lf EC 45 Installedl TOPLE t 01174 Scr edrilyars cross bips 671 9 3 phillips 2 011967 Screwdriver flac tips bo general purpose HISORLLANRODS d 01327 Ltapsakohi Type lo 3 positions 30 win reg 2 Cable test 4 BRC to BRC Ro 58C U 25 KOTE Manbers in braciets can be refer
208. aval Operations CNO as specified in reference a b In addition to the change in appearance of this maintenance manual there are significant changes in content to NAVSEAINST 4790 8B comply with OPNAV policy references c and d concerning shipboard maintenance om Common support equipment used by both ship s force and naval aviation units shall have Planned Maintenance System support in accordance with this instruction Gi Management of shipboard PMS and corrective maintenance is the responsibility of the Commanding Officer It is imperative that Commanding Officers maintain a comprehensive program within their command to monitor the health of their maintenance system To this end an aggressive spot check self assessment evaluation program is vital to ensure quality maintenance is being performed The number of spot checks required each week will vary between units and will be determined by the command s 3 M Manager Periodic self assessments evaluations should be conducted by each Commanding Officer to determine th xact state of their programs 4 Background 3 M is designed to provide ships and applicable shore stations with a simple and standard means for planning scheduling controlling and performing maintenance on all shipboard systems and equipment The primary objective of 3 M is to manage shipboard maintenance in a manner which will ensure maximum equipment and s
209. board e g technical manuals blueprints etc This section is also used by the repair activity in planning scheduling and controlling the repair activity work f SECTION VI REPAIR ACTIVITY PLANNING ACTION This section is used by the repair activity for planning estimating and scheduling purposes and can be used to report work accomplishment by an internal department work center or by an external activity not under an ADP system NOTE Examples of completed NAVSEA 4790 2K forms for various reporting situations can be found following these written instructions B 2 1 Procedures for Documenting A Deferred Maintenance Action Place an X in the block titled DEFL at top of form B 2 1 1 Section Identification Block A Enter SHIP S NAME Block B Enter SHIP S HULL NUMBER JOB CONTROL NUMBER Blocks 1 3 Block 1 SHIP S UIC Enter the UIC of the activity initiating the maintenance action Block 2 WORK CENTER Enter the Work Center code of the work center initiating the maintenance action For ships a four position work center code will be entered For repair departments of tenders SIMAs RMC s and other IMAs a three digit code has been assigned The three digit codes ar ntered left to right leaving the right most position blank Block 3 JOB SEQ NO Enter the characte
210. boxes etc enter NA Not Applicable d On items such as phones and fans etc list more than one item of the same type on a maintenance action enter VARIOUS e If the serial number exceeds 12 characters enter th words SERIAL NUMBER applicable number in the narrative followed by the MA REPAIR WORK CENTER The lead work center at the IMA involved in the accomplishment of the maintenance A 3 or 4 character code is used to uniquely identify the lead work center Following is a list of the authorized IMA work center codes Repair W C Supply Code Name Abbreviated Name ID Code 01A MDCO MDCO 6D 01B ARRS ARRS 6D 01E SRA OIC SRA OIC ZO 02A Crane Services Crane Services 28 03A OSH Office OSH Office 3H O3T Tender Repair Team Tender Repair Team 06A Tool Room Tool Room 6A 06B Portable Tools Portable Tools 6B 06M Preventive Maintenance Preventive Maint 6H Group O6N Nuclear Temp Services Nuclear Temp Serv 2T O8A Floating Dry Dock Floating Dry Dock DA 10A Repair Office ARRS MCO Repair Office 6D 10B Weapons Repair Office Weapon Rep Office AR 10C Non Nuclear Planning Non Nuclear 6E Planning 10D Nuclear Planning Nuclear Planning 6F Repair Abbreviated Name Technical Library RO Non IMA GT30 WR Non IMA GT30 ROVSS AW SMMS NAVSEA Shipfitter Sheetmetal Gas Manufacturing
211. by technical representatives of the cognizant SYSCOM BUMED and the need for PMS requirements established A requirement then exists for final development and the equipment is so identified for SYSCOM BUMED action and is also listed in the PMS automated LOEP for each ship in which the equipment is installed b No Maintenance Required NMR The term NMR can be assigned to equipment only if no maintenance other than normal housekeeping actions are required to keep the equipment in good operating condition Technical review activities shall provide a RCM analysis to justify a NMR determination E No Individual Requirement NIR NIR will be assigned to those equipments which do not require specific planned maintenance requirements of their own because the planned requirements for a higher assembly of which the equipment is a part satisfies the need Technical review activities shall provide a RCM analysis to justify a NMR determination d Lacks Adequate Technical Description LATD Items are so classified to reflect that insufficient descriptive information is available to determine PMS status 1 6 2 Responsibilities for Providing Coverage When a ship or TYCOM considers there is a need for PMS equipment coverage the following steps will be taken a The ship will notify FTSCLANT FTSCPAC by PMS FBR Category B of the need for maintenance requiremen
212. category code Not applicable to other equipment SUPPRESS LANTFLT 4790 6 if applicable A custody receipt is provided to the customer when test equipment or other portable components are delivered to the Cal Labs This form is not required for other categories of equipment Enter a Y to prevent printing of the custody receipt Enter an N for all test equipment having to be delivered to the Cal Lab This causes the printing of a four part custody receipt when the component is due for calibration When the PMR is run at the beginning of each month the computer will generate the PMR DUE OVERDUE INVENTORY REPORT for the customer ship and the Cal Lab After generating the Cal Lab reports the system will print the LANTFLT 4790 6 for each DUE component NOTE These LANTFLT 4790 68 must be delivered to the Cal Lab and These not to the customer ship with the recall reports Block 50 Block 51 MEC VITALITY CODE Mission Essential Code V Vital For SUBMEPP use codes reflected in EOC IMMP URO LID Use only if required and furnished by LCM IMA Work Center Enter the 3 M Intermediate Maintenance Activity Repair WC code of the Cal Lab or Testing WC This is obtained from the MJC planning record MAINTENANCE LEVEL From the CMP used to identify where PMR will be performed Organizational 0 Intermediate I or Depot D Additional data elements used in PMR as part of the Configuratio
213. cation Purpose The two functions a b To increas understanding of RCM theory and met To train senior As designated by NAVSEA 04RM Annually or as required Developers certification exam Successful completion of Level requirements Navy Backfit RCM for Trainers Program In Service Engineers and Level 10 day Navy Backfit RCM for Trainers course serves the I vel ISEs in students thodology foundation and and the techniques needed to ffectively teach RCM principles and methodology Level and other individuals APPENDI certified ISEs are authorized certifications training to personnel at ISEAs that do not have Level to provide Level Successful completion of the Level dependent upon passing a written exam in RCM theory and their parent agencies certified course is NAVSEAINST 4790 8B practical exercises Certification is dependant upon successful completion of the Level course and successful completion of a NAVSEA monitored practice teaching session typically 2 to 3 months after completion of the Level course Recertification is required annually and may be accomplished in one of two ways a Successful completion of a NAVSEA monitored practice teaching session or b Successful completion of th
214. ccuracy ORIGINATOR amp WORK CENTER CODE DIV OFFICER Lt W M Smith DEPT HEAD 3 M COORDINATOR D R Campbell Michael Manlove Originator do not write below For TYCOM use only DO NOT TAKES PASSES FOR TYCOM og C concur CONCUR ACTION ACTION TYCOM REP SIGNATURE DATE OPNAV 4790 78 Rev 9 89 ACTION COPY S N 0107 LF 007 8000 aca pa Ore EDITION OF 3 84 MAY BE USED UNTIL EXHAUSTED Figure 1 15 PMS Feedback Report Category B SECTION 1 1 54 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 1 ORIGINATOR a Typewritten copies are preferred however handprinted copies are acceptable Use ballpoint pen and ensure all copies are legible b EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION Fill in titled blocks that apply Give as much information that can be determined Ensure that correct APL number is used for hull mechanical or electrical equipment or electronic weapons equipment which does not have an Army Navy number or mark mod designation C DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEM Check the appropriate box Category A 1 MIP MRC REPLACEMENT Ensure that PMS documentation request is current in accordance with latest SFR For missing MIPs MRCs give SYSCOM control numbers when they can be determined If SYSCOM control numbers cannot be determined provide as much nameplate data as can be obtained When ordering a variety of missing worn MIPs MRCs the subject section shall be left blank Category B 2 TECHNICAL a Identify specific discrepancy discovered in PMS by M
215. change modification or alteration of any Hull Mechanical or Electrical HM amp E equipment in service shipboard or shore activities when it has been determined by the MACHALT Configuration Control Board that the alteration or modification meets all of the following conditions a Can be accomplished without changing an interfac xternal to the equipment or system b Are modifications made within the equipment boundary or is a direct replacement of the original equipment system c Can be accomplished without the ship being in an industrial activity d Can be accomplished individually not conjunctively with a SHIPALT or other MACHALT If power weight or air conditioning requirements are modified the modification must be discussed with the appropriate SPM who will decide whether to proceed with the modification as a MACHALT or SHIPALT 4 Ordnance Alterations ORDALTs Changes made to ordnance equipment or their computer programs by the addition deletion rework or replacement of parts assemblies or equipment or by a change in assembly procedures g Fleet Modernization Program FMP The Fleet Modernization Program FMP provides a structure for the orderly identification approval design planning programming budgeting installation life cycle support and configuration control of military technical and survivability improvements to all ships of
216. change to improve IX A 18 Code Descriptions NAVSEAINST 4790 8B equipment effectiveness or when the cause resulted from a personnel oriented deficiency affecting safety due to fatigue etc COMMANDING OFFICER S SIGNATURE entered on 2K Shows approval by the commanding officer or authorized representative Required on all deferrals for outside assistance COMPLETED BY entered on 2K The signature and rate of the senior person actively engaged in the job at the lead work center The senior person on the job will be identified for all maintenance actions not requiring assistance from an outside work center COMPLETED DEFERRAL COMP DEFL entered on CK Indicates the completion of a previously deferred job COMPLETED MAINTENANCE ACTION NO DEFERRAL COMP M A NO DEFL entered on CK COMPLETION DATE entered on 2K and CK Indicates a completed maintenance action with no prior deferral The Julian date the maintenance action was completed COMPONENT ACTION CA entered on CK Indicates if the identified component was removed R installed I or modified M Use the codes R I or M as appropriate use the code A for If reporting a configuration record change addition D for deletion and C for correction COMPONENT APL AEL entered on CK The APL AEL of the component
217. ck reporting refer to reference a As directed by TYCOM or higher authority 3 M work centers at shore activities are to report corrective maintenance and configuration changes on all installed shipboard identical equipment and equipment installed in service crafts and boats a Manual The configuration and maintenance forms used for manual reporting are the Ship s Configuration Change Form OPNAV 4790 CK the Ships Maintenance Action Form OPNAV 4790 2K Work Candidate and the Supplemental Form OPNAV 4790 2L Appendix B shows examples of how to document corrective and preventive maintenance actions For nuclear alterations consult TYCOM directives for CSMP procedures Di Automated MDS automated data reporting is basically the same as in the non automated 3 M program The terms 2K CK and Work Candidate are perpetuated in supporting software even though the paper forms are not filled out with the exception of the Supplemental Form OPNAV 4790 21 Transactions are entered into the computer and up line reported by using applicable software Software instructions are developed and distributed by the 3 M Central Design Activities CDAs and supplemented by TYCOM instructions as required Options are available in the systems to print simulated OPNAV 4790 2K OPNAV 4790 CK and Work Candidate forms when desired Check the applicable system s user manual OR ONLINE HELP for additional information
218. ckage or Force Revision FR update implementation of new and updated PMS documentation shall be accomplished using existing procedures for both PMS installation and shipboard updates as described in chapter 1 of this section from FTSCLANT FTSCPAC 3 CURRENTLY ONGOING 3 MO PRIOR TO SOH 1 MO PRIOR TO SOH START OF OVERHAUL FTSC S ILO FTSC S ed PMS 9 HULL MECH ELEC INTEGRATED PMS SHIP MASTER FILE CERTIFICATION FILE LOGISTICS OVERHAUL PMS COMMODITY DEPOT PMS 10 ELECTRONICS ILO SPECIALIST AVAILABILITY CERTIFICATION FILE LIAISON BETWEEN PMS DOCUMENTATION SITE PMS 11 WEAPON CERTIFICATION THE SHIP AND FTSC S AND DISTRIBUTION FILE FTSC S ILO FTSC S ILO SHIP PROVIDE ILO SITES WITH INITIATE LETTER TO IAW LETTER FROM VERIFY PMS 4 PMS 5 WITH ON PMS 9 PMS 10 RESPECTIVE FTSC S TO RESPECTIVE ILO PROVIDE BOARD EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATION FILES AND PROVIDE PMS VIA LTR IDENTIFY ALL ADDS CHANGES SEMIANNUAL UPDATES DOCUMENTATION FOR UPDATED LOEP PMS 5 DELETES IAW COMNAVSEASYSCOM SHIPS IN OVERHAUL UPDATED PMS 4 POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL UNDER THEIR APROPRIATE MIPs 8 VOL IV PMS PROCEDURES FOR ILO COGNIZANCE LETTER MRCs SEND PMS UPDATE PACKAGE SHALL BE NLT 90 DAYS FORWARD PACKAGE TO ANNOTATED LOEP AND LOEP UPDATE PRIOR TO START OF RESPECTIVE ILO 60 DAYS LIST TO APPROPRIATE FTSC S SHIP S OVERHAUL FROM RECEIPT OF THE ILO PERIODICALLY DURING OVERHAUL LTR DATA SUBMITTED TO FTSC S WILL BE IN
219. code left to right of the repair work center s assisting the lead repair work center Refer to Appendix A data element TMA REPAIR WORK CENTER for standard IMA work center codes B 4 1 3 Section Technical Documentation Block 48 TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION Enter any blueprints technical manuals etc which might be of use in the accomplishment of the maintenance Indicate by an X whether the publications held by the IMA or the tended unit B 4 1 4 Section IV IUC Repair Activity TYCOM Remarks Block 49 REMARKS Used by the screening and repair managers to enter any remarks that amplify the scope or limitations applicable to the accomplishment of the maintenance B 4 1 5 Section V Supplemental Planning THE FOLLOWING BLOCKS ARE FILLED IN WHEN REQUIRED BY THE TYCOM AND ONLY WHEN ESTIMATING THE COST OF DEPOT LEVEL WORK NOTE Other uses of these blocks can be defined by TYCOM directive Block 5 Block 5 Block 52 Block 53 0 man day is less than one 1 EST MAN I man days EST MAN DAYS Enter the total number of estimated for all involved repair work centers required too accomplish DAYS COST En man day costs required material cost EST MATERI AL COST EST TOTAL COST cost to complete the job B 4 2 Repair Officer Actions THE
220. ction required is to provide IMA routines such as Printing Services specific non scheduled refurbishment or repair for a recurring failure of a specific Allowance Parts C 23 List APL standard procedure for docking undocking ships corrosion control inspections of piping or PMR scheduling of individual components Details will be provided by TYCOM directives CHE 551 Evaluating Requirement for Single or Multi Task When the MJC item is being created for general service routines and is not to interface with PMR configuration and scheduling follow the standard deferral documentation procedures and describe in the Remarks data field Block 35 of the 2K the actions required for the routine An example entry may read IMA provide sheet metal service Limit to 1 8 thick metal S F provide sketch on OPNAV 2L Maximum 100 man hours a When the MJC item is written to interface with the PMR the detail of the equipment or component is a function of the PMR configuration and scheduling records When a single requirement requires a single JCN data element fields for Alterations Block 4 Component Noun Name Block 13 and Component Identification Block 16 of the MJC will contain an asterisk The data will be pre filled from PMR when retrieved into the CSMP An individual work request JCN per component is appropriate when multiple work centers are to be involved in the requir
221. d Reports Manual If you have specific needs which are not met within the standard reports OARS provides the capability of developing customized ADHOC reports 1 9 OTHER PRODUCTS There are various products which are available through the NAVSEALOGCEN Homepage which provide valuable tools to the customer These include a Ships 3 M Manual OPNAVINST 4790 4D An online version of the OPNAVINST 4790 4D This instruction establishes CNO s policy requirements and responsibilities for the Ships 3 M System Instructions contained in this manual supersede any other directives which may be in conflict b Ships 3 M Referenc An online means to access reference information This site offers users ability to access thirty nine 3 M referenc code tables Each code table provides the definition and code translation for each entry in the table The user has the ability to search each table by code definition or keyword Additionally the user may use the list option to display the entire list of codes for a particular table Where appropriate a hierarchical breakdown of the code is available SECTION 1 4 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Es The Maintenance Modernization Business Unit MMBU Standard Codes Forum Standard Codes Forum contains a mirror image of all code tables implemented within the current
222. d enter only the EOSS component procedure TM For removal and modifications enter the Technical Manual covering the affected component For like equipment installations enter the TM covering the equipment For new installations enter the TM when available if not available enter NA B 1 4 Section IV Special Purpose Block 28 RIN Enter the Record Identification Number as listed in Part I Section C of the COSAL for deletions removals and modifications For installations and additions leave blank Block 29 AILSIN Enter the Automated Integrated Language System Identification Number assigned by the Configuration Data Manager Platform Manager or Item Manager For Electronic equipment no entry is required unless directed by TYCOM Block 30 SECAS OFFICE USE Ship s Equipment Configuration Accounting System Block no longer used B 1 5 Procedures For Using CK Continuation Pages The JCN entry must be the same as on page 1 Up to four components can be reported on the same continuation form with each separate component block considered a separate continuation page with its own page number Page number consecutively If applicable check the block at the top of each component identification section to indicate that all data to be entered is the same as SECTION Page 1 except fo
223. d Had a Time Meter Code Description 4 Canceled When this code is used the deferral will be removed from the CSMP This code is not to be used with INSURV safety or priority 1 or 2 deferrals screened for accomplishment by the TYCOM or IUC 7 Maintenance Action Completed 2 M Miniature Microminiature Electronic Modules Capability Utilized NOTE The following second character codes can be used with Action Taken Code 7 to better describe the action taken A Parts Drawn from Supply Utilized B Parts Not Drawn from Supply Utilized C Automatic Test Equipment ATE Utilized D ATE and Parts Drawn from Supply Utilized E ATE and Parts Not Drawn from Supply Utilized Code Description 8 Periodic Time Meter Cycle Counter reporting This code is not applicable to the FINAL ACTION code reported by the repair activity 9 Maintenance Action Completed 3M Fiber Optic Repair APPENDI NOTE The following second character codes can be used with Action Taken Code 9 to better describe the action taken FOTE multimode ST MQJs utilized FOTE multimode heavy duty MQJs utilized FOTE multimode rotary mechanical splice MQJs utilized FOTE single mode ST MQJs utilized FOTE single mode heavy duty MQJs utilized FOTE multimode specialty MQJs utilized FOTE single mode specialty MQJs utilized FOTE not available 323031000 y J Standard MQUJs no
224. d by INSURV for statistical analysis or documentation purposes 1 6 1 2 2 Responsibility Space Two The single capital letter K G or A is used to indicate responsibility for corrective action This space should normally be left blank and the designations K or G are used by INSURV on new construction trials and may be later modified by Program Managers and or Supervisors of Shipbuilding based on review of construction contracts The following definitions apply to A K and G designations K indicates that in the reviewer s opinion correction of the deficiency is the responsibility of the contractor because he or his subcontractors or vendors failed to meet the requirements of the contract G indicates that in the reviewer s opinion correction of the deficiency is the responsibility of the government A designates an Alteration Card which requires a design action or configuration change not authorized or not yet accomplished on the ship inspected This may include applicable SH co th an Al co pr co Ca sh un Al sh in IPALTs ORDALTs MACHALTS Field Changes or other nfiguration changes that are not complete or not scheduled for is hull d or teration Cards should rrection can be accomplished either by referencing a eviously engineered alteration or by detailing possible rrective action in the remarks
225. d maintenance This is indicated as None 13 Inactive Equipment Maintenance IEM Reduced maintenance requirements for extended periods of equipment inactivity refer to Section I Chapter 1 Paragraph 1 7 SECT I DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D Distribution authorized to DOD components and DOD contractors onlyi Critical Technology January 2000 Other requests for this document shall be referred to Naval Sea Systems Command SEA 04M Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document MIP CONTROL NUMBER 5551 025 10 Date January 2000 SHIP SYSTEM SYSTEM SUBSYSTEM OR EQUIPMENT Fire Extinguishing System Fog Foam AFFF 5551 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS 0941 LP 053 2010 O905 LP 130 1020 CONFIGURATION SCHEDULING AIDS 1 Comply with anti pollution regulation Accomplish S 3 maintenance requirement only when ship is beyond 12 nautical miles of shore and preferably while underway When within 3 nautical miles of shore or in port discharge to a tank barge or to an authorized truck In other cases when between 3 and 12 nautical miles overboard discharge is permitted with minimum speed of 10 knots 2 Continue accomplishment of regularly scheduled PMS during inactive periods 3 Review maintenance requirements Omit MRC s which do not apply no feedback report required 4 Deviations on MRC procedures and valve alignment are allowed to suit ship system configura
226. d man hours required by the assist ter of the repair activity to complete its portion of DENT CAT ON NUMBER entered on CK hierarchical and equipment configuration LSIN Configuration and Functional Group Code FGC ip system CIN ETC entered on 2K technical manuals the repair activity blueprints CAUSE CAS entered on 2K The code best describing the cause of the failure or malfunction when need for maint one cause contribu primary or overriding one Code equipment failed is known Descriptions APPEN tenance was first discovered When more than ted to the failure or malfunction select the this field provides valuable data to the equipment manager without it only the fact that the Maintenance personnel must use their best judgment in determining the cause of failure ABNORMAL ENVIRONMENT Exposure to conditions more extreme than those reasonably expected in the normal shipboard environment e g electrical equipment sprayed by salt water or compartment flooded MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION DEFECTS Material not assembled or manufactured per specifications or installed improperly by IMA or Depot e g motor with open circuit armature LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OR SKILL Failure or malfunction of the equipment due to insufficient tr
227. d to each Work Center The LOEP is a part of the PMS Master file and contains 1 Report Date Date LOEP produced 2 Force Revision FR Number 3 Type Commander TYCOM 4 Unit Ship s hull number Unit Identification Code UIC and name shore activity UIC 5 Work Center listing of Work Centers within each department 6 Maintenance Index Page MIP Number 7 Nomenclature brief description of the system equipment 8 Equipment Status Codes that may be listed are a EGL Equipment Guide List Refer to paragraph 1 5 5 for additional information and use of the EGL b MRS Maintenance Requirement Substantiated Refer to paragraph 1 6 1 for classification definition c NIR No Individual Requirement Refer to paragraph 1 6 1 for classification definition d NMR No Maintenance Requirement Refer to paragraph 1 6 1 for classification definition e LATD Lacks Adequate Technical Data Refer to paragraph 1 6 1 for classification definition Adds Changes A dash denotes MIP issue changes included in the FR A slash denotes MIP additions distributed by special issue and not as part of the FR A slash also denotes a change to a LOEP line entry this change does not affect the MIP since the last FR SECTION 1 O NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Date 03 11 00 Planned Maintena
228. de L1 if the job requires work within Level I boundaries or involves Level I material Refer to COMSUBLANT COMSUBPACINST 4855 2 46D Enter the code 08 if the job is associated with nuclear equipment Refer to NAVSEAINST 9210 4A NOTAL 46E Enter the code RC if the job requires radiological controls RADCON Refer to NAVSEA 389 0153 46F Enter the code DD if the job requires drydocking to accomplish 46G Enter the code NC for critical noise deficiencies or NP for potential radiated noise deficiencies 46H Reserved for future use 461 Reserved for future use 46d Reserved for future use DIX B 32 Block Block B 2 4 Block Block Block Block Block Block 46K 46L 2 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 Section V Supplementary Information NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Reserved for future use Enter the code assigned to the visiting activity This will identify the visiting activity as the originator of the deferral BLUEPRINTS TECHNICAL MANUALS PLANS ETC The repair activity can use this block during the work request planning in much the same manner as the originator Information that might be of use in the accomplishment of the maintenance can be entered e g TMs blueprints etc PREARRIVAL ARRIVAL CONFERENCE ACTION REMARKS The
229. dentification n identification would be retained as Director Strategic Systems controlled weapons handling umber must be a PMMP Once assigned this element For weight handling SCLSIS NAVSEAINST 4790 8B defines this element as Positional Reference Identification PRID Figure C 1 Modified NAVSEA 4790 CK Form APPENDIX C 10 The Component Iden NOTE and Block 17 Number becomes a single data element in configuration change in the Identification Equipment Serial Number 4790 2K used for reporting corrective maintenance program selects the Component NAVSEAINST 4790 8B two data elements of the OPNAV 4790 CK Blocks 16 tification Component Serial Block 13 of the OPNAV The PMR Identification from the Block 16 Block 17 COMPONENT SER AL NUMBER DEN nameplate serial number is n assigned by the owning ship ship s 23 are th hu nu mber th the PMR PMRs for the same item st be identified by separate MJC numbers mu For SUBMEPP CDM not assigned record in this field and in UI e system ll number and work center of blocks 1 C Block 1 and own separately shown on there is no requ Weight handling equ tagged with the hull number and pre fills this number Identification Equipment Serial Number field D
230. des ar ONAL PR OR EY Within capability of ship s to accomplish due to lack of parts equipment technical manu NOTE est TH S EQU PMENT force the maint bu ll workload or force but test tools that are specified for use in repair work al or drawing equipment and the drawing in Remarks Should be within t personnel responsible have tenance of the equipment List the FORMAL TRA NING NADEQUATE FOR TH S EQU PMENT Should be Code Deferral Reason within capability of ship s f responsible have received for orce mal training and personnel but the training is considered inadequate 5 INADEQUATE SCHOOL PRACTICAL TRAINING Should be within capability of ship s force and personnel responsible have received formal training but practical maintenance aspects of training are considered inadequate 6 LACK OF FACILITIES CAPABILITIES The ship is not allowed shop equipment or other facilities to accomplish work is otherwise beyond expected capability of ship s force to accomplish 7 NOT AUTHORIZED FOR SHIP S FORCE ACCOMPLISHMENT Directives of higher authority specify that the job will be done by ot
231. djustments of Lead Work Center Assistant Work Center LWC AWC and task keyop man hour averages and standards for recycling MJC and PMR improvements Js Manages the distribution of information between central activities and the organizational calibration and scheduling systems to support accomplishment of shipboard PMRs e g Submarine Operational unrestricted operations URO APPENDIX C 2 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B requirements and gage calibration by certified Field Calibration Activity FCA personnel k Adds all Test and Monitoring System TAMS installed equipment records into the SCLSIS of the Class CDM so that cyclic requirements are tailored to the operating platform and the PMR scheduling record updated tes Adds all portable TAMS to the SCLSIS for control by SPAWAR NAVSEASYSCOM Item Managers supported by Naval Weapons Assessment Division and Metrology Calibration METCAL organizations This process 1 Increases the management of portable TAMS inventory control between the METCAL CDM and the fleets central activity PMR Configuration 2 Increases the management of alterations for portable TAMS applying business rules to justify upgrade Controls TAMS alterati ons in the same manner as ship alterations SHIPALTs and TYCOM alterations ALTs m Provides informat reliability maintainabilit systems and equipment of equipment failure
232. dules as follows a The cycle schedule will remain the same b For paper users on the quarterly schedule 1 Indicate vertically to designate the start of EM f only some of the items of the equipment are to be placed on inactive maintenance The vertical line should be drawn only through the affected MIP line of the schedule for the inactive equipment maintenance s Figure 1 25 item 1 2 At the beginning of IEM to the left of the vertical line list IEM Status or as appropriate see Figure 1 25 item 1 3 Mark horizontally through all previously scheduled operational PMS requirements within the inactive period to signify cancellation see Figure 1 25 item 2 4 From the IEM section of the MIP schedule all lay up and periodic requirements Note the method of scheduling periodic maintenance of a different periodicity than that SECTION 1 1 74 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B specified on the MRC Example R 1 M is a situation requirement extended to a monthly PMS requirement for IEM see Figure 1 25 item 3 5 When the inactive period continues into the following quarter operational PMS maintenance is not required to be scheduled until after the inactive period Instead inactive equipment maintenance requirements will be scheduled When equipment remains in Status or through the beginning of a new
233. duling information may be entered in the appropriati An examp found fol B 4 1 Procedures For B 4 1 1 Block A Block B JOB CONTROL NUMBER Ent and Job Sequence Number It must be identical to the JCN of the attached 2K in action Blocks 1 Block 8 APPENDIX NOTE Section I Planning Enter the SH assistance Enter the SH te sections of the NAVSEA 4790 2K Form le of a completed NAVSEA 4790 2P form can be Llowing these written instructions Documenting Planning amp Estimating Data P S NAME originating the request for from the 2K for assistance from the 2K 2 and 3 P S HULL number originating the request r the same JCN Ship s UIC Work Center assigned to the original maintenance SCREENING ACTION The appropriate action to be taken must be indicated in this block It may be used by the IUC however decision has precedence indicate th an entry in the TYCOM Representative s The TUC TYCOM REP must e level at which the maintenance is to be done or if the job is disapproved There must be either nar VE the IUC an TYCOM REP identify qu modifications provide amplifying remarks If the work is disapproved or c if screened by d h i or j when screened by the Blocks d through m may be used to alifying actions is checked the IUC TYCOM wil
234. e 1 of 3 SYSCOM bO YABG N OPNAV 4790 85 REV 4 4 Figure 1 6 A Maintenance Requirement Card MRC SECT I DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D Distribution authorized to DOD components and DOD contractors onlyi Critical Technology November 1999 Other requests for this document shall be referred to Naval Sea Systems Command SEA 04M Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document MIP CONTROL NUMBER 4241 U0 B4 Date November 1999 SHIP SYSTEM SYSTEM SUBSYSTEM OR EQUIPMENT AN UAN 444A Sonar Sounding Set 4241 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS NAVSEA 0910 LP 305 0500 NAVSEA 0967 411 9033 FOR AN UQN 4 NAVSEA 0967 LP 58b 5022 FOR AN UAN 4A CONFIGURATION Incorporates SECAS System s 4241 Depth Sounding Equipment AN UQN 4 AND AN UQN 4A Field Changes 3 through 8 SCHEDULING AIDS 1 UT MRCs are provided to assist in restoring or determining a system equipments operational condition Their use may be directed by a scheduled MRC scheduling aid system equipment failures or by FLEET TYCOM NAVSEA Training Command representatives 2 Review requirements of MRC U 7 Omit MRC U if digital to analog converter CV 24b5 UAN 4 is not installed No feedback report required PERIO OTHER EC BO MAINTEHANCE REQUIREMENT DESCRIPTION DISTTY KATES MSY RELATED HES HATIET B DE DRS CHEDULED HATNTEHANCE 25 DAY U b In pese atyli 1 3T 3 0 5 Mori 2 Test and of gpapar
235. e Description 1 Depot shipyard or ship repair facility 2 Intermediate Maintenance Activity tender repair ship etc 3 TYCOM Support Unit floating dry dock etc or technical assistance from NAVUNDERSEAWARCEN DETACMENT FTSCLANT FTSCPAC or contractor representative 4 Ship s Force 0 Not Applicable U Mission Degrading entered on 2K Used by INSURV field identifies certain deficiencies which are considered as preventing the ship from carrying out some part of its mission UNIT IDENTIFICATION CODE UIC entered on 2K CK 2P and 2L Identifies the Unit Identification Code of the activity originating the maintenance action For service craft or other boats without their own UIC use the UIC of the parent activity APPENDIX A 46 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B WHEN DISCOVERED WND entered on 2K Identifies when the need for maintenance was discovered Code Description Lighting Off or Starting Normal Operation During Operability Tests During Inspection Shifting Operational Modes During PMS S D ecuring During AEC Assessment of Equipment Program No Failure PMS Accomplishment Only Not Applicabl use when reporting printing services etc O 0 MINMNURUUNKE WHEN DISCOVERED DATE entered on 2K The Julian Date when th quipment of the system fail
236. e Key Event code and definition is APPENDIX A 32 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B assigned and managed by TYCOM instruction Repair activities must ensure continuity of schedules by using codes mutually agreed to by TYCOM representatives Note some automated systems allow for a four digit code to b ntered refer to the TYCOM instruction KEY OPERATION KEY OP entered on 2P Assigned numbers indicating the logical sequence of the task identified For example Key Operation K 0 Task 01 Disconnect Deliver 02 Disassemble 03 Replace Bearings Etc ECG LEAD PLANNING amp ESTIMATING CODE entered on 2K The code assigned to the lead planning and estimating organization LEAD REPAIR WORK CENTER LWC entered on 2K and 2P The code of the lead repair work center assigned to the job The first character of the code is left justified The following codes indicate the IMA department to which the action work center is assigned they are used to process IMA Performance Summaries at both IMA and TYCOM levels Department Key A Dry Dock B Other Departments F Special K Temporary IMA L Reservist P Civilians R Repair Department Z Other Activities NOTE Variable department names may be assigned as directed by the TYCOM using the letters G H and J Refer to data element IMA Repair
237. e Navy Backfit RCM for Trainers examination
238. e covered during the SHIPALT development and execution 2 AERs can be accomplished in place of SHIPALTs where an emergent requirement of limited applicability dictates In this case the body of the recommendation letter shall state that the Planning Yard PY shall prepare the AER installation procedures accomp APPENDI 3 lishment of a SHI If a proposed PALT AER is required unt the AER recommendat til the tion will identify th detailed pr will be exc d specified a e SHIPALT and its estimated completion date requirements and ocedures material NAVSEAINST 4790 8B luded from the letter All ILS requirements Authorization Empowers a command to direct a lteration to be accomplished e Approval An action of the cognizant SPM signifying the accomplishment of an alteration is technically feasible Evidence of Approval is the signature of the SPM on Alteration Record AER or TEMPALT f Eq SHIPALT in including ordnance a uipment Alteration Any alteration embedded equipment fter establishment Equipment A material q supportabil assembly wi addition d or equipmen associated different corrections lteration invol uantity instal other the configuration of an equipment or system the Ship than a computer programs and expendable of the product baseline ves a Chang
239. e dele eS Se e ee si 2 Classification of Equipment Not Covered by PMS Responsibilities for Providing Coverage NACTIVE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE ITEM oooooooooooooo Implementation and Responsibility 2 Definition of Equipment Status sews bse dos edad Soe ee ed Shee es SECT ON Lak 13 6 1 3 6 1 37 L 37 138 1 38 40 40 41 42 45 48 49 49 1550 1547 1557 LO L 5 8 1 66 1 66 1 66 1 67 1 67 1 68 1 68 1 68 l iv NAVSEAINST 4790 8B lea Inactive Equipment Maintenance IEM Documentation 1 69 7 3 1 IEM Operational Periodicity Codes 1 69 e322 PEM SCheauling Si1tWetsl OnSke iva be eee ode Soa Sad aces a eh 10 Sf Categories Of TEM ds in Seated Ses es JET PSE Lay Up Ma rnt n nece LU oil ii AZ P e402 Periodi Maintenances PM ss csser 6044 aan e LE LE Tote Start Up Maintenance SD cier steve deta waned seres T 12 Sheed Operational Test OT sod thew wee SO oA CoA AS GAs sees ea 72 Se TEM MRE Ss KR AR A A a eee Se LEV E TEM SCHEDULING t 6 4 604 be 08 oe OS SS UE RI aaae e aa 1 74 1 8 SUPPLY MATERIALS REQUIRED PRIOR TO INACTIVATION Lae SECTION Chapter 1 THE PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM PMS LIST OF FIGURES
240. e described maintenance as frequently In this case a dual periodicity code such as M 1 0 1 or Q 1 S 2 may be assigned When a dual periodicity code is assigned a note on the MIP and MRC will specify which periodicity code to schedule Situation requirement codes may be used with a calendar periodicity code in certain circumstances These situations apply when both the situation and the calendar periodicity govern the scheduling of the requirement Examples include 1 M 1R Monthly or every 600 operating hours whichever occurs first 2 W 3R Weekly or after each use whichever occurs first 3 S 1R Semiannually or during each upkeep period which ever occurs first 4 Q 1R Quarterly or prior to getting underway whichever occurs first 5 R 1W When a situation occurs accomplish weekly When the periodicity code includes a situation requirement e g R 1D R 1W a note of explanation is required in addition to the basic code This note shall be the first entry in the procedure block Unscheduled maintenance requirements are those documented actions required to restore a system equipment to an operational condition within predetermined tolerances or limitations Unscheduled maintenance requirements evolve from system equipment failures or other indications of system equipment degradation and include alignment adjustment and repair Unscheduled maintenance procedu
241. e in design led location ity thin the ship eletion rework ty GOL or the relationship of Equipment Alt or rep changes in assembly procedures include the computer programs to both operational Equipment A Engineering apply equal equipment production baseline design defe eliminate s any combina lacement of parts An type of logistics the component parts of an terations include the assemblies Alterations to computer program versions and approved n test and maintenance programs and changes to identify differen Equipment Alteration ct to change equipm afety hazards tion of these reason Equipment Al Machinery Al below to Under Se Program Man PARM electrical equipment a board ship teration Engineer teration and Ordnan a Warfare USW ager 2 Field Change change fter delivery CO including software changes interfaces footprint incorporation of nodification or ass lterations lterations are initiated by approved Cl Change Proposals ECPs Equipment Al ly to changes installed in delivered systems and installed in systems and equipment in ces from an established product s may be initiated operational capability to update obsolete components four Field Change that are defined ene S ng Change
242. e quarter SSBNs will prepare quarterly schedules to coincide with crew cycle e Each column represents a week and is divided into 7 days by the use of tick marks across the top The first tick marked space within a column represents Monday Monday s date for each week in the quarter is placed on the pedestal between each column The first Monday in January April July or October will begin each quarter APPENDIX G 4 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B E The days the ship expects to be underway are lightly shaded in pencil across the tick marks this does not apply to submarines g Using both the LOEP and the Cycle PMS Schedule enter the complete MIP number in the column titled MIP in a space in line with the subject equipment on the cycle schedule From the Cycle PMS Schedule select the Schedule Quarter After Overhaul As Indicated column corresponding to the quarter being scheduled Transcribe and appropriately schedule each of the maintenance requirements S A and multi month listed in this column to the quarterly schedule From the maintenance requirements listed in the Each Quarter column transcribe and appropriately schedule only 2W 3W M 2M and Q MRs The intervals of periodic maintenance are defined as 1 Monthly Will be scheduled within the interval between 3 and 6 weeks following the last accomplishment A monthly PMS maintenance requirement must be
243. e unit commander IUC or designated representative recommended action to be taken using one of the codes listed below under SCREENING TYCOM The IUC is that officer in the chain of command between the ship and the TYCOM SCREENI NG TYCOM entered on 2K The action to be taken as determined by the type commander TYCOM or designated representative Acceptable screening codes are Code Description al Depot shipyard or ship repair facility Accomplish 1A Depot Assisted by Ship s Force 1S Ship to Shop 1M Accomplish with Modification 2 Intermediate Maintenance Activity IMA tender repair ship etc Accomplish 2A IMA Assisted by Ship s Force 28 Ship to Shop 2M Accomplish with Modification 3 TYCOM Support Unit TSU floating dry dock etc Accomplish or Technical Assistance from NAVUNDERSEAWARFARCENDET FTSCLANT FTSCPAC Contractor Representative 3A TSU Assisted by Ship s Force 3S Ship to Shop 3M Accomplish with Modification 4 Ship s Force Accomplish 5 Deferred 5A Insufficient Time in the Availability to Complete the Task 5B Lack of Shipyard Capability SE Lack of Material 5D Lack of Funds 5E Not Required During this Availability 5F General 6 Not Authorized 6A Not Technically Justified 6B Covered by an Existing Ship Alteration 6C Duplicate of Another Job Control Number JCN 6D Not Cost Effective 6E General o
244. ed METER READING M R entered on 2K An expected entry for Selected Level Reporting SLR Level 1 Level 2 equipment The meter reading to the nearest whole hour at the time of failure If the equipment has more than one meter designate the meter being recorded in REMARKS using the letters METRED followed by the meter designator An asterisk must precede and follow meter designation as shown APPENDIX A 34 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B in the example below The required meter is that associated with the functional major unit that failed Example METRED 1A2M1 NAMEPLATE DATA entered on CK Data that helps identify the equipment Enter information available from the following list a Contract Number or Procurement Document Number b Part Number Model Number Drawing Number Gs Commercial and Government Entity CAGE code or if not available the name and address of the manufacturer d Any additional information such as physical characteristics and manufacturer s identification that is readily available and provides a description of the use or operation of the component NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY entered on CK The nomenclature and serial number SN of the Next Higher Assembly NHA in which the equipment component identified is a part of If the SN is unavailable use the locally assigned NHA number The
245. edule which must be The Weekly PMS Schedule must be updated with the status of Maint Requirements annotate the Weekly PMS Schedule as follows X off SECTION Fully Accomplished to indicate completion of a The symbol x maintenanc The Work Center Supervisor will is the mark used requirement Fully accomplished MRCs will be X d off separately on the quarterly schedule Ens requirements which were accomplished ar X d off separately Not Fully Accomplished indicates a requirement that only partially accomplished MRC A circle with a short indicate rescheduled MRs Satisfied by Higher Level T completion of the system hi is marked over th A circl system level ure that situation added and led requirement was not accomplished or following the applicable arrow will be used to st Upon successful gher level test an x listed on the quarterly schedule test requirement The symbol is used to mark scheduled equipment or lower level MRC satisfied by the requirements that have been successful completion of the parent sys tem test A brief explanation of the parent including the MIP who perf and when is required on th ormed system test quarterly schedule are MIP The MRCs that revers the maintenance sid a
246. eed to be reported along with fill in any other applicable Draw a circle around all blocks with changed NG A with Block 13 enter the words or NOT ON BOARD COSAL S enter action code or action code is COSAL supported For the APL in These ar th Deletion DATA ELEMENT the following ON BOARD UPPORTED as UAN IN for D an equipment ADD also provide as much additional information as possible e g Serial Number Next Higher Assembly if applicable Location Work Center EIC Nameplate Data MIP TMs etc For equipment DELETE provide the RIN in Block 28 if applicable B 1 9 Report the Turn In Receipt of Portable Electrical Electronic Test Equipment Peete Check the CK Block for CONFIG FILE CORR and then follow standard procedures described for CORRECTING A DATA ELEMENT IN THE SHIP S COSAL in the above paragraph B 1 10 Handling Procedures An original and three copies each of the basic CK and related continuation pages are required for documentation The completed forms are submitted to the work center supervisor and then to the division officer each of whom reviews the forms for completeness and accuracy and initials in the appropriate blocks at the bottom of each form The division officer then forwards all copies of the forms to the supply department Supply department personnel verify enter data such as APL
247. egory B FBRs forward the white yellow and pink copies to the TYCOM Retain blue copy in suspense file Return green copy to the originator Figure 1 16 FBR Preparation PRIORITY P 112259ZJANOO FM ORIGINATING ACTIVITY CODE TO FTSCLANT NORFOLK VA CODE FTSCPAC SAN DIEGO CA CODE INFO COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC COD NAVSAFECEN NORFOLK VA CODE COGNIZANT TYPE COMMANDER CODE HAIN OF COMMAND CODE G W QA H NCLAS N04790 SGID GENADMIN ORIGINATING ACTIVITY UBJ URGENT PMS FBR SERIAL 1827 00 Z KS SYSCOM MIP CONTROL NR 5553 026 43 MRC CODE 5553 60M 2R M S R 1 On Be 4 SYSCOM MRC CONTROL NR 2180ZPN IAW SHIP ALT 961 00670K PHNSY HAS INSTALLED HALON SYSTI IN JP 5 PMP RM AND 3 GTG RM SYSTEMS HAVE 1 1 2 INCH FLEX ES INSTALLED ON DISCHARGE SIDE PER INGALLS PLANNING YARD IAISON ACTION RECORD 670 990 3513 HOSES ARE TO BE HYDRO ESTED TO 1600 PSI 135 PERCENT DESIGN RE PER MRC 5553 026 43 60M 2R 1 1 2 INCH FLE BE HYDRO TESTED TO 1750 PSI 150 PERCENT DESI
248. egrated Logistics Support 1 7 PROCEDURES AFTER INSURV INSPECTION Post INSURV action items are outlined in reference c Due to its importance note the action to appropriately CASREP applicable PART 1 deficiencies A PART 1 deficiency is an important deficiency that is likely to a cause the ship to be unseaworthy b substantially reduce the ability of the ship to carry out an assigned mission c substantially reduce th ffectiveness of personnel or essential material and or d cause serious injury to personnel or serious damage to important material This includes significant deficiencies to the ship s safety equipment and devices As noted in reference c INSURV and the TYCOM will work collaboratively to input inspection deficiencies into the CSMP within 30 days of MI completion MA INTENANCE AN D MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL SECTION CHAPTER 2 ASSIST VIS TS ANI D TYCOM ASSESSMENTS SECTION CHAPTER 2 REFERENCES REFERENCE INSTRUCTION NO SUBJECT a CINCLANTFLT CINCPACFLT CINCLANTFLT CINCPACFLT INST 4790 3 SERIES JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL SECTION 2 i NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTION CHAPTER 2 ASSIST VISITS AND TYCOM A
249. eing requested Each Backfit RCM analysis should include a detailed rationale and justification addressing how this proposed task satisfies the Applicability and Effectiveness criteria for the proposed maintenance requirement c Equipment or system modification or upgrade related waiver requests should include an explanation of the modification or upgrade being implemented and how it will impact the following specific equipment characteristics 1 Function 2 Equipment system operating parameters 3 Operating environment 4 Duty cycle 5 Materials 6 Protective devices 7 Safety features Equipment or system modification or upgrade related waiver requests should also include a Backfit RCM analysis for each proposed maintenance requirement for which a waiver is being requested Each Backfit RCM analysis should include a detailed rationale and justification addressing how this proposed task satisfies the Applicability and Effectiveness criteria for the equipment as modified or upgraded d Temporary installation waiver requests should include the following equipment and or system details 1 Ship or location of installation 2 Period of installation 3 Function 4 Equipment system operating paramaters 5 Operating environment 6 Duty cycle 7 Materials 8 Protective devices 9 Safety features H
250. eld COMPONENT SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION EQUIPMENT SERIAL NUMBER entered on CK ct If a serial number is entered 1 For equipment without a Serial number of the componen the QUANTITY field must be on serial number enter NONE 0 CONFIGURATION FILE CORRECTION CONF FILE CORR entered on CK A data element field that indicates that the report is being submitted to correct erroneous configuration records no equipment maintenance action involved CONTINUATION FOR entered on 2L Identifies the maintenance action to which the supplemental information pertains CONTINUATION SHEET entered on 2K Indicates remarks are continued on a second third or fourth form 2K For manual reporting enter an X CSMP SUMMARY entered on 2K A condensed description of the problem This entry is limited to 30 characters The CSMP summary conveys to management the significance of the JCN maintenance action The CSMP summary is displayed on management reports as opposed to the entire APPENDIX A 20 narrative of the REMARKS field which is not NAVSEAINST 4790 8B If continuation sheets are used the summary line will appear on the first page DATE entered The Julian dat DATE COMPLETED on 2L te the document is prepared
251. emaining to complete the maintenance action Round off to the nearest whole hour If the TYCOM allows an automated close out of the deferral by the IMA Block 28 B 221 3 Section the letters action after au work AUTO request to the the DEADL NE DATE This is an If AUTO will be entered IMA to comple optional entry ted by the originating ship close o This is a te the maintenance with no further documentation from the shop the job has been accept thorized signature does not receive CSMP support do not use the originator from the IMA doing the ut feature The originator of the deferred action may enter the latest possible Julian da and ship s force work must te Completed Action that outside assistance t be completed Blocks 29 through 33 USED FOR REPORT MA NTENANCE ACT ON Block 34 B 2 1 4 Block 35 APPENDI Section METER READ NG is on the SEL hour at block designat meter designator met the the reading the time of failur If the equipment th REMARKS using ING f the equipment has a time to the nearest is THE COMPLETION OF A meter and whole ntered in this has more r being recorded letters METRED than one meter in Block 35 followed
252. ement master Provide for advanced planning for alterations Assign planning activities Report return cost of alterations Assign parent IMAs if applicabl e Transfer files from one command to another I 10 6 files j Provide NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Provide for the routine correction of alteration information on problems and solutions in alteration completions reported by an IMA to all other concerned activities 1 3 3 Fleet Units The Commanding Officer is responsible for the expeditious completion of all alteration management re sponsibilities are alterations authorized for the ship Ship a Audit for accuracy alteration management reports and MDS Transaction and Error alteration in formation TYCOM b Ensu similar docum programmed in E Subm Identification Reports containing Report required corrections to the re that the applicable Ship Alteration Record or ent is provided to the ship for all alterations i the execut t OPNAV Fo following installation of alterations ion year rm 4790 CK or electronic version See Section I Chapter 3 of this manual for detailed instructions and Appendix B for details of specific blocks d When reporting alteration status changes 1 2 Ensure th Ensure th required by Section I Ch OPNAV Form 4790 CK
253. ement or when there is a requirement for controlled work procedures required by TYCOM Quality Assurance Procedures For example 1 If there were 100 sea valves due for a 72 month refurbishment 100 separate JCNs would be added to the CSMP 2 If there were a second requirement to visually check all sea valves for external corrosion every 24 months an additional MJC item would be created and another PMR scheduling record would be added to each sea valve configuration record In this situation the MJC would be coded as multi tasked and one JCN would be created with 100 tasks 1 task per valve The above MJC calibration routines are all coded as multi tasked APPENDIX C 24 CHS 562 Narrative shoul Standard Narrative Block 35 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B ld include a statement of th requirement and include notices to the tended unit and LWC on ship to shop or special controls characters 1200 characters may be used free form information ESB 5 23 There are two types of si a th Certain inspect in which the LWC AWC is However when to requirem nt The deferral narrative is the by the Structured Narrative AWR is completed an limited to 1200 additional the LWC to provide feedback SYSCOM directing th Block 35 tion or test criteria are sp to feedback req
254. enance Plan Chief of Naval Operations Commander Naval Sea Systems Command Commander Space and Naval Command Coordinated Shipboard Allowance Navy s Central Configuration Status Accounting system Warfare Systems List Current Ship s Maintenance Project Depot Downtime Development Demand Based Damage Control Assistant Damage Contro Data Element Number Departure from Specification Director Strategic Systems Project Office Level Repairable Department of Docking Phased Maintenance Avail Deep Submergenc Deep Submergence System and Training Center Items l Petty Officer Defense lability Engineering Change Engineering Change Proposal Equipment Equipment Guide List Identification Code Recovery Vehicl S ELEX EOSS ESWBS F FBR FC FGC FLETRACEN FLETRAGRU FLR FLTC FMP FMPMIS FMSO FPR FR FSCM ETC FTSCLANT FTSCPAC H HAZMAT HM amp E HMUG HT I IEM ILO ILS ILSMT IMA IMAV INSURV ISE ISEA IUC NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Electronics Equipment Engineering Operational Sequencing System Expanded Ship Work Breakdown Structure Feedback Report Field Change Functional Group Code Fleet Training Center Fleet Training Group Field Level Repairable Fleet Commander Fleet Modernization Program Fleet Modernization Program Management Information System See NDE Fleet Material Supp
255. enced to Standard PAZ Materials Identification Guide CEPADG for identification Maintenance procedure with this requiresent is CONFIDENTIAL Maintenance Feguirament Card 15 stowed in PROCEDURE Maintenance Requirement Card MRC Page 1 of 1 SYSCOM 1b ELR2 N OPNAV 4770 85 REV 3 77 Figure 1 8 Single Page Locator Card for Classified MRC ON 1 1 32 EET O CIA V 4790 81 2 76 S W 0107 LF 047 9405 MIP NO Less last 2 characters MRC PERIODICITY EQUIPMENT NAME NOMENCLATURE popa APPLICABLE DATA AS REQUIRED BY MRC 98 06L7 LSNIVYSAVN Figure 1 9 Equipment Guide List EGL NOILOHS ve t TAG GUIDE LIST NUMBER OF TAGS PER EQUIP OPNAV 4790 107 10 80 S N 0107 LF 047 9545 MIP amp MRC NO anse STEAMING UNDERWAY EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT SERIAL NO LOCATION OF POSITION OF SWITCH VALVE TAGGED ITEM VERIFICATION APPROVAL SIGNATURES DEPT HEAD Figure 1 10 Tag Guide List Lava 1 5 8 Shipboard Changes to NAVSEAINST 4790 8B MRCs a The only modifications which shipboard personnel may make to the MRCs are as follows 1 Tools Parts Materials and Test Equipment a Common hand tools and basic housekeeping items may be appropriately substituted or added by the Work Center Supervisor without changing the MRC b Approved parts or materials substitutes from the supply system technical manual or MIL SPEC etc may be used c T
256. entifying the job as having significant management interest An X is the common entry for this field APPENDIX NAVSEAINST 4790 8B DRY DOCK REQUIRED A field used to show that the requested maintenance requires the ship to be dry docked An X is the common entry for this field PRE OVERHAUL TEST REQUIRED A field used to identify a specific test required prior to an equipment or ship overhaul An X is the common entry for this field POST OVERHAUL TEST REQUIRED A field used to identify that a test must be completed after equipment or ship overhaul An X is the common entry for this field DEPARTURE REQUIRED A field used to indicate that if the maintenance is not accomplished to specifications notice of the departure must be sent to the TYCOM An X is the common entry for this field STATUS STA entered on 2K A code that describes th ffect of failure or malfunction on the operational capability of the equipment or system when th need for maintenance was first discovered Code Description Operational Non Operational Reduced Capability Not Applicable use if reporting printing services etc OWNER SUFFIX entered on 2K Used by INSURV to insert additional required numbers between sequential numbers TASK entered on 2P The description s of the task s for which the LEAD and ASSIST rep
257. ents mission whichever comes well as funded for accomplishment by the TYCOM or other organization as agreed upon tions normally accomplished lity A TYCOM Alteration is a technical altera maintainabi and the restoration of the ship TYCOM Alterations are approved by as a Title D or EF SHIPALT or AER ts of the change TYCOM for installation by the TYCOM as TYCOM Alterations are maintenance to improve reliability or alteration that has one or more of the following attributes 1 The use of different materials that have been approved for similar use and such materials are available from standard stock 2 Th parts replacement assemblies or component of obsolete ts requiring renewal by later and more efficient design which has been previo worn out or damaged those of usly approved by the SPM and such replacement does not cause a change to military characteristics of the ship the systems or equipment normally associated with the 3 The str ngthening of parts that require repair or replacement in order to improve reliability of the parts and of the unit provided no 4 Minor m other change in design is involved odifications involving no significant changes in design or functioning of equipment but considered essential to prevent recurrence of unsatisfactory conditions
258. eparate EGLS are prepared for each and numbered consecutively MRC s with mandatory related maintenance should use the same EGL s to coordinate completion In some instances it may be unnecessary or impractical to list equipment on EGLs For instance if the equipment is listed on a TYCOM directed check off list a Calibration Recall Program or Periodic Maintenance Requirement PMR is in effect a notation of the applicable instruction in the location block of the MRC is all that is required In addition to the standard EGL a limited number of specialized EGLs are available from FTSCLANT FTSCPAC A listing by applicable MIP MRC may be obtained by PMS feedback report Examples are the Damage Control Petty Officer DCPO compartment space inspection EGL and the degaussing current EGLs 1 5 6 Tag Guide List The TGL OPNAV 4790 107 Figure 1 10 contains the information necessary for equipment tag out incidental to PMS accomplishment The TGL contains the number of tags required location of tags position of the tagged item open shut off on etc and permission or notification requirements Each ship prepares its own TGLs TGLs are prepared and used for laminated PMS Tag out as regulated by reference d 1 5 7 Location and Use of MRCs EGLs and TGLs A master EGL TGL file shall be maintained Each master file is to contain applicable EG
259. eported for non automated ships use the OPNAV 4790 CK Form Es Re designation of any space or compartment G Accomplishment of any alteration directive For non automated ships the OPNAV 4790 CK Ships Configuration Change Form is used to report the accomplishment of maintenance actions that are related to an alteration or result in a configuration change Refer to Appendix A for the data elements and allowed values and Appendix B for the instructions for manually completing the OPNAV 4790 CK NOTE For Reactor Plant Modification Reporting configuration changes and modifications performed to equipment components under NAVSEASYSCOM SEA 08 cognizance are reported manually The Reactor Plant Configuration Change Report RPCCR is used to report these modifications TYCOM directives contain detailed procedures for the preparation and submission of these reports 3 4 8 Documenting a Periodic Maintenance Requirement PMR There are certain equipment and components in the fleet that require periodic maintenance such as tests inspections repairs restorations and replacements With select automated systems periodic maintenance tasks and routines are maintained on file with planning information The record containing both the routine test etc along with the planning information is called a Periodic Maintenance Requirement PMR Use of PMR
260. equested is not done by the required specifications notice of this departure is to be sent to the TYCOM See Block 11 below under BLOCKS FILLED 1N BY THE REPAIR OFFICER Section Scheduling LEAD WORK CENTER Enter the code left to right of the lead repair work center assigned to the job Refer to Appendix A data element IMA REPAIR WORK CENTER for standard IMA work center codes IS ES ES APPENDIX SCHED START DATE Enter the Julian date that work is to be started by each repair work center During the planning process when the availability date is unknown these blocks may be left blank NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Blocks 14 20 26 32 38 44 SCHED COMP DATE Enter the Julian date that the work of the individual repair work center must be completed Block 15 21 27 33 39 and 45 EST MHRS Enter an estimate of the total number of man hours necessary for each repair work center to complete its assigned work Blocks 16 22 28 34 40 and 46 KEY OP Number the logical sequence e g 001 002 003 etc of the tasks identified in Blocks 17 23 29 35 41 and 47 Blocks 175237 29 39 417 and 47 TASK Enter the description s of the task s for which the repair work center s assigned are responsible Blocks 18 24 30 36 and 42 ASST WORK CENTER Enter the
261. equests for this document shall be referred to Naval Sea Systems Command SEA O4M Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document MIP CONTROL NUMBER 211 T0M BO Date November 2000 SHIP SYSTEM SYSTEM SUBSYSTEM OR EQUIPMENT Missiles and Rockets TOMAHAWK Cruise Missile Support Equipment 7211 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS Sua20 AF 0MP D010 CONFIGURATION This MIP includes support for surface and submarine configurations Includes Facsimiles 08314 145 Incorporates Surface Maintenance Effectiveness Review SURFMER Cycle 24 SCHEDULING AIDS l Review MRCsi omit MRCs not applicablei no feedback report required For scheduling purposes only no MRC is provided Mandatory scheduling required ee MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT PERTOT JE MAN RELATED EE DESCRIPTION Saone Gija HRS MAINT SUPPORT EQUIPMENT COMMON A 1 1 Calibrate H3599 Pressurizing Hose gt Assembly 1 Calibrate T3159 Pressurizing Gear 2OM 1 Tester xk gt 30 GTR H SUPPORT EQUIPMENT COMS R 1 TH3 GA3 D 5 Mone CABLE ADAPTER UMBILICAL AESEMALY b Inspect cable sdapter umbilical seeesbly and componente 2 Perform continuity and Lnsulation PESLSTANCE CASTS MOTE Accomplish MEL prior te first uae ef th day decompliahn ARA aa directed 30 DYER H SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SUDMARIME A z TH GR ADAPTER BOX ASSEMBLY FH JCH 17683 1 Inspect adapter box assembly and components 2 Perform continuit
262. equipment requiring maintenance as identified in Block 13 If none of the above mentioned location identifications are appropriate enter description of the location e g FANTAIL FLIGHT DECK etc WHEN DISCOVERED DATE Enter the Julian date when the equipment or system failure or malfunction was discovered ALTERATIONS SHIPALT ORDALT Fld Chg etc If reporting the deferral of a an alteration SHIPALT Enter the alteration identification exactly as it appears on the Ship Alteration SHIPALT Record Record the alteration type SA in the first two positions ship type starting in position three and the alteration number starting in the 7th position of the block i e SASSBNf342130 Enter the title code from the alteration record in the last right hand position of the block OTHER Alteration Types Enter the alteration type character code in the first two positions of the block Leave the third position blank and enter the alteration number starting in position four i e OA 96999 FC 29 TY 0132 If an alteration identification number is not provided with the alteration record leave blank NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Following are the authorized alteration prefix
263. equired and time requirements are equal M Hs listed are the sum of their requirements When more than one person in the same rate is required and time requirements are not equal M Hs are listed for each person separately Total M H is the sum of all entries in the M H block not including time for tool preparation and return tag out or time needed for removal and or replacement of interference g Maintenance Requirement Description A brief definition of the PMS action to be done h Safety Precautions A listing of those precautions and references which direct attention to possible hazards to personnel while doing maintenance i Tools Parts Materials Test Equipment 1 Standard PMS Item Name SPIN numbered Tools Parts Material and Test Equipment Test equipments materials parts tools and miscellaneous requirements necessary for the maintenance action are listed and categorized in order see Figure 1 6 Items within the category are numbered and identified by the applicable SPIN number in brackets Entries in this block can be referenced to the Standard PMS Materials Identification Guide SPMIG for stock number identification Stock numbers are also listed in the Hazardous Materials User s Guide HMUG for Personal Protective Equipment PPE The five basic categories are as follows a Category I Test
264. er TWC Y to show leav enter a Otherwis size etc te on site Leave blank for Submarine Extended Operating Cycle SEOC PMRs relating to the number of months between calibration testing or other PMR cycles tr nal If the see Block 45 Block 35 DATE LAST DONE Ent r the dat DDMMMYY the PMR was last accomplish ded th overh If has no constr PMR au t exc uction thorizes a ed the PMR has never been don the PMR is for e g OSFEBOO For EPP if because the periodicity months since commissioning ul enter this event date if tes the equipment previo be en NEXT D Block 36 UE DATE t slings port usly been calibrated inspected be accomplished prior tered by the TWC Enter table have not the PMR must Block 35 will tools that to first use th next d completed by the TWC STND ETV Man Hours has a standard Block 37 provided by or subsequent process reported when th ue for accomplishm data element is calculat the automated program wh engineered historically based man h the LCM NAVSEA for the initial download Automated Shor This element is not for expended man hours PMR is accomplished dat DDMMMYY the PMR is ent e g 2 JULOO This ed and reported upline by en the PMR is reported TENTHS If the component PMR ti
265. erform listed MRCS for start up maintenance 1 Perform start up maintenance CAUTION Ensure fire retardant paper and pressure sensitive tape are removed from louvers and fans NOTE 21 Mo power is required to perform MRCS in steps 1 a through 1 a Lubricate director valve components 5 and 5 9 b Inspect adjust and lubricate elevator auxiliary drive assembly 5 7 A 1 Maintenance Requirement Card NRC Page 1 of 1 SYSOOM 51 GLOBE N OPHAV 4790 85 REV 9 97 Figure 1 24 Start up MRC 1 7 6 TIEM SCHEDULING At the conclusion of IEM routine PMS maintenance requirements shall be scheduled as prescribed in Section I SKED provides the capability to perform IEM scheduling NOTE Ships completing overhaul late in the quarter are not expected to do all planned maintenance scheduled during that quarter but should do a certain amount based on the time remaining in the quarter The scheduling of maintenance for inactive equipment utilizes conventional PMS scheduling techniques Figure 1 25 is a sample quarterly schedule for an inactive period and portrays an equipment declared inactive in one maintenance quarter and returned to an operational status the following quarter It also shows an item of equipment which remained operational To schedule inactive equipment maintenance determine the status of the equipment as described in paragraph 1 7 2 and prepare sche
266. es NSTRUCTIONS NAVSEA 4790 CK to report completion or partial maintenance actions that resulted in Three blocks at the top of the form are used type of action is being reported correction CONF a configurat and to correct discrepancies and errors to specify what tion file G FILE CORR a completed maintenance action that had no prior deferral COMP M A NO form is separated in to four sections a Section identifies the sy action If a com Identification in this assembly Compon low Section ents sub unit Job Identification DEFL The rest of the This section stem or equipment involved in the configuration ponent sub unit are being reported the Job section must be that if the highest contains remarks Job Descript relat In some cases an ing to alteration direct tive will ts are reported in Section information be documented Se Section Identification component s affected by action The Job completed to the highest assem change The sub individual APL le This Compon tion Remarks This section the accomplishment of the action specify that certain ent Configuration Change section contains information on the configuration change the maintenance Ide
267. es NTE Teen A Data Element ACCEPTED BY gass sn See SEE SSS GSE Ge pel Selon Eee EE ee A 13 ACETON TAKEN ALACANT tue ete STERKEST TESTA SEG A 13 AGETEVE MAINTENANCE TIME sete coe ele asas Sule aba Gab ete ais teen eae etd A 15 PTT SAIN vat costes Motte oo tee Rovere pa wove ee Seale ho wah ee Dadra See re A 16 ALLOWANCE PARTS LIST ALLOWANCE EQUIPAGE LIST APL AEL A 16 ALTERATION IDENTIFICATION CONFIGURATION CHANGES A 16 ASSIST REPAIR WORK CENTER ASST REPAIR W C A 17 ASSIST REPAIR WORK CENTER ESTIMATED MAN HOURS ASST EST MHRS A 17 AUTOMATED INTEGRATED LANGUAGE SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER CATT SIND E ss Gasa e Die ke Bes ede SPE Se EG odes A 17 BEUEPRINTIS TECHNICAL MANUALS ETC 26 s Ad oe s GA ai aaa Aad CAUSE MCAS I ao tes mL ete cece ee ON o de de ce a oe qn a Te ae Ee Oe ads de ee Bk O e dee oe ng ded A 18 COMMANDING OQFFIGERTS SIGNATURE it Sates Si ie We A A ae Co Ae Le A 19 COMPTE TED BY F r en tos eee E see ae Gerd wie eh wae ees ae eae eee A 19 COMPLETED DEFERRAL COMP DEEL ssl ESSENS ad be ees SEES 4 A 19 COMPLETED MAINTENANCE ACTION NO DEFERRAL COMP M A NO DEFL A 19 COMPLETION DATE 4se oe ae ae een A AE we BI HEE we ea we ee E N A 19 COMPONENT ACTION AGA F rre Se toate bans Se teers i noe Se dase woe Sa Gases A 19 COMPONENT APT AELi Ag ida ke es thas ea eas we thw aks SESS a OES A 19 COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION daa acs a Nie eed ee Bele a eed ee ade A 19 COMPONENT NOUN N
268. eslstance SAFETY PEECAUTIONS a Forces afloat comply with MAVOSK Fragram Manya for Forces float OPNAVIMST SES bY Searls E Tool test set SCAT 6543 can produce soltager dangerous to life Bear rubber gloves J Ensure all tag ouwt procedures re in accordance with current shipboard imztrustiona TOOL PARTE MATERIALS TEST EQUIPMENT TEST EQUIFMENT ke 0034973 Electrical tool testers POAT 45571 D72399 235000 E Cuidad Megger Uw dlllmo has 307 WG J 100070173 Hultimerars ac dc SCAT 4245 MATERIALS i 100095 Pen Sal peint Z 011440 Tags safety 117 applicable 3 ED0LbST7 Tag safety check Bo EOrertd Pads writing paper HISCELLANBODE 1 005267 Glowes electrica workers 7500 volt maximus safe usos rubber NOTE Numbera in brackets can be referenced to Standard PAE Materials Identification Guide LPAI dor identification PROCEDURE NOTE 1 Accomplish MR1 before each use Accomplish MR2 quarterly 1 Inspect Portable Electrical Tool Device Equipped with Two Prong Plug NOTE 2 Statement of Relevance This task prevents damaged cable and loose terminal connections a Position device switch to off if applicable remove attachment plug from receptacle b Inspect case for cracked loose broken and missing parts oil or foreign materials c Extend device power cables inspect sheath for cuts tears and abrasions Ensure cable has no splices or exposed conductors Maintenance Requirement Card MRC Pag
269. est equipment or certified tools which meet or exceed the SCAT cod If there is any doubt requirements may be used NOTE It must be ensured that substitutions satisfy both the basic maintenance and safety requirements of the MRC a PMS Feedback Report FBR should be submitted specifying substitution desired and reason bs In the Procedure block Work Center Supervisors may line items alternate procedures line out the non applicable that do not pertain to current equipment configuration when the step is followed with the words if applicable or a note identifying steps to be omitted As these changes are Work Center specific submission of a FBR is not required EC If a change to a maintenance procedure or periodicity for a specific MRC appears necessary or desirable a FBR suggesting the change is to be forwarded to the FTSCLANT FTSCPAC MRCs affected shall be fully identified by citing the SYSCOM MRC control number subsystem equipment the applicable MRC code and complete SYSCOM MIP control number Recommended changes should include all information available d Each command has frequency of performance of actions to meet local condi the prerogative to increase the specified planned maintenance tions e There may be instances where an obvious typographical error has been made on the MRC example Turn Switch to ON however switch may alre
270. etailed information regarding the ship s deferred maintenance a Detail Listing by JCN displays a detailed record of the ship s deferred maintenance by JSN within the work center If a deferred maintenance action has been documented as a safety hazard the words SAF HAZ appear in the comment column If the maintenance action has been assigned an INSURV number this number will appear in the comment column b Detail Listing by SWAB displays a detailed record of the ship s deferred maintenance by SWAB If a deferred maintenance action has been documented as a safety hazard the words SAF HAZ appear in the comment column If the maintenance action has been assigned an INSURV number this number will appear in the comment column E Detail Listing by EIC is sequenced by JSN within a work center within an EIC 3 8 Shipboard Assessment of MDS Performance The Commanding Officer is responsible for the assessment of MDS performance onboard their command The Commanding Officer may request assist visits from the type commanders who can recognize problems the command may be having difficulty in effectively identifying scheduling performing and documenting maintenance actions For problems identified corrective actions can be recommended by the TYCOM To effectively manage and control the accomplishment of corrective maintenance it is essential that the MDS sy
271. f an alteration should be reported on the NAVSEA 4790 CK Form There are six sections a SECTION IDENTIFICATION This section is used to identify the equipment or system on which maintenance actions are being reported b SECTION DEFERRAL ACTION This section filled in when reporting a deferral of a maintenance action indicates ship s force man hours expended up to the time of deferral the date of deferral ship s force man hours remaining and required completion date if necessary Ea SECTION COMPLETED ACTION This section is filled in when reporting the completion of a maintenance action and special reporting blocks used when reporting maintenance actions on selected equipment d SECTION IV REMARKS DESCRIPTION This section is filled in when reporting the deferral of a maintenance action The type of information recorded includes remarks that describe what is wrong What caused the failure or malfunction maintenance to be performed the names of personnel involved in the maintenance action a priority and availability assignment and Signatures by management personnel who screened the maintenance action e SECTION V SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION This section issued by the reporting activity to provide necessary information pertaining to maintenance actions that are required or on
272. ficient size is to be provided to permit effective performance of duties Each command is responsible to ensure personnel assigned to the 3 M System Coordinator billet have adequat xperience training and time to perform the responsibilities of the position effectively The 3 M System Coordinator shall a Serve as the principal 3 M System assistant to the Executive Officer b Review 3 M documentation submissions for accuracy completeness and timeliness Included in this duty is a requirement to ensure all required 3 M submissions are made and that 3 M data returned for correction is promptly revised and resubmitted Cu Ensure the Ships 3 M System program is kept current and any revisions are promptly distributed ds Advise monitor and assist Department Heads Division Officers Departmental 3 M System Assistants and Work Center Supervisors in matters concerning the 3 M System e Manage the functions of the 3 M System office These functions are 1 Maintain a file of 3 M System directives newsletters notes and correspondence containing current 3 M program information Ensure distribution to Work Center personnel 2 Manage the PMS Master file that contains information relative to PMS requirements for specific equipment including the associated Equipment Guide Lists EGLs 3 Ensure the command 3 M System training pro
273. first character is otherwise this is sch UM For MIPs developed analysis concept a three segment The first segment contains fo and identifies RCM g nanc or system s prepared code and number foll number see Figure prepared 2 year 3 4 5 Figu a Date Ship Description of equipmen Reference Publicat pertaining to the system Configuration lowing SS 4 characters which identify ch identify the month and year the M re 1 2 Preliminary MI Preparation system equipment changed as described SECTI ON requirements development for and may contain from one to three Sy System t by noun name AN nomenclature Mark Mod tions subsystem t group and ration and Mh RTSKLS eduled third segment contains e MIP was configu U The sing the Reliability code ur numeric characters the system or functional ce procedures provided meric characters in this p Work Authorization ent identifies the this The n contains IP was The third segment Ps are identified by a P the slash of the SYCOM MIP control The third segment contains two the month and year the MIP was date of the MIP by month and or Equipment Subsystem Those publications or equipment Applicability of MIP to system 6 Scheduling Aids noted in the
274. ft amp Canvas Foundry Missile Guidne Chk Deck Wen Hndlg Rep Weapons Handling Module Test amp Repair FC Ballistic Repr Insp amp Re entry Body REB ASROC amp ASTOR Torpedo SUBROC Mk 14 Mk 48 Supply ID Code AQ AP 46 47 48 TR TW 9N 66 7Y 6M 7S TT 7U 5Q 6L SR 2P AB AJ AF AC AK AL AF AA AG AH NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Repair W C Supply Code Name Abbreviated Name ID Code 910 Weapons Quality Assurance Wens Quality Assur AM 92A Sound Analysis Service Sound Analysis 55 93A Non Destructive Testing Non Destructive QA 62 93B Quality Assurance Service Qlty Assur Svc 63 94A Nucleonics and Radcon Nucleonics Radcon 5T Service 95A Water Chemical Lab Water Chemical Lab 5V 95B Spectrometer Lab Service Test Spectromtr Lab 5W 96A Mechanical Standard Mechanical 5Y Standards 97B Aircraft Launch Recovery ACFT L amp R 1B for SIMA Portsmouth use only 97C Non Skid Service Shop Non Skid Shop 1C 97D Ground Support Equipment Support Eqpt 1D 97E Aviation Ordnance Shop Aviation Ordnance 1E 97E Aviation Fuels Shop Aviation Fuels 1F 973 Manlifts Manlifts 4B 97M Contractor Support Yellow Gear 3D 97R Helo Landing Syst Recovery HLST RAST 1R Assist Secure Traverse 97W Weapons Elevator Support WESU 1W Unit 970 Public Works Public Works ZO 973 Comm Elec Safety Comm Elec Safety Z0 974 En
275. g MMP URO programs te to the end of the availability Used by SUBMEPP to It should cross tuational PMRs is IMA Repair WC code of the Cal Lab or Testing WC NECA The CDM assigned date to identify when new requirements are This date is required to be scheduled for accomp ting PMR on newly commissioned ships or when ts receive additional scheduling requirements for implement PMR component Format is YYMMD D lishment DE RAUL lishing the termining the LAST C that accomplished LAST ACTION TAKEN The Final Action Taken FAT code from the Completed automated work request Date is retained on record ASSIGNED AVAILABILITY NUMBER ANNN Identifies the Availability Category and number in which the component PMR was last accomplished LAST ASSIGNED REPAIR ACTIVITY UNIT DENTIFICATION CO This RAUIC identifies the IMA last accomp component PMR LAST JCN REFERENCE The WC and JSN of the last reported JCN the PMR The intermediate maintenance management automated systems include retention of the last JCN and Availability Number in the PMR Scheduling file for det Adjusted Last Maintenance Action Date ALMAD LIFE CYCLE MANAGER CODE DEN E137 The LCM code assigned to the MJC planning record and as shown in the modified OPNAV 4790 CK the one character code from COS
276. g services etc om JO 04 UN EE Ne Oo Block 7 Block Block Block 8 Block Block Block APPENDI 12 13 STATUS STA Enter the code that most accurately describes th ffect of the failure or malfunction on the operational performance capability of the equipment when the need for maintenance was first discovered Code Description 1 Operational 2 Non Operational 3 Reduced Capability 0 Not Applicable use if reporting printing CAUSE Cause for ma services etc CAS Enter the code that best describes the of the failure or malfunction when the need intenance was first discovered Refer to Appendix A data element CAUSE for an expanded tion of the allowable codes values Abnormal Environment Manufacturer Installation Defects Lack of Knowledge or Skill Communications Problem Inadequate Instruction Procedure Normal Wear and Tear defini Code Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 Inadequate Design 7 0 Other or No Malfunction DEFERRAL REASON DFR Leave blank Block is reserved for TYCOM directed applications Refer to TYCOM instruction for use Block is reserved for TYCOM directed applications Refer to TYCOM instruction for use Block is reserved for TYCOM directed applications Refer to TYCOM instruction for use DENT EQUI
277. g the maintenance action Block 2 WORK CENTER Enter the code of the shipboard work center responsible for the equipment Block 3 JOB SEQ NO Enter the four character job sequence number assigned by the work center supervisor This is an entry assigned sequentially from the SFWL JSN Log NOTE Blocks 1 2 3 If the configuration change being reported is not an alteration and closes a job previously deferred and on the CSMP enter the JCN of the opening deferral If the maintenance action is the accomplishment of an alteration enter the JCN from the alteration record EXSA2134 OXTY1016 WXSP1124 Block 4 ALTERATIONS SHIPALT FLD CHG ETC If applicable enter the alteration number from the authorizing directive For Ship Alterations SHIPALTs enter the alteration identification exactly as it appears on the Ship Alteration SHIPALT Record Record the APPENDIX B 2 Block 5 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B alteration type SA in the first two positi ons ship type starting in position three and the alteration number starting in the th positi on of the block i e SASSBNf342130 Enter the code from the alteration record in the last hand position of the block For all other alteration types enter the al title right teration type character code in the first two positio ns of the block Enter the alteration number star position four i e O
278. g Elec Safety Eng Elec Safety ZO 981 Tiger Team Tiger Team Z0 982 Depot Tiger Team Depot Tiger Team ZO 983 DIRSSP DIRSSP ZO 990 Other Department Other Dept ZZ 991 Ship s Force S F Ships Force S F Z0 993 Commercial Industrial CIS ZO Services CIS 999 Other Non IMA Other Non IMA ZZ 99B Paint Locker Paint Locker 6K FCA Field Calibration Facility FCA Z0 Gauge Meters RDOO Repair Department 10A ROO DJ RDO1 Hull Systems Repair RO1 DK Services RDO2 Mechanical Systems Repair R02 DL Division Repair W C Code Name RDO3 Electrical Systems Repair Division RDO4 Electronic Systems Repair Division RDO5 Combat Systems Repair Division RDO6 Nuclear Service and Reoaur Division W105 ARMORY WROO Weapons Repair Administration WRO1 Torpedo Repair WRO2 Fire Control Repair WRO3 Special Weapon Repair Ord Services at NSSF WRO4 Missile and Launcher Repair WRO5 Navigation Repair WRO6 Weapons Quality Assurance IN PROGRESS Abbreviated Name DEDE N CO aS W W 5 6 O Oo Supply ID Code DM DN DP DQ DR DC DE DF DG DH entered on site specific detail work sheet Coded information that different stages of accomplishment reporting and monit outside repair activity involved in the repair information includes as follows indicates the progress of the job at Standard job progress Code Description
279. g with a descriptive Valve l 3 5 MSW Gauge 0 For electronic components and Sr ES the AN nomenc1 JETDS en items are to be the con 100 Radiation De for a su ature Joint Electronic the tity or commercial model model number with the CAGE and a dash Ler the system equipment lowed by the Mark and Mod CK limits This quantity will 001 999 pre filled usually be 001 but te tained quantity tection sted or calibrated as For Indication and ship may be contained in ach with a 025 lting in four separate in block 14 For IMA quantity shown in Block 14 all recepta be counted as one line it tem and the total cles in a single shop This would necessitate testing all of them at one time COMPONENT ACTION DEN E033 If the item is not in the PMR INVENTORY enter an A add Otherwise enter C correct the record or a D delete the inventory line item COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION DEN E093 Enter the Valve Mark Electric Symbol Number VM ESN or other identification For inventory items controlled by an LCM this originally assigned Project Office DIRSSP gear the Pink Ticket number cannot be changed or corrected include the safe working load in pounds TP16SY SWL 6800 gear prefixed by SWL e g For 0 i
280. ges are promptly and properly reported Alteration certification letters shall be provided to the ship by the depot level activity NOTE The ship is responsible for reporting ship s force accomplished configuration changes to the ILO team during ILO related availability Reporting is required for the a Addition installation or ownership change of any equipment b Deletion removal or turn in of any installed equipment Es Replacement or exchange of any equipment Non serialized exact replacements do not change configuration records or logistics support and do not require a configuration change to be reported unless required by an alteration directive d Modification of any installed or in use equipment A modification occurs when a maintenance action alters the design or operating characteristics of the equipment Equipment is considered modified and reporting is required when non standard replacement parts not identified on the APL or in the technical manual are used in the accomplishment of the maintenance Departure from Specification DFS is documented by TYCOM instructions e Relocation of any equipment to a different deck frame or compartment or if it affects ships drawings or other logistic support data Any other relocation of equipment is considered a maintenance action and requires a completed maintenance action to be r
281. ginning in the 7th position al Cera Cera tion SHIPALT Record the title code shown in the authorizing directive justified position of the field OR code DALT OA y Enter and left justify the alteration Leave position 3 blank number in position 4 righ FI ELD CHANGE Enter tion identification exactly as it 1 2645 The alteration prefix code SA SA ship is followed by the ship type Enter in the right identification Record the ORDALT n ERC follow with the alteration umber from the upper t hand corner of the authorizing directive in the two left justified positions Leave position 3 blank place the numeric characters listed in the FC Bulletin in positions 4 and 5 ALTERAT ON RE QUEST alteration design space APPENDI Enter and left justify AR then any number the ship assigns for its own control May be originated by a ship to request an then a blank OTHER ALTERAT ONS En the following list NAVSEAINST 4790 8B ter the appropriate alteration prefix from in position three blank the remaining positions the two left justified positions leave and identify the alteration directive in
282. gram both onboard and off ship is adequate to meet the needs of the command The 3 M System Coordinator should attend meetings of the periodic planning or readiness boards 4 Coordinate with Automated Data Processing ADP personnel for support of 3 M system software 5 Screen serialize and date all PMS feedback reports leaving the ship 6 Establish and maintain a file of outstanding PMS feedback reports and responses 7 Establish procedures for routing and or explaining PMS changes to all concerned and maintain a master accountability log of these changes 8 Maintain a file of configuration changes submitted to establish coverage on equipment not currently covered by PMS until coverage is established 9 Ensure 3 M Maintenance Data System MDS data element validation is conducted in accordance with the 3 M validation specifications fa Screen 3 M documents for legibility and completeness Forward 3 M documents to the designated data processing activity within 4 working days of Department Head approval or as operationally feasible SECTION 1 1 4 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B fo Ensure the timely processing of Automated Shore configuration and logistic data Interface ASI h Ensure timely up line reporting of Current Ship s Maintenance Project maintenance transactions ship s equipment file corrections and Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List COSAL feedbac k reports
283. have the Work Center Job Sequence Number JSN assigned These identifiers are used for and structured Alte support the 3 M cycle of the alteration Chapter 3 for additional informal If the issuing authority does not WC JSN and Alteration number Est a ration Number pre cking the life This information is reported through the 3 M system as a configuration change I Refer to Section I tion on configuration reporting t provide the formatted 3 M the ship will as sign the JCN The structure of the alteration number is left to the reporting activity except for the first two positions authorized alteration category prefix that must have an Note that reference c contains additional types of configuration changes that are not applicable to 3 M reporting 1 4 2 Ship s Force Requests for Configuration Changes Ship s Force requests for Configuration Changes not covered by applicable alterations shall be submitted as TYCOM directed refer to the TYCOM instruction ship s CSMP prefixed by the authorized alterat 1 4 3 Departure From Specification When a component support The request should be in the ion category AR ted by the COSAL is replaced by a component with different t repair part requirements but meeting the same specifications the exchange Written communication From
284. he NAVSEA Office of International Programs SEA 63 b Upon receipt of a request from a foreign navy for PMS coverage for a former U S Navy ship SEA 63 will request from the appropriate PMS CA the cost and availability of providing a one time updated PMS package and whether a List of Effective Pages LOEP is available for the ship If the ship s LOEP is not available then the PMS CA should advise SEA 63 whether another ship s LOEP can be used as a verification document C After receipt of a signed acceptance of the offer SEA 63 will issue a funding document to the appropriate PMS CA The PMS CA will provide SEA 63 with a LOEP and instruction for its use within 60 days d SEA 63 is to complete and return the updated verified LOEP package to the appropriate PMS CA e The appropriate PMS CA will deliver a one time updated PMS package based upon the verified LOEPs within three months after receipt This updated package will include only data available in the data bank No new PMS development will be undertaken for equipment not having PMS coverage Continuing PMS support will be provided if funded by SEA 63 H 10 PMS FOR FOREIGN NAVIES NEW CONSTRUCTION MODERNIZATION OVERHAUL AND CONVERSION The USN Program Manager PMs or SPMs responsible for the specific foreign navy effort will provide funding to initiate new or modify existing PMS documentation in accordance w
285. hen a An IEM action is required that is not available in operational PMS Da A scheduling MRC is necessary because of the number of PMS actions required and complex scheduling notes pertaining to support factors must be considered A note on the MIP will specify that this MRC is used for scheduling only see Figure 1 23 Scheduling MRCs are held to a minimum 1 7 3 2 IEM Scheduling Situations The following situations may occur in IEM and may apply to any of the following four categories a If the maintenance required is available in operational PMS it is repeated in IEM followed by a note specifying the MRC to be used s Figure 1 23 love If the maintenance action required does not exist in operational PMS a new MRC is developed and listed on the MIP using LU PM SU or OT as the periodicity designator see Figure 1 23 Es If more than one maintenance requirement appears on the operational MRC one or more of the requirements will be designated for accomplishment by a note on the MIP see Figure 1 23 as If a scheduling MRC is developed it will list numerous MRC periodicities to be scheduled and performed see Figure 1 23 SECTION 1 T TO SE DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D Distribution authorized to DOD components and DOO contractors only Critical Technology May 2001 Other requests for this document shall be referred to Naval Sea Systema Co
286. her than ship s force 8 FOR SHIP S FORCE OVERHAUL OR AVAILABILITY WORK LIST For jobs to be done by ship s force during forthcoming overhaul or availability 9 LACK OF TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION Should be within capability of ship to accomplish but unable to do so because technical manuals blueprints drawings etc are not available 0 OTHER OR NOT APPLICABLE Explain in Remarks DEPARTMENT INITIALS entered on 2K The initials of the department head indicating the document was screened DIVISION INITIALS entered on 2K The initials of the division officer indicating the document was screened ENGINEERING OPERATIONAL SEQUENCING SYSTEM EOSS entered on Ck The Document Code and Control Number of the primary EOSS procedure that PMENT DENT F CAT ON CODE EQU A 7 character position EIC code that iden identifies the system the toge three ther identify the subsystem identify the equipment category in digits provide greater definit KNOWN APPENDI equipment part and are useful to the engineer it should be recorded at that to more than four digits tifies the equipment is affected by the configuration change entered on 2K and CK The first first and second characters the third and fourth together that system The remaining tion of the applicable Where the EIC is NAVSEAINST 4790 8B
287. hip Figure 1 1 Ca Listing of Outstanding Category B TFBRs Report PMS 22 Figure 1 19 NOTE Besides the standard shipboard reports others are available upon request from FTSCLANT FTSCPAC to assist the TYCOM An example is the MIP to Hull File Report PMS 2 which identifies each hull to which a given MIP is applicable within that TYCOM Contact FTSCLANT FTSCPAC for additional information on reports available 1 6 EQUIPMENT NOT COVERED BY PMS There are items of equipment in the fleet which do not have PMS coverage Reasons for this are numerous and include a Insufficient funds for development of PMS SECTION 1 1 66 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B b Non delivery of technical documentation for equipment previously delivered and installed Cs Absence of a system for identifying and assigning priorities to outstanding fleet PMS requirements d Determination that planned maintenance is not required 1 6 1 Classification of Equipment Not Covered by PMS The terms listed below have been established for use in PMS to aid in the classification of equipment or system status SYSCOMS BUMED INSURV and fleet units will be provided a status report of such equipment for use as a reference in determining the scope of PMS coverage and or deficiencies in coverage a Maintenance Requirement Substantiated MRS An equipment classified MRS has been analyzed
288. icable force revision 2 applicable ship hull number 3 superseded MIPs 4 superseding MIPs 5 applicable Work Center codes 6 quantities 7 added deleted MIPs bs The List of Effective Pages LOEP Report PMS 5 see Figure 1 1 Es PMS MIP to Work Center File Report PMS 4 see Figure 1 18 This report provides the ship accountability and control of current MIP to Work Center assignments as Technical Feedback Status Report Report PMS 22 Figure 1 19 This report contains outstanding completed Technical Feedback Reports received by FTSCLANT FTSCPAC Category A FBRs will not be reflected on this report 1 5 16 3 Revision Procedures Force revision procedures are as follows a PMS revision package will be addressed Attention 3 M System Coordinator x The Force Revision number is listed in the upper right hand corner of the Automated Library Issue Document ALID This number will be the same for all ships and will identify each Force Revision in the calendar year For example the first package issued in calendar year 2000 was assigned the number 1 00 op Commands having no additions or changes will receive a copy of the ALID with a statement No Ships Master File changes reflected by this Force Revision a Ships in overhaul will receive Force Revision packages Updating procedures for PMS packages during overhaul are contained in Section I Chapter
289. icsburg representative in designing an appropriate unique template The nominator is also expected to assist in identifying all applicable UIC RIN combinations that are to receive an appropriate SEI value in the configuration record in CDMD OA and in the applicable onboard equipment file 3 5 5 SLR Data Analysis Collected unique SLR data is available for review analysis or problem identification through the Ships 3 M system via the OARS Separate data tables will be established on each SLR equipment for data storage within Ships 3 M Current as well as historical data will be available for downloading from each of these SLR tables The Ships 3 M application allows for the capability of joining the SLR data table with the other standard tables If assistance is required in obtaining SLR data from Ships 3 M contact the Distance Support Anchor Desk and ask for the NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg SLR representative 3 5 6 SLR Record Identification in CDMD OA CDMD OA as the master database provides activities with the capability to download all records that are considered SLR for a given specific activity For assistance contact the Distance Support Anchor Desk for the NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg SLR point of contact 3 5 7 Three year Limitation As a general rule equipment will automatically be removed from SL
290. id MRC is either modified or task steps are added that results in additional workload 3 A current and valid MRC is added to a MIP that does not currently contain that MRC b PMS Workload Increase Waivers are not required when GE New equipment with current and valid PMS is installed in a ship when that equipment and its corresponding maintenance are identical to that installed on other ships or stations 2 The MRC workload information is updated to more accurately reflect actual time required to perform the MRC c PMS workload waiver requests should include an explanation of the change being implemented and the following information 1 MRC or task description 2 Failure mode material condition after failure the MRC or task is intended to prevent 3 Description of origination for this new maintenance requirement This description could include results of INSURV Material Inspection Navy Safety Center Surface Ship Safety Survey findings details of a preventable equipment casualty or performance of routine maintenance If reference APPENDIX H 16 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B exists e g TFBR DDG 51 Ser 0051 02 INSURV message 0315302 OCT 02 FTSCPAC Code 307 TAVR message 0315302 OCT 02 ISEA PMS review etc identify the reference 4 How the new requirement i e revised periodicity new procedural step new maintenance requiremen
291. ield in the CSMP However the AMS WC JSN will be assigned as the ship s WC JSN This same combination must be reported on the completed OPNAV 4790 CK Configuration Change Record rather than a shipboard assigned WC JSN 3 An additional restrictive WC JSN combination is for tracking the standard depot overhaul routines which have an MJC WC of EXSY and are identified in OWP so that depot estimates and return costs can be reported to the SWLIN ESWBS level and individual work center deferrals from the CSMP can be grouped and costed under the EXSY bucket jobs These standard EXSY routines retain the MJC WC JSN when added to the CSMP and allows the ship s engineer and overhaul coordinator to track the overhaul progress by use of the CSMP NAVSEASYSCOM SEA 07 directed these procedures be followed by SUPSHIP and Shipyards when costing Departure Reports and to provide for depot 3 M reporting C 8 4 MJC JSN Prefix for Work Category BLOCK 3 JSN This entry is the sequence number of the item unique to the MJC work center code It is usually all numeric but there may be conjunctive or associated actions following an MJC inspection test or calibration If so the total set should reflect a different alphabetic code as the first character of the JSN C 8 5 Documenting the MJC Deferral The amount of detail within an individual MJC item is dependent on whether the a
292. igned an INSURV number that is sequenced by the ship INSURV number work center and JSN It contains similar information to Option A Man hour estimates and summaries are not shown O is ct ct d Summary by Safety Related Deficiencies available on an as requested basis is restricted to only those actions listed on the CSMP which have been assigned a safety hazard code Sequenced by ship work center type availability and JSN it contains the same information as Option A for safety related deferred maintenance actions No man hour estimates summaries or list of additions and deletions are shown e Summary by EIC available on an as requested basis is sequenced by ship EIC work center JSN and contains the same information as Option A and includes man hour estimates summarized in EIC sequence at the system level Ex Summary by INSURV Number and Type Availability available on an as requested basis contains the same information as Option C sorted in a ship INSURV number type availability sequence G Summary by SWAB SWLIN available on an as requested basis contains the same information as option A including only those JCNs that have a SWAB SWLIN assigned The information is sorted by ship SWAB SWLIN Work CENTER JSN 3 7 3 2 CSMP Detailed Reports CSMP Report 2 produced in three options Each option presents d
293. ility Maintainability and Availability Regular Overhaul Repair of Other Vessels Repair Work Center Readiness Support Group Maintenance Coordinating Center Service Application Code Ship Alteration Record Ship Alteration and Repair Package Sub Category Code Ship Configuration Logistic Support Ship Configuration Logistic Support System Supply Edit Audit and SIM System Ship Equipment File Selected Equipment List Ships Force Work List Ship Acquisition Program Manager Ship Alteration Ship Maintenance Effectiveness Review Shore Intermediate Maintenance Activity Ship s Logistics Component Configuration Control Information ct ri SLEC SLM SMIC SMIP SMMSO SMS SNAP SOC SPALT SPAWARSYSCOM SPETERL SPIN SPMIG SRD SSC STEP SU SUBMEPP SUPSHIP SURFMER SWAB SWBS SWLIN SYSCOM T T A TAV TECSUPGRU TEL TFBR TGL TM TMDER TRF TSU TYCOM TYCOM REP NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Ship s Logistics Equipment Configuration Ship Logistics Manager Special Material Identification Code Ships 3 M Systems Improvement Program SSBN Maintenance Monitoring Support Office Surface Missile System Shipboard Non Tactical ADP Program Scope of Certification Special Projects Alteration Space and Naval Warfare Systems Command Ship s Portable Electrical Electronics Test Equipment Requ
294. information book ship s and equipment drawings Naval Ships Technical Manual or Operational Sequencing System OSS If the data necessary to fill in the blanks is not available to ship s company a PMS Feedback Report requesting the required data should be submitted Safety precautions will be listed prior to applicable steps and or procedural actions Specific categories ar 1 Warning Death or injury may result if the operating handling procedures and practices are not correctly followed Warning text should be listed in the safety precautions block and will be repeated preceding the procedure involved 2 Caution Damage to equipment may result if the operating procedures and practices etc are not correctly followed Cautions are not listed in safety precautions block but will precede the instruction for the procedure involved The word NOTE will precede procedural advisories k SYSCOM MRC Control Number This block contains the three segment code used in cataloging MRCs When MRCs are classified an unclassified locator card see Figure 1 8 is provided The locator card duplicates the information in all of the MRC blocks except the procedures block and includes one of the following statements Maintenance procedure with the requirement is CONFIDENTIAL Maintenance Requirement Card is stowed in au Maintenance procedure
295. io TAG OUT Y DEFICIENCY STATUS OF REPAIR SUPPLY 3 4 ACTION DEFER COUFL fF YES res ne T DDR TA CY pa STATUS OF REPAIR SUPP LY 3M ACTION PEDA HA ies TAG OLT i ies H ETAT US OF REPAIR SUPPLY 3H ACTION CO MPFL YES H Figure 3 1 Work Candidate Job Sequence Number JSN Log LIVET NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 3 4 7 Reporting a Completed Maintenance Action that was Related to an Alteration or Resulted in a Configuration Change For the purpose of reporting configuration changes all alteration directives deletions turn ins modifications additions installations or replacements of equipment are included in the term maintenance action whether or not corrective maintenance is actually performed The responsibility for identifying and reporting configuration changes exists at all levels of the command Although the ultimate responsibility for reporting configuration changes resides with the ship installing activities are required to pre load planning data in CDMD OA and to submit subsequent completion reports For emergent requirements when the installing activity has not pre loaded the data in CDMD OA the installing activity will provide the ship with properly filled out and complete Configuration Change forms OPNAV 4790 CK During depot availability the installing activity shall ensure that configuration chan
296. ions Completion of deferrals for alterations must be by OPNAV 4790 CK C 8 9 MJC Index and Statistics The MJC Index Figure C 2 is produced as required by TYCOM instructions A number of selection parameters are provided during call down to limit the volume of the Index to particular applications MJC JCNs required by tended ships may be recorded on the OPNAV 4790 2L and provided to the TYCOM designated support activity during the availability arrival conference Selected MJC JCNs may be called down as directed by the TYCOM prior to the availability or by quarter year e g calibration routines and may be assigned to other than the scheduled availability This allows the Production Management Assistant PMA and other managers to focus on correction of deficiencies with weekly status reports of service routines progression Also available is the MJC Call Down Frequency Report A number of selection parameters are provided to limit the volume of the report to particular applications Available is a report on the number of times the MJC JCN was retrieved and the last retrieval date This report allows monitoring of mandated JCN call downs and also provides for culling out of locally created MJC routines which are seldom used Refer to the applicable system s user manual for additional reports that may be generated C 8 10 Analysis of MJC PMR Originated Production History Each JCN called dow
297. ipment requiring periodic maintenance As PMRs are established for an equipment ship s force submits the related configuration and scheduling information This information is used to establish a MJC routine The MJC routine will be added to the CSMP when the equipment is due for periodic maintenance as indicated by the scheduling information MJCs can be scheduled for accomplishment by ship s force or by an intermediate or depot level activity Cao edb sd Configuration and Scheduling PMR Data Both configuration and scheduling data files may be provided and downloaded from the CDM SUBMEPP planning activity NSWC METCAL TAMS or from other SYSCOM or contractor sources supporting fleet maintenance Ship s force may be required to initially document items for addition to the PMR database as directed by TYCOMs when the items require periodic testing calibration or inspection by an intermediate level shop or fleet support team electrical safety inspections cyclic zone inspections by Damage Control teams vice sustaining a PMS Equipment Guide List EGL and requiring the ship to submit IMA work requests Detailed operating procedures for MJC and PMR are contained in Shipboard Non Tactical ADP Program SNAP Central Design Activity CDA User Manuals and guides these procedures are not repeated in this manual C 5 1 2 Modified OPNAV 4790 CK Form for PMR The OP
298. ired Operational Test None Maintenance Index Page MIP Page 1 of 1 SYSCOM MIP bb28 P01 29 OPNAV 4790 85 REV 9 97 Figure 1 5 An Example of A Preliminary MIP with MRCs 1 5 2 Use of the PMS Master File The PMS Master File is maintained by the 3 M System Coordinator Information contained in the master will pertain to all equipment for that organization The organization s PMS requirements MIPS MRCs for specific equipment and additional supplementary information is provided by FTSCLANT FTSCPAC on CD ROM for the purpose of duplicate issue The CD ROM does not contain all of the PMS Master File data requirements refer to paragraph 1 5 1 Any changes received between CD ROM distributions must be retained on file until the changes are reflected on an updated CD 1 5 3 Work Center PMS Manual The Work Center PMS Manual reflects that portion of the PMS Master File that contains only the planned maintenance requirements applicable to a particular Work Center It is designed to provide a ready reference of planned maintenance requirements for the Work Center Supervisor and will be retained in the working area near the Weekly PMS Schedule 1 5 4 Maintenance Requirement Card MRC MRCs see Figure 1 6 provide detailed procedures for performing maintenance requirements and describes who what how and with what resources a specific requirement will be accomplished MRCs contain
299. irements List tandard PMS Item Name tandard PMS Material Identification Guide elected Record Date Drawing upply Support Center ipboard Training Enhancement Program tart Up Maintenance ubmarine Maintenance Engineering Planning d Procurement upervisor of Shipbuilding Conversion and epair USN urface Ship Maintenance Effectiveness Review lp Work Authorization Boundary lp Work Breakdown Structure lp Work Line Item Number Systems Command gt 5 ANNDWNA NNNNNNN ET gt 09 gt Type Availability Technical Availability Technical Support Group Test Equipment Index Technical Feedback Report Tag Guide List Technical Manual Technical Manual Deficiency Evaluation Report Trident Refit Facility TYCOM Support Unit Type Commander Type Commander Representative UND UM USNA W WC WDC WPNSTA WSF MISCELLANEOUS 2 M 2P 3 M 3MPR CK APPENDIX Unit Identification Code Urgency of Need Designator Unscheduled Maintenance U S Naval Academy Work Center Work Definition Conference Weapons Station Weapon Systems File Miniature Microminiature Repair Electronic Modules Planning and Estimating Record Maintenance and Material Management System 3 M Performance Rate Configuration Change Record MA INTENANCE AN SHI PS D MATERI 3 APPEND
300. irst quarter of the new Cycle PMS Schedule 1 5 12 1 1 Content of Cycle PMS Schedule The following information is to be included in the block column indicated a Ship This block contains the ship s name and hull number b Work Center This block contains the applicable Work Center designator and page number e g pg 1 of 1 SECTION 1 1 38 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Es Schedule Quarter after Overhaul as Indicated This block contains annual semiannual multiple month 4M and great maint ter maintenance requirements Mandatory related tenance checks which are to be completed during the quarter are indicated by the pound sign symbol The sign placed next rela to a primary check indicates that there is mandatory ted maintenance associated with that maintenance requirement The MIP scheduling aids must be consulted when draft ting the Quarterly Schedule to determine what mandatory checks apply and need to be scheduled d Approval Signature Date This block contains the Department Head s signature and the date the Cycle schedule was approved NOTE A printed Cycle schedule with Department Head s Signature and date is not required when using SKED The Department Head finalizing the schedule constitutes the approval signature e MIP This block contains a listing
301. is possible will be answered by electronic means if possible Paper responses will be a last resort G Related changes in documentation shall be reflected in the LOEP provided with the subsequent Force Revision d Category B FBRs where resolution by FTSCLANT FTSCPAC is not possible shall be processed as follows 1 The FBR will be electronically forwarded to the applicable technical review activity for resolution 2 FTSCLANT FTSCPAC will maintain the PMS MIS copy 3 An electronic notice will be provided the ship identifying what action is pending and by whom e Related changes in documentation shall be reflected in the LOEP provided with a subsequent revision 1 5 15 2 3 Technical Review Activities The cognizant Technical Review Activity receiving technical FBRs for resolution shall analyze categorize and process these FBRs as follows a URGENT Feedback Reports See paragraph 1 5 15 1c SYSCOM BUMED NAVSAFECEN technical review activities shall provide a preliminary response to the originator by message info applicable TYCOMs SYSCOM BUMED NAVSAFECEN Norfolk and FTSCLANT and FTSCPAC within 1 working day of receipt TYCOM shall provide copies of Urgent FBR resolutions to all holders of the affected MIPs MRCs b Routine Technical Feedback Reports The technical review activity shall provide the resolution to the question asked in the FBR to FTSCLANT FTSCPAC by direct entr
302. is section describes the appropriate management program being documented wi Block 12 SECT ON th PMR JOB DESCRIPT ON REMARKS identifying by TYCOM instructions COMPONENT CONF GURAT ON NFORMATI ON Information remark the PMR management program as directed This section records the PMR rela configuration identifying informa Note that used pad eyes to also manage all slings PMR to control Block 13 Block 14 Block 15 Block 16 APPENDIX nsur COMPONENT NOUN NAME Mechanical PMR is not limited to supply wort cyclic maintenance hoists requiring weight inventory and scheduling con lockers and fire hose valve stations DEN E224 and Electrical Equ ted equipment tion specific to the component thy components but is worthy items e g tests Can be added to trol as can damage For Hull ipment HM amp E the component nomenclature e g 50psi Lube Oil Pump test equipment Type number is entered For ordnance component nomenclature fol QUANTITY DEN DO11 with 000 if multiple a batch job example Computation RADIAC four boxes of 25 each line items Electrical Safety may enter Designation System Prefix Commercial and Government En Bal name entered alon
303. ish the general guidelines within which the FTSCLANT FTSCPAC overhaul activity TYCOM and ship will function to ensure that an adequate and accurate PMS update is accomplished prior to completion of a regular overhaul or any lengthy availability a Three months prior to the start of overhaul SOH the responsible Integrated Logistics Overhaul ILO activity will initiate a letter of request to FTSCLANT FTSCPAC as appropriate for a PMS update package When the availability overhaul date is not known 90 days prior to SOH the request will be made as soon as possible Thirty days prior to SOH and after receipt of the ILO request the FTSCLANT FTSCPAC will provide the following PMS 4 MIP to Work Center Lists PMS 5 List of Effective Pages LOEP and one set of all updated MIPs and unclassified MRCs B The ILO activity in conjunction with ship s force shall verify the PMS 4 and 5 listings with on board equipment configuration and identify adds changes and deletes per Fleet ILO Activity Procedure Manual Volume 8 Planned Maintenance System Procedures The total update package Annotated PMS 5 LOEP and LOEP update list shall be sent to FTSCLANT FTSCPAC and the ship periodically during overhaul but definitely by the end of the overhaul This will allow the ship to begin PMS coverage prior to receipt of the Force Revision Data submitted will be incorporated into the next Force Re
304. ith the procedures described herein for USN ships The Program Manager shall be the sole authority for PMS requirements on cognizant foreign ships H 11 PMS TECHNICAL FEEDBACK REPORTS TFBR are to be used for reporting technical deficiencies or errors in PMS documents Technical PMS discrepancies that could have a detrimental effect on personal safety safety of ship or could result in significant equipment damage are classified as Urgent All other TFBRs are classified as Routine a The central control points for processing TFBRs are the PMS CAs Depending on the type and level of technical authority necessary to answer the TFBR PMS CAs will either respond to the originator with a resolution or forward the TFBR to the appropriate technical authority for their action The PMS CAs will enter all TFBR information in the PMS MIS for tracking and control purposes b Naval Sea Systems Command Activities Design Activities ISEAs or other activities under the direction of the Naval Sea Systems Command holding technical authority for systems and equipment shall take appropriate action on all TFBRs under their cognizance forwarding responses to the PMS CAs Responses will be electronically transmitted to the appropriate PMS CA The PMS CAs will record the TFBR result in the PMS MIS and provide the final response to the originator c Other System
305. ive CSMP support from the IMA doing the work do not use the AUTO close out feature SHIP S NAME entered on 2K CK 2P and 2L The name of the activity originating the maintenance action SHIP S UNIT IDENTIFICATION CODE UIC entered on 2K CK 2P and 2L The 5 digit UIC of the activity initiating the maintenance action The Navy Comptroller NAVCOMPT Manual Volume 2 Chapter 5 lists UICs For service craft or boats without a UIC use the UIC of the parent activity FOR OTHER THAN U S NAVY SHIPS The UIC for other than U S Navy ships will have an A as the first character followed by a seguential number related to the number of foreign units in availability SPECIAL DATA entered on 2P Data element currently not assigned for use Available for future expansion SPECIAL PURPOSE entered on 2K A code used to indicated that quality control and quality assurance standards are required Refer to TYCOM instructions for additional information relative to these entries Enter the code in the designated field A through L as follows Field A The department head will enter the KEY EVENT code from the ISIC provided Key Event Schedule A 43
306. knowledgeable of current 3 M System policies and directives b Chair periodic 3 M System meetings with Department Heads and the 3 M System Coordinator SECTION 1 1 2 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B E Monitor the operation of the 3 M System program to ensure compliance with current directives d Brief the Commanding Officer at regular intervals on the status of 3 M e Integrate 3 M System training into the ship s training and qualification program Ensure personnel receive adequate and ffective 3 M System training f Act as final review officer for maintenance responsibility shifts between departments g Ensure th ffectiveness of the command 3 M spot check self evaluation program 1 4 3 3 M System Coordinator The 3 M System Coordinator is the functional manager of the 3 M System and is responsible to the Executive Officer for the coordination and direct supervision of all administrative facets of the Ships 3 M System program This position will be assigned in writing as the PRIMARY DUTY of an officer Chief Petty Officer or Petty Officer First Class who has been assigned a secondary Navy Enlisted Classification NEC of 9517 As an exception to this policy ships not having an allowance for a 3 M System Coordinator will assign these duties in writing as the most significant of collateral duties of an appropriately qualified officer Chief Petty Officer or Petty Officer First Class Office space of suf
307. ll be entered to identify each item on a single line of the schedule The location may be entered EGL shall be entered in this column when an EGL is applicable When multiple EGLs are used they Can be scheduled on separate lines or on one line or group of lines as 1 Q 1 2 Q 1 S 0 16 CS E 4 From the applicable MIP list the periodicity codes in the Schedule Quarter After Overhaul As Indicated and Each Quarter column as described below Only the presence of mandatory related maintenance will be indicated by the symbol associated with the parent MR e g S l a In the column Schedule Quarter After Overhaul As Indicated 1 List each semiannual S maintenance requirement in one of the four columns then list again 6 months later For example an S 1 requirement scheduled to occur in the 1 5 and 9 quarters is also scheduled in the 3 7 and 11 quarters Dis List each annual A maintenance requirement in one of the four columns Sh List each multiple month periodicity MR 9M 18M 24M 30M 36M etc Quarter after overhaul must be indicated in parentheses For example 18M 1 6 indicates an every 18 months periodicity MR scheduled to be accomplished in the sixth quarter after overhaul The following tables serve as examples for determining quarter after overhaul To use these tables determine in which quarter after overhaul the MR will first
308. lowing are 3 M courses currently available and reflect the course number course name number and target audience NAVY TACTICAL COMMAND SUPPORT SYSTEM NTCSS MANAGER A 531 0021 To train personnel in common software services that provide interface between client server application programs and the operational environment SNAP 3 M SYSTEMS COORDINATOR INSPECTOR J 500 0029 This course trains TYCOM GROUP SQUADRON personnel and Ships 3 M Coordinators in the responsibilities associated with verification update and inspection of the ships 3 M Systems Personnel applying for this training must be billeted to either a 3 M Coordinator or 3 M Inspector Billet UNIT LEVEL RSUPPLY A 551 0026 Relational Supply Unit Technical Specialist STOCK CONTROL SUPERVISOR RSUPPLY FORCE LEVEL A 551 0027 Provides leading Storekeepers assigned to RSupply Force equipped ships with the required knowledge and skills to perform duties RELATIONAL SUPPLY UNIT STOCK CONTROL SUPERVISOR A 551 0028 To provide leading Storekeepers assigned to RSupply Unit equipped ships with the required knowledge and skills to perform duties SECTION IV 1 2 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B RSUPPLY FORCE LEVEL OPERATIONS TECHNICIAN A 551 0029 To provide knowledge and skills training for Storekeepers assigned to or in transit to RSupply Force Level quipped
309. lteration y Completed Equivalent to Alteration Directive Not Applicable 6 Rejected Work Request add suffix below for reason Ship s Force Standard Stock Item Excessive Shop Workload Insufficient Availability IT QH EUI WP Lack Lack Lack Lack Lack Lack Other of of of of of of Skills Facilities Test or Calibration Equipment Parts Material Documentation Funds record the explanation in Remarks FIRST CONTACT MA NTENANCE MAN entered on 2K and 2L The name of the senior person engaged in the maintenance action HULL NUMBER entered on 2K CK 2P and 2L The ship type and hull number of the activity originating the maintenance action ships Not required by activities other than DENTIFICAT ON EQU PMENT SERIAL NUMBER entered on 2K The ident equipmen APPENDIX tification or serial number up to 12 characters of the t or system on which maintenance is being deferred NAVSEAINST 4790 8B a For electronics and combat systems equipment use the Serial number from the equipment nameplate e g for AN SPS 10C Radar with serial number 48 use 48 b For HM amp E enter the ship s numbering system e g for number 1A boiler use 1A Ea Where no specific identification or equipment serial number is given or for photographic services plaques printing cruise
310. lteration a unique alteration prefix has been assigned as an identifier Authorized alteration categories and associated prefixes are Prefix Alteration Category SA Ship Alteration OA Ordnance Alteration FC Field Change AR Alteration Request BA Boat Alteration MA Machinery Alteration SI SYSCOM Command Instruction EC Engineering Change HI Habitability TY TYCOM Direction TD Technical Directive SP Strategic Systems Project Office Alteration SC Service Change TR Trident Alteration EP Engineering Change Proposal MO CRYPTO Equipment Modification In addition to configuration changes made during corrective maintenance and reported as required by Section I Chapter 3 preplanned equipment modernization must be authorized prior to the exchange by the responsible SYSCOM When a component supported by the Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List COSAL is APPENDIX TSEZ replaced by a component wi NAVSEAINST 4790 8B th different repair part requirements but meets the same equipment design specifications the appropriate SYSCOM must au thorize the exchange The SYSCOM must also authorize exchanges of components replaced by non supportive components 1 4 1 Alteration Management 3 M Reporting Requirements For FMP managed alterations requiring logistic documentation provided by the SYSCOM will
311. lumn and scheduled as the situation requires APPENDIX G 6 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B The 2W and 3W periodicities are also listed in the Next Four Weeks column e The schedule will then b ither laminated or covered with plastic so it can be cleared and updated each week MAINTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL APPENDIX H ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM PMS OF THE SHIPS MAINTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 3 M SYSTEM REFERENCE a b APPENDIX OPNAV I MIL P 24534A INST 4700 7 Series NAVY INSTRUCTION NO SUBJECT Maintenance Policy for Naval Ships PMS Document Development Specification NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Table of Contents Pera Gra Ohi Pas As a rd it ere pak da Page H 1 PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM PMS POLICY oooooooooooo o H 1 H 2 RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE RCM WAIVER POLICY H 2 H 3 PMS RESPONSIBILITIES AND PROCEDURES o ooooooooooooooo o H 4 H 4 PMS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION OR CONVERSION SHIPS H 6 H 5 PMS FOR OVERHAULED SHIPS su a rssh a a a Gees
312. ly a Submit a category B PMS FBR reporting the decision to split the maintenance responsibility If the ship cannot generate its own additional copies of the required MIPs and MRCs include a request for the additional PMS documentation to ensure an adequate number for the Work Center departments b The FBR must be approved by the Executive Officer om Distribute the MIPs MRCs and EGLs to the Work Center concerned Insert the MIPs into the PMS Work Center files and add the equipment to the applicable LOEPs Tailor the MIPs to each Work Center by lining out on the MIP the MRCs for which the Work Center is not responsible d If the Cycle PMS Schedule for each affected Work Center does not reflect the equipment add the equipment to the schedule Schedule only the periodicity codes that pertain to that Work Center For manually developed PMS Schedules make the appropriate changes to the Quarterly and Weekly PMS Schedules Concurrent scheduling and accomplishment of PMS MRs which require system equipment deactivation can improve system SECTION 1 1 48 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B availability by reducing the time it would be unavailable to perform its functions if PMS tasks were scheduled and accomplished sequentially Scheduling of maintenance by a lead Work Center can avoid excessive system non availability due to PMS require
313. maintenance requir NAVSEA N ST 4790 8B Amplifying instructions are ment descr Figures 1 2 1 3 and 1 4 7 Other column and iption block see MI SYSCOM MRC Control Number a These codes use by FTSCLANT FTSCPAC and may code as follows Code Description ar H assigned for administrat contain a one or two charact Denotes a Calibration Maintenance tive ter Requirement developed under the cognizance of the COMNAVSEASYSCOM calibration program Denot NAVSEA 07I Electrical tes a Maintenanc Requirement and or inspection developed under the cogn the Hull Mechanical an Division analysis an Denotes a M 9161 Condition Denotes a m Submergence system equi Certificati REC docum is Confiden Denotes am Training Sh requires Mo MTSSY con approval Denotes Con Denot RC Engineering MRC s are monitored by Performance Monitoring Team s d failure i the submarin PMT The dentification aintenanc izance of d K e for CBM under the cognizance of NSWC CI for the Assessment of Eq AEC Progra Requirement developed m aintenanc System pment tha on SOC entation tial aintenan DS is requirement S asset or is within required D SSES Code uipment on a Deep the Scope of where Re entry Control This MRC requirement on Moored
314. me value or our estimate it should be ASI Interfac Block 38 APPROVED PROCEDURE Enter the procedure periodic maintenance requirem or other directive used during the required SUBMEPP should not repeat on the component APPENDI nt technical repair standard action t the This ent included in informat informat test calibration it will entered Integrated Main this block as i NAVSEAINST 4790 8B enance and Modernization NUMBER in is planning record or th NOTE try is displayed in the last Program the MJC column of the PMR report tion may be used as an update record to show such tion as the name of the per son conducting the changed when next tested Block Block Block Block Block Block Block Block Block 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 CAGE DEN C035 Government Enti NATIONAL STOCK applicable or measurement of the gear display on subsequent reports until Enter the Commercial ty NUMBER the LCM assigned number used for CAGE NSN IMMP P This Once and if applicable Enter the NSN LE procurement replacement supply action PLANT ACCOUNT N number if applicable UMBER En Th shore activity permanent CAL BRAT ON STANDARD is used as a measurement En
315. ments which may occur if several Work Centers separately schedule the PMS for which they are responsible It may be necessary and desirable for the Executive Officer to provide overall guidance and for the 3 M System Coordinator and Department Heads to coordinate the scheduling and accomplishment of PMS performed by more than one Work Center or department 1 5 15 PMS Feedback Report FBR Form OPNAV 4790 The PMS FBR is used to notify FTSCLANT FTSCPAC of matters related to PMS The FBR form is composed of an original and four copies Instructions for preparation and submission of the form are printed on the back of the last copy While the FBR will provide initial PMS coverage and changes submission of an OPNAV 4790 CK form is required to initiate the logistic support change process see Section I Chapter 3 Automated forms for FBR submission may be transmitted electronically via the SKED Feedback Report Wizard preferred or the FTSC website at https ftsc navy mil pmsdb tfbrform cfm or the Anchor Desk website at http anchordesk navy mil click on Enter the Portal Submit a deficiency report and PMS Technical Feedback form 1 5 15 1 PMS Feedback Reports There are three types of FBRs Category A Category B and Urgent a Category A This type of FBR is non technical in nature and is intended to meet PMS needs which do not require technical review including changes in Work Centers Ca
316. mmand SEA 04M Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document MIP CONTROL NUMBER 3112 000 51 DATE May 2001 SEIF SYSTEM SYSTEM SUBSYSTEM OR EQUIPMENT Ship Sarvice Diesel Generator REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS CONFIGURATION SCHEDULING AIDS 1 Review all MRC s Omit maintenance if not applicable no feedback report required For scheduling purposes only no MAC is provided OTHER MRC NO MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT DESCRIPTION PERIO RATES MAN RELATED DICITY HRS MAINT CODE SSS gt HKB s 000 51 CFDY X 1 Inspect engine oil Level 5 15 ENZ 1 0 None 2 Replace engina oil filtera Sl GFKWW N 1 Inspect engine fuel injectors Rel EN1 2 0 None EN2 1 0 FU 1 0 INACTIVE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE The following requirements will be scheduled when equipment is inactivated for periods of prolcaged idleness Lay Up Maintenance AZ DYCF WM 1 Drain cooling system and add LU 1 FU 1 0 preservatives 1 Drain pump casing NOTE hocomplish using MRC M 5 MR 2 Periodic Maintenance 1 Inspect engine internal water PM 1 jacketa NOTE Perform when system ban teen idie for over 30 days 1 Inspect engine oil level NOTE Perform MRC M 2 Maintenance Index Page MID Paga 1 of 2 SYSCOM MIP 3112 000 51 OPNAV 4790 65 REV 0 97 OTHER MRC NO MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT DESCRIPTION PERIO RATES MAN RELATED DICITY HRS MAINT CODE
317. mplishment is identified by brackets Lx All calendar situation requirements 24M 2R A 2R S IR Q 3R M 1R must be accomplished at least once during the calendar periodicity specified In addition these requirements and situational requirements will be accomplished and documented each time the situation arises Jiz Bring forward any PMS requirement listed in the Reschedule column of the previous Quarterly PMS Schedule to the Quarterly PMS Schedule being prepared Ensure emphasis is given to accomplishing rescheduled MRs k The prepared Quarterly PMS Schedule shall be reviewed signed and dated by the Division Officer in the approval signature block If the ship s operating schedule changes significantly review the PMS requirements scheduled in the affected periods and reschedule as necessary G 4 PREPARATION OF WEEKLY PMS SCHEDULE Using OPNAV 4790 15 or 4790 14A type or legibly write in ink the following information from the Cycle PMS Schedule the LOEP and applicable MIPs a Work center identification b MIP number and component will match the Cycle PMS Schedule line for line Cy Daily and weekly PMS requirements as indicated on the MIPs List all weekly requirements in the Monday column and daily requirements in each day of the week column and twice in the SAT SUN column d All situation requirements are listed in the Next Four Weeks co
318. ms of Failure Logistics Deficiencies Description of Difficulties Description of multiple events within a Work Candidate Any other helpful information regarding the event A Meter Reading entry is also desired on all completions of equipment designated as either Level 1 or Level 2 but entry is not mandatory Level 3 Specialized Reporting requires data entry for various unique data sets as defined by the requestor for each equipment designated as Level 3 Level 3 Specialized Reporting utilizes a unique template for collection of the desired information within the applicable onboard operating system whether it be the legacy Shipboard Non Tactical ADP Program SNAP or the Organizational Maintenance Management System Next Generation OMMS NG Current designated Level 3 SLR equipment include EQUIPMENT SEI Trident Command and Control Systems Cc LM2500 Gas Turbine Engine L Aircraft Launch amp Recovery Equipment Maintenance Prog M R T W Y Z IM 239 WDQ Radiac Air Particle Detector Commercial Off the Shelf COTS equipment SURFMINEWARFARE designated equipment Isotta Fraschini Diesel Engine Navy Extremely High Freq Satellite Communications Prog 3 5 3 Level 3 Specialized Reporting Template Unique Level 3 Specialized Reporting templates are created by NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg the NAVSEA 04RM SLR technical agent and
319. must be unclassified Identification Code ZOYY for DIRSSP Block 6 ACT TKN Enter the appropriate Action Taken code from the lower section of the NAVSEA 4790 CK form or from the following list Code Descriptions 5A Partially Completed Alteration The describe in the Job section what was done and IMA must Description Remarks the O level what remains to be done 5B Fully Completed Alteration BC Fully Comple 5D Alteration NOTE Use of a number 5 code Alteration 1 Maini from 2 Maini cenan tenan Not Drawn pre expen 3 Maini cenan ted Equivalent to Alteration Directive Not Applicable requires an entry in Block 4 ce Supply Required ce Action Compl Action Compl from Supply ded bins ce Action Comp NOTE etc Tdentification eted Parts Drawn d Parts ted Requir local manufacture leted No Parts The following second character codes can be used with the above Action Taken codes 1 2 or 3 as directed by the TYCOM A Maintenance Requirement Could Have Been Deferred B Maintenance Requirement Was Necessary C Maintenance Requirement Should Have Been Done Sooner M High Cost Repairs T The Equipment Being Reported Had a Time Meter APPENDIX B 4 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Block 7 EQUIPMENT NOUN NAME If the maintenance ac
320. n s used by INSURV to identify those discrepancies which might cause injury to personnel or material damage SAFETY HAZARD entered on 2K A code number selected from the Risk Assessment Codes describes a problem or condition which has caused potential to cause injury to personnel and or damage to material enter the applicable RAC described in codes RAC that or has the wp through 5 If the documented maintenance action is not safety related enter RAC selections for the safety hazard entry are Code Risk Assessment Description CR I CAL SAFETY OR HEALTH DEF This cat ENCY CORRECT MMED ATELY critical safety hazard to personnel or machinery health hazard to personnel tegory identifies deficiencies which present a or a and which must be corrected immediately This code is used for items such as electric shock hazards missing or damaged lifelines refrigerants into confined spaces and the like these items prior to any other maintenanc nent syst scap tion I ts containing PCBs to correct deficiencies inoperative interlocks or safety devices inoperabl air conditioning or refrigerat leaking component All efforts must be exerted scuttles eaking Suspension of use of the equipn mandatory 2 SERIOUS SAFETY OR HEALTH DEF EQUI dea
321. n Determine equipment M status Inactive Equipment 1 4 5 Departmental 3 M Assistant Department Head s may assign an officer Chief Petty Officer or Petty Officer First Class trained in and knowledgeable of the 3 M System to provide help with the coordination and supervision of the department s 3 M program This assignment will be made in writing 1 4 6 Division Officer The Division Officer is responsible to the Department Head and will be qualified in the 3 M System The Division Officer assists in managing the maintenance required for the equipment within division responsibility Division Officer responsibili ties are a Ensure 3 M documents generated within the division are complete accurate and promptly prepared and submitted b Review and approve quarterly schedules Ensure the divisional quarterly schedule is updated weekly on Conduct spot checks as directed by the Command s policy to ensure required maintenance is being properly performed as prescribed by Maintenance Requirements Cards MRCs el Incorporate 3 M System training into the divisional training plan Ensure maximum use of PMS as an aid in training personnel in maintenance procedures for equipment within the Work Center e Work in conjunction with the 3 M System Coordinator in matters concerning the 3 M program E Meet frequently with divisional Work Center Supervisors and info
322. n S process is used for Navy and Coast Guard automated ted surface ships and submarines SCLSIS also serves designated shore activities e g Mobile Inshore Underwater Warfare Units MIUWU Moored Training Ships MTS Antisubmarine Warfare Operations Center Navy activities and equipment system groups ASWOC sites and other such as Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment NAALS Landing Sy 3 4 2 1 Shipboard Benefits of SCLSI Th th e SCLS eir SCLS stems S in in and manual or system als repair par S Mainten informal ALRE and AEG S Navigational S systems tion tics allowing them and supply d configuration logist installed equipment Data Syst Work Candidate ance off lin r is informat em actions Th with reference books and o allow ts associat s the m ted wit aintenance per at files sonnel to 47 The on identi Aids and S process allows ships to maintain an on line source of to locate and de ta associated wi tion can then be used OPNAV 4790 2Ks out having to refer to a series of termine th all to fill O CKs 9 line fy the maintaining and to order these parts on line the config Automated uration Da ta Processing Program data in Organizati OMMS NG only repor of the equ onal dal
323. n Equipment Record and for generating from one to multiple scheduling records for each equipment record file are detailed in the NAVSEA Technical Specification Manual Each scheduling record must be identified to a unique MJC JCN general requirement for multi tasking The following are data elements used in creating scheduling records for MJC supported equipment These elements are used with the automated processing of PMRs and do not have a correlating block entry requirement on the PMR CK form For APPENDIX NAVSEA INST 4790 8B additional information refer to TYCOM instructions and systems user DATA manuals ELEMENT Description En try Criteria ALMAD EOSS FREQUENCY The periodicit the Next which adj Assigned by the CI Identifies Due ts the LMA dat US the ALMA Date accomplishment DAT LY WEEKLY D of This is for SEOC MONTHLY ty frequency of identify SEOC events from the reference to scheduling of sil IMA WORK CENTER DEN E902A The 3 M This is obtained from the MJC planning record used for shipboard gage cal AL ZAT ON NEXT DUE DATE ETC CMP libration the PMR DM if applicable to the PMR the PMR component for calculatin
324. n board but is supported Ther are five categories of actions that must be reported A configuration change record is submitted to a Correct ship controlled data elements in an existing record of the ship s information concerning the data elements refer to the SCLSIS configuration baseline For additional Technical Specification 9090 700 series Part B D Correct erroneous data previously submitted Ca Obtain support for equipment that is on board but not identified as such d Identify equipment that is supported but is not on board e Report the turn in receipt of Portable Electrical Electronic Test Equipment PEETE For non automated sit Action Form is used tes the OPNAV 4790 CK Ships Maintenance If using this form refer to Appendix B for form preparation insti For automated sites tructions and examples refer to the applicable system s user manuals guides for the procedure used to change add or delete file information 3 4 10 Documenting Changes Additions or Deletions to previously reported maintenance actions Any information previously reported on a deferred maintenance action with the exception of the Job Control Number JCN and the deferral date can be added deleted or changed Care should be taken not to make changes to jobs that have already been reported up lin This will require additional screening
325. n from the MJC as a deferral into the Master CSMP is assigned a CSMP JCN different than the MJC JCN Each specialized project may be assigned a unique WC suffix so that the Program Manager may retrieve selective history from the NAVSEALOGCEN 3 M data base see Figure C 3 MJC Call Down Frequency Report Some special program WC suffix codes currently being used are _XSA SHIPALTS _XTY TYCOM ALTS EXSY Depot Level SY ShipYard availability routines These routines assign standard 3 M data to each ESWBS SWLIN For Depot Return Cost Departure Reports as approved by NAVSEASYSCOM SEA 07 _XCR Jobs for repair of components that failed calibration or weight testing Each failed component will be assigned a unique JCN JC IMMP RO LID and other scheduled CMP PMRs When a special program code is not assigned the program will assign a WC suffix of MC If allowed by TYCOM instructions the ship may assign its own WC JSN to the MJC routine APPENDIX C 28 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B With the exception of MJC Alterations each retrieved MJC deferral will have its MJC JCN prefixed with an M and be written to the Configuration Alteration Number field block 18 of the CSMP deferral When the MJC is designated as multi level the MJC call down is linked to the PMR scheduling file and retrieves all due and overdue components as tasks within the one CSMP deferral JCN This will res
326. n must be included in the Remarks Description field Block 35 For example RE INSPECTION OF SEPARATOR FOR PRESENCE OF OIL AFTER RINSE MRC A 27 EVIDENTLY NOT DONE PRESENCE OF OIL RESULTED IN FIRE IN HP AIR SYSTEM WHEN COMPRESSOR OPERATED UNDER LOAD FIRE BADLY BURNED VALVE AHP 287 REQUIRING REPLACEMENT The ship s 3 M system coordinator will forward a copy of all NAVSEA 4790 2K documentation having an entry in this field to the safety officer for review Refer to Appendix A data element SAFETY HAZARD for an expanded definition of the allowable codes values Code Description 1 Critical Safety or Health Deficiency Correct Immediately 2 Serious Safety or Health Deficiency Suspension of Equipment System Space Use is Required Codes Code Description 3 Moderate Safety or Health Deficiency Waiver of Equipment System Space Use is granted Pending Correction of the Item 4 Minor Safety or Health Deficiency 5 Negligible Safety or Health Deficiency 0 Maintenance Action is Not Safety Related NOTE 6 through 9 may be locally assigned by TYCOMs for additional safety codes required Block 16 Block 17 Block 18 APPENDIX LOCATION Enter the location compartment number deck frame or side notation that best describes the location of the
327. n of the ship Normally the Transfer Agent will assist the ship s force in the identification removal and destruction of this material 4 5 2 MDS Two weeks prior to transfer the ship shall document all outstanding maintenance for inclusion in the CSMP The ship shall forward a copy of the ship s database including COSAL to its CDM At the time of transfer the TYCOM shall provide a CSMP to the designated representative responsible for the transfer The ship s material history report shall also be provided at the time of transfer to the designated representative if requested SECTION 4 4 MA INTENANCE AND MATERI SECT ON CHAPTER 1 AL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL INSURV NSPECT ON PROCE DURES SECTION CHAPTER 1 REFERENCES REFERENCE INSTRUCTION NO SUBJECT a OPNAVINST 4730 5 TRIALS AND MATERIAL SERIES NSPECTIONS MI OF SHIPS CONDUCTED BY THE BOARD OF NSPECTION AND SURVEY b SECNAVINST 5040 3 NSPECTIONS WITHIN THE SERIES DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY c CINCLANTFLT CINCPACFLT JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE INST 4790 3 SERIES MANUAL SECTION l i NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTION CHAPTER 1 INSURV INSPECTION PROCEDURES TABLE OF CONTENTS
328. n place of old one in W C manual Correct appropriate Maintenance Index Page MIP Change MRC deck Enter changes on weekly schedule 207 Signature of Department 3 M Systems Date of changes Assistant Completed or acknowledged by RETURN TO 3 M SYSTEM COORDINATOR NLT Figure 1 22 PMS Change Documentation Routing Memorandum Sample 2 15417 Change Service Accountability Log A Change Service Accountability Log Fiqure 1 20 shall be maintained Upon receipt of PMS changes the 3 M System Coordinator shall maintain the identification number and other pertinent data in an accountability log prior to routing the documentation to the cognizant Work Center After ensuring accountability change documentation is passed to the applicable Work Center The 3 M System Coordinator completes the entry in the Change Service Accountability Log after the Work Center Supervisor has indicated that all appropriate change steps have been completed After all work Centers have reported completion the transmittal letter may be discarded Change Service Accountability Log sheets should be retained for one year 1 5 18 Documentation Provided TYCOMS via Force Revisions The following PMS documentation is provided by FTSCLANT FTSCPAC to the TYCOMs with each force revision a A complete record of all MIPs MRCs for each hull D List of Effective Pages LOEP PMS 5 for each s
329. n relation to tender availability etc the CSMP to determine force wide maintenance problems and trends to develop future maintenance budgets and scheduling of availability SYSCOMs use it to determine fleet wide maintenance problems and trends in order to initiate corrective actions redesign substitutions increased support etic 3 7 3 Automated CSMP Reports Curren check automated systems produce both summary and detail printed CSMP reports Since software applications may differ the applicable system s user manuals and guides for available report formats CSMP reports are produced in a variety of options with selected sequences and totals Summary reports are single line summaries of the uncompleted deferred maintenance actions in the CSMP and are available by type availability deficiencies and EIC for these actions EIC and by SWAB work center INSURV number safety related Detail reports show the complete record CSMP detail reports call for sorts by JCN Ser Orig Code Submitting Activity Commanding Officer Applicable Data Processing Facility Applicable TYCOM optional by TYCOM direction SUBMISSION OF 3 M DOCUMENTS a OPNAVINST 4790 41 1 MDS Documents 1 Per referenc a enclosure 1 is forwarded for processing The following information is provided
330. n the NDE NM database c Check the NDE NM Alteration Management data by verifying that 1 The information recorded is supported by corresponding SARs 2 Applicabilities are assigned and correct 3 Programmed status is assigned For TYCOM Al Materia l plan Document the following information if processing and control s and Package SHI Alteration cost estimates Priorities for accomplishment Type Availability T A and TYC Priority Designa Designa if desired ted planning activity if desired for PALT terations maintain the following in NDE NM OM Screening desired tion to add to applicable ship CSMP file Planned installation year if de Provide direction to ds local 1 availability 2 3 e information 1 Code 2 3 4 5 E accuracy reports G activi altera h management files and repor that both TYCOMs maintain th records APPENDI 1 2 3 ty concerning tion management the supporting da the production and distribut reports same alteration m Issue instructions to sired Monitor alteration management reports to ensure including monitoring of the transaction and error ta processing ion of Take appropriate action when transferring alteration ts to another command This requires anag
331. n the last day the repair work center is involved in the work Request NOT the total man hours of the work request DATE COMPLETED Enter the Julian date the work request is completed and signed off by the requesting ship COMPLETED BY The signature and rank rate of the individual authorized by the tended ship to verify the acceptability of work performed is entered in this block ACCEPTED BY The signature and rank or rate of the individual authorized by the tended ship to verify the acceptability of work performed Completion of this block is mandatory when a 2K is used to report completion of a previously deferred maintenance action B 2 6 Procedures for Documenting A Completed Maintenance Action without prior deferral Place an B 2 61 Block A Block B ny in the block titled COMP at top of form Section Identification Enter SHIP S NAME Enter SHIP S HULL NUMBER JOB CONTROL NUMBER Blocks 1 3 Block 1 Block 2 APPENDIX SHIP S UIC Enter the UIC of the activity initiating the maintenance action WORK CENTER Enter the Work Center code of the work center initiating the maintenance action For Block 3 Block 4 Block 5 Block 6 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Ship s a four position work center code will be entered For repair departments of tenders SIMAs RMC
332. nce System Page i Time 17 00 34 List of Effective Pages PME 5 Fr 1 00 NAVAL AIR FORCE US ATLANTIC FLEET DK 15 Unit CYH 0065 VIC V03365 Work Center AS40 USS ENTERPRISE Chg HIP Nomenclature RICS 3000 001 20 MISC SHIFHOARD ELECT EQUIP 5832 002 10 LIFE SAVING EQUIPMENT 5632 005 79 LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT 5632 012 79 AUTO INFLATABLE UTILITY LIFE PRESERVER 6300 001 99 PRESERVATION AND COVERINGS 6641 003 49 DCPO MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS ES 6641 004 10 DAMAGE CONTROL PETTY OFFICER DCPO 6641 005 10 DCPO CLIMATE CONTROL ITEMS 6641 0185 49 SHIPBOARD CBR D DEFENSE EQUIPMENT MIR Ho Maintenance Required Do Not Schedule NHR 6641 007 57 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL SPILL EIT Figure 1 1 LOEP Example er MIPs MIPs are prepared and issued for each installed system equipment for which PMS support has been established MIPs are basic PMS reference documents Each is an index of a complete set of Maintenance Requirement Cards MRCs applicable to a ship system subsystem or equipment MIPs see Figures 1 2 1 3 and 1 4 contain the following information 1 SYSCOM MIP Control Number Three SYSCOM MIP control numbering systems have been developed based on changing PMS philosophy and are currently in use These are Conventional Surface Missile System SMS and Reliability Centered Maintenance RCM a For Conventional MIP cataloging a four segment code is used The first segment identifies the
333. ndition of each individual work center 4 What kind and how much outside assistance is needed to complete the deferred maintenance 5 Weakness or shortages in skill levels and or resources required to do the deferred maintenance 6 What kind of upkeep and cold iron time needed by the ship for maintenance b The Department Head Division Officer uses the CSMP reports for the same information as the Commanding Officer and Executive Officer bu departmen NAVSEAINST 4790 8B t may be restricted to their applicable t division rather than the entire ship CSMP reports can assist them in det the deferred maintenance and evaluating the performance of work center supervisors in Cx managing the work cen 3 7 2 CSMP Use by Out termining plans of action for accomplishing the management of their work centers The Work Center Supervisor uses the CSMP reports for ter maintenance tside Activities Ther ships ar other activities that use CSMP reports for financial industrial operational and analytical purposes in support of The CSMP is used to plan for repair action in support of individual ships especially for repair actions requiring a long lead time provide direct maintenance problems Type commanders use The unit s chain of command uses it to review and tions and recommendations concerning a ship s i
334. nel or material brief explanation must be included in Description field Block 35 For example RE NSPECTION OF SEPARATOR FOR PRESENCE OF OIL AFTER RINSE Critical Safety or Health Deficiency Correct Immediately Serious Safety or Health Deficiency Suspension of Equipment System Space Use Required is Moderate Safety or Health Deficiency Waiv of Equipment System Space Use is granted Pending Correction of the Item Minor Safety or Health Deficiency Negligible Safety or Health Deficiency Maintenance Action is Not Safety Related NOTE Codes 6 through 9 may be locally assigned by TYCOMs for additional safety codes required r A Block 16 Block 17 Block 18 Blocks 19 through 24 FOR LOCATION Enter the location deck frame or side notation compartment number that best describes the location of the equipment requiring maintenance as identified in Block 13 If none of mentioned location identifications are enter description of the location e g FLIGHT DECK etc WHEN DISCOVERED DATE equipment or system failure or malfunction was discovered ALTERATIONS Leave blank Enter the Julian the above appropriate FANTAIL date when the Tf the completed maintenance action resulted in a configuration refer to the instructions for change or alteration submitting an NAVSEA 4790 CK fo
335. ng assistance when requested and performing 3 M assessments 2 2 ASSIST VISITS The TYCOM shall schedule assist visits to each ship as requested The purpose of an assist visit is to aid managers by determining how efficiently the command s 3 M program is operating and help identify areas with potential problems The assist team will take the appropriate measures to identify the areas that need attention and the type of assistance desired An assist visit is instructional and provides training and assistance to the requesting activities Assistance in the form of briefings or group discussions shall be provided to clarify any problems that become apparent during an assist visit Each assist visit shall include a debriefing period with the commanding officer prior to concluding the visit These assist t visits will include advice concerning management of PMS and MDS as well as advice regarding other significant 3 M syst tem problems 2 3 TYCOM ASSESSMENTS The purpose of an assessment is to determine th ffectiveness of the command s 3 M program in managing the accomplishment of the maintenance A TYCOM assessment is a comprehensive audit of the Ships 3 M Program Emphasis is to be given to the ffectiveness of maintenance management and maintenance accomplishment Included in the assessment will be the adequacy
336. nge for removal and deletion Optional lation modification DATA ELEMENT Periodic Maintenance Requirement Periodicity Post Overhaul Test Required Pre Arrival Arrival Conference Action Remarks Pre Overhaul Test Required Priority Quality Assurance Requirements Quantity R M Maintenance Indicator Rate Record Identification Number RIN Remarks Description Repair Activity UIC Repair Work Center DEN D912E F804A E221 F905 A002P E902A MAINTENANCE TYPE 2P 2P 2P 2K 2P 2K 2P CK 2K 2K CK 2K CK 2K 2K LENGTH 12 56 12 ENTRY TYPE E 2 Mandatory 1 Mandatory for deletion Optional Optional If used Optional Optional 1 Optional VALIDATION Optional must be Optional If used must be Mandatory Must be 1 2 3 Optional Mandatory Optional If used must be SPECIFICATIONS an ny an X or 4 M or R removal and modification Optional for installation and addition Mandatory DATA ELEMENT S Safety Identifier Safety Hazard Scheduled Completion Date Scheduled Start Date Second Contact Supervisor Service Application Code Ship s Force Man Hours S F MHRS Ship s Force Man Hours Expended MHRS EXP Ship s Force Man Hours
337. nge of tools parts materials and or test equipment that significantly improves PMS performance b Distribution and Control of ACNs 1 A PMS ACN shall refer to a specific MIP and MRC A new MRC page shall be provided for each MRC page affected by the ACN 2 Each PMS ACN shall be serialized The serial number will consist of the originating activity code log number if appropriate MIP number MRC control number and date 3 The PMS CAs shall maintain accountability of all outstanding ACNs by Maintenance Index Page MIP Maintenance Requirement Card MRC When revising and distributing affected MIP the revision shall include annotation of applicable ACNs H 15 H 12 PMS Workload Increase and Waiver Policy a Any revision to PMS requirements resulting in an increase in workload or denial of a request to change periodicity that would reduce workload requires the Design Activity or ISEA to obtain SEA 04RM approval Upon concurrence SEA O4RM will forward the response to the cognizant PMS CA PMS Workload Increase Waivers should be requested in the following circumstances 1 A change is made that increases the performance frequency of a current and valid MRC e g changing a Quarterly maintenance action to a Monthly maintenance action A valid MRC is one generated using reference b or vetted by Backfit RCM methodology 2 The Procedures on a current and val
338. nt MIP CONTROL NUMBER bb24 PO1 24 Date February 1999 SHIP SYSTEM SYSTEM SUBSYSTEM OR EQUIPMENT Sewing Machine bbea REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS CONFIGURATION SCHEDULING AIDS 1 This MIP is provided in the absence of a specific MIP MRC for installed equipment to assure accountability of all maintainable equipment in PMS and to aid in scheduling The maintenance requirements is established as representative for the typical system or equipment installed in the fleet MRCs are not provided 2 The listed maintenance requirements should be accomplished using procedures contained in applicable instructions technical manuals or locally prepared procedures 3 Delete maintenance requirements not applicable to installed equipment For scheduling purposes only no MRC is provided PERIO OTHER MRC NO MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT DESCRIPTION DICITY RATES SEN pre CODE 1 Clean and lubricate exposed M 1 FN SN D 2 None surfaces gt l Apply lubrication through oil M 2 FN SN D 2 None cups caps gt 1 Lubricate internal parts M 3 FN SN O 2 None gt INACTIVE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE The following requirements will be scheduled when equipment is inactivated for periods of prolonged idleness Lay Up Maintenance 1 Install protective covering LU 1 K gt NOTE Accomplish as required to protect equipment Periodic Maintenance None Start Up Maintenance l Remove protective covering SU 1 gt NOTE Accomplish if requ
339. nt Hardware Systems ny provides given capabili one year or one operational deployment Test and Evaluation of Research Development exercise or mission reg technically approved by tel Temporary Alteration Command uirements the cognizant TEMPALT ties on a temporary basis in duration teration that not to exceed in support DT amp E or Any al R TEMPALTs are reviewed and and authorized for accomplishment by SPM review considers safety stability operational charac capability damage control interfaces and habitability instal deployment configura accordingly or exercise support first previous configuration accomplishment of the removal of the TEMPALT p TYCOM Alterations the SPM for accomplishment depending upon the scope and effeci Alterations are programmed The act teris Ship Program Manager the cognizant TYCOM technical adequacy tics SPM The impact on ship including warfare ship structure Alterations intended to be led for a period in excess of one year or one operational shall be considered a permanent change to a ship s requirements or one year TEMPALTs must be removed and the ship restored to its tivity sponsoring the the TEMPALT shall be responsible for funding ship services ships tion and shall be accomplished as a SHIPALT After completion of testing requirem
340. ntification f the repair activity performing the work for iginating ship WORK REQ ROUTINE Enter the appropriate Expanded Ship Work Breakdown Structure ESWBS Ship Work Author Number ization Boundary SWAB Ship Work Line Item SWLIN etc as directed by the TYCOM Blocks 57 through 63 Used to identify depot estimates on individual CSMP items from the Master Job Catalog These blocks may also be used as directed by TYCOM instruction Block Block Block Block Block Block 58 59 60 61 62 63 EST Enter the total material costs estimated to be required to complete the job EST MATERIAL COSTS Enter an estimate of the total material costs required to complete the job EST TOTAL COST Enter an estimate of the total cost required to complete the job Add Blocks 58 and 595 JOB ORDER NUMBER Enter Job order number assigned by the activity performing the work LEAD P amp E CODE Enter the code assigned to the lead planning and scheduling organization DATE OF EST Enter the date that the repair activity s planning action was completed B 2 5 Procedures for Documenting A Completed Maintenance Action Previously Blocks A B been filled Deferred and applicable Blocks 1 through 47 have previously The maintenance person shall report completion of a previousl
341. ntification Level units vel in SECTION section I will be bly directly affected by the components are reported to the only one componen A NAVSEA 4790 CK allows t sub unit to be reported per form When multiple sub units need to be reported THAT CAN REPORT UP TO FOUR COMPONENTS PER The same JCN as assigned to the higher level assembly maintenance action recorded in SECTION is to be continued on each component reported NAVSEA 4790 CK C Form can be attac ad Section in onboard with the exception of Block 30 applicable hed IV CONT NUATION SHEET S SPEC AL PURPOSE This section is filled is no longer B 1 1 Procedures for Reporting Configuration Change NOTE Examples of completed NAVSEA 4790 CK forms for various situations can be found following these reporting written instruct 4790 CK Form tions NAVSEAINST a Place an X in the appropriate block at top of form to indicate the type of action being reported COMP M A NO DEFL or COMP DEFL b SECTION I JOB IDENTIFICATION Block A Enter SHIP S NAME Block B Enter SHIP S HULL NUMBER JOB CONTROL NUMBER Blocks 1 3 Block 1 SHIP S UIC Enter the UIC of the activity receivin
342. nts the crew from safely living or messing on board d Precludes safe navigation effective damage control or fire fighting operations or adequate physical security or e Prevents the ship from complying with environmental or NAVOSH regulations 1 6 1 1 2 Double Starred Deficiencies A deficiency applicable only to ships constructed converted or modernized with a separate fitting out period assigned away from the building site and represent a deficiency which in INSURV s judgement requires resolution or waiver by the CNO prior to the ship s departure from the building yard 1 6 1 2 INSURV Identification Number BLOCK 20 The seven spaces of this block are filled in as follows GR Je 1 2 3 4 Bir 16 7 1 6 1 2 1 Importance Space One A numeral located in Space One indicates the relative importance of the deficiency This is called the PART number and the number can be either PART 1 2 or 3 1 6 1 2 1 1 PART 1 PART 1 deficiencies are those that in INSURV s judgment are likely to Cause the ship to be unseaworthy or Substantially reduce th ffectiveness of personnel or essential material or Reduce the ability of the ship to carry out its assigned mission or to perform in a primary mission area or Cause injury to personnel or damage to vital material This includes significant deficiencies to the ship s safety equipment
343. o demonstrate a thorough knowledge of its material condition through accurate records and operational demonstrations 1 3 INSURV DOCUMENTATI The INSURV Board prepares mat tions found during the inspection These inspection record condit ON PROCEDURES terial deficiency documents to deficiency it tems will be writ tten on OPNAV 2Ks to be reviewed and later input into the Maintenance Data System At approximately six 6 weeks prior to the scheduled MI and to aid in inspection ship s force should review the preparation preparation guidelines available at INSURV s homepage http www spawar navy mil fleet insurv The ship being inspected will prepare material deficiency documents as directed within reference c It is especially noteworthy that at the INSURV website are details regarding recent material problem areas and trends Ship s force should routinely take advantage of this information to learn and correct material problems trends that are being discovered elsewher 1 4 PROCEDURES BEFORE INSURV INSPECTION 1 4 1 Ship Responsibilities The specific actions of the Commanding Officer and ship s force are noted in reference c The INSURV inspection provides an opportunity for the ship to demonstrate a high material self awareness as reflected in accurate documentation of it s deficient conditions CSMP
344. occur Go to this quarter in the first row of the table APPENDIX G 2 Then schedule the MR for applicable For example if 18M 1 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B the quarters in that column as is scheduled for the 4th quarter after overhaul it must also be scheduled for the 10th 16th and 22nd quarter after overhaul as applicable The table elements below are listed by quarters 3 months 1 quarter 18M Scheduling Table First Scheduling 1 2 3 4 5 6 Second Scheduling 7 8 9 10 11 12 Third Scheduling 13 14 15 16 17 18 Fourth Scheduling 19 20 21 22 23 24 24M Scheduling Table First Scheduling 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Second Scheduling 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Third Scheduling VL 28 29 207 21 22 023 24 30M Scheduling Table First Scheduling 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Second Scheduling 11 bes 18 ma 15 Te Le 19 20 Third Scheduling 21 22 23 24 36M Scheduling Table First Scheduling 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 TO IG 12 Second Scheduling 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 48M Scheduling First scheduling in first 16 quarters Second scheduling 16 quarters later 60M Scheduling First scheduling in first 20 quarters Second scheduling 20 quarters later NOTE Prior to scheduling 30M 36M 48M or 60M review MRC to see if specific quarter after overhaul is indicated 4 Ships with cycles of less than 24 quarter
345. ocumentation for new systems The only activity authorized to distribute PMS documentation to ships are the PMS CAs H 7 PMS FOR EXISTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT IN THE FLEET SEA 04RM will task and fund the PMS CAs to a Maintain standardize print and distribute the PMS documentation b Provide processing for non Technical feedback reports and for researching and resolving TFBRs c Maintain the PMS Management Information System PMS MIS APPENDIX H 8 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B H 8 SHIPALTS ORDALTS MACHALTS FIELD CHANGES AND ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSALS The alteration or change sponsor SPM TYCOM etc shall task and fund Life Cycle Managers LCMs for systems and equipment to develop new maintenance requirements in accordance with reference b If an RCM waiver is approved they should task and fund revision to PMS documentation to reflect changes in systems and equipment resulting from alterations or changes The PMS requirements documentation shall be provided to the PMS CAs at least 4 months prior to required PMS documentation delivery date H 9 PMS FOR FOREIGN NAVIES FORMER U S NAVY SHIPS PMS documentation requests from foreign navies for former U S Navy Ships shall be processed as follows a Requests for PMS coverage for foreign navies on former U S Navy Ships shall be directed to t
346. ocuments that apply to that particular maintenance action JOB DESCRIPTION REMARKS entered on CK Any remarks relating to the accomplishment of the maintenance action being reported In some cases the alteration directive will specify that certain information be documented JOB ORDER NUMBER entered on 2K The job order number assigned by the activity performing work JOB SEQUENCE NUMBER entered on 2K CK 2P and 2L A 4 character number assigned by the work center to the maintenance action or assigned by the outside activity performing the work This is a number assigned sequentially from the Ship s Force Work List SFWL Job Sequence Number JSN Log JULIAN DATE entered on 2K CK 2P and 2L A 4 character entry composed of the last digit of the calendar year followed by the numerical day of the year e g 1 January 1994 is 41 and 31 December 1993 is 3365 KEY EVENT entered on 2P An occurrence during a tended unit s availability which affects or is affected by the repair activity s productive effort e g docking undocking boiler light off weapons handling fuel defuel etc Key events are to be identified by assigning a 2 digit numeric code to each event and assigning an abbreviation of 15 characters maximum to that code When more than 99 key events are required the code can be assigned using alphanumeric combinations Th
347. of 3 M data available to NAVSEASYSCOM Program and Equipment Managers In Service En gineering Activities TYCOMS Ships NAVSUPSYSCOM and government sponsored contractors 1 2 DATA COLLECTED Maintenance data reported and retained in the 3 M system database 1 a b IMA i ncludes Completed maintenance Deferred maintenance Planning and Estimating information for shipboard and Repair parts Configuration data Intermediate Maintenanc 1 Tenders 2 Repair shops e Activity data from 3 Type Commander TYCOM Support Units 4 Shore Intermediat Reactivated ships CSMPs Maintenance Activities SIMAs It must be recognized that the integrity of the database is relevant only to the accuracy of the data reported 1 3 USES OF THE DATA Information available from the 3 M Maintenance Data System can be of value in a logistics by authority Cz support al e Ex G h Scoping and quantifying data for engineering and analyses Providing management resource information to higher to support the decision making process Planning and allocating resources for logistics Analyzing maintenance reliability problems Determining adequacy of equipment specifications Analyzing life cycle and other costs Determining equipment effectiveness Preparing and or updating technical manuals directives
348. of reliability i What would be the effect on the equipment if the MRC was accomplished less frequently Not accomplished at all j For test maintenance actions what is proven by this test k Does this action lead towards standardization of MRCs for similar equipment l Did you answer the Sailor s question APPENDIX H 14 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B H 11 3 PMS Advance Change Notice Guidance A PMS Advance Change Notice ACN is authorization for changing a MRC or addition of a new MRC An ACN is also a record of change to a MRC or addition of a new MRC An ACN is issued in the format of a Maintenance Requirement Card suitable for attachment to the MRC to which it applies An ACN can be issued to advise ships to annotate MIPs a PMS documentation changes typically promulgated by ACNs include 1 Increase or decrease periodicity to change the interval between maintenance actions 2 Delete or modify an existing maintenance requirement 3 Addition or modification of an MRC procedure note to clarify the context or description of a procedure step 4 Change a procedure step to correct maintenance technical data e g frequency pressure voltages current decibels resistance values clearance test data etc 5 Addition deletion or modification of existing procedure steps which significantly improve the technical accuracy of the MRC 6 Addition or cha
349. of the MIP codes for the PMS requirements to be scheduled on the Cycle schedule E Component This block identifies the related system subsystems or equipment of the scheduled PMS requirements da Each Quarter This block contains MRs with periodicities of 2W 3W M and 2M and any associated related maintenance checks indicated by the symbol It also includes all situation requirements regardless of periodicity to be completed during each quarter 1 5 12 2 Quarterly PMS Schedule The Quarterly PMS Schedule Figure 1 12 displays the Work Center s PMS requirements to be performed during a specific 3 month period This schedule updated weekly provides a ready reference to the current status of PMS for each Work Center SKED performs this update based upon the Weekly Schedule This schedule represents a divisional directive and once approved may be changed only with Division Officer approval 1 5 12 2 1 Content of Quarterly PMS Schedule a Space is provided for entering the Work Center year quarter after overhaul Division Officer s signature date prepared and months covered NOTE A printed Quarterly schedule with Division Officer s signature and date is not required when using SKED The Division Officer finalizing the schedule constitutes the approval signature b Thirteen columns 15 columns for SSBNs one for each week
350. on Sis is ing Activi s in 1 2 DEF N ONS a conducted and ship or ships This programmed on the sh and Equipment Altera the al Ds equipment materials componen to or in conjunct Alteration OP fit number 1 A Applicabilit t parts whether the responsibility of ty to maintain the ins the N DE NM database y A technical does not mean that ip The Ship Alterat i tion shall provide appl that shall also be reflected in N DE NM Any change in the hu ocation or relationsh h repairs the SPM the altera the change is separate from ion wit TYCOM and or tallation schedule and review and examination was teration was made appl icable to a specific tion will be SAR AER information on Record icability 11 machinery tings which involves a change in design ip of an assembly s incidental Eq sh an al wh A er BFI ES ips tera ich terations iteria 1 2 uivalent To Repair an Alteration and Alteration Alteration Equivalent To Repair formerly known as a Letter AER for S Imp Request for Aircraft Carriers tion formally approved by the SPM typically via let AER A amp I for rovement i An Alterat tion urface Submarines and s a permanent ter see paragraph
351. on NAVSEASYSCOM NAVSEALOGCEN will research and coordinate the report and make a recommendation to CNO If warranted a MACN will be developed and issued da Routine Change Recommendation A routine change recommendation shall be submitted with justification by electronic medium to NAVSEASYSCOM NAVSEA 04RM at http ww nslc navsea navy mil nslcprod 4790 nsf via the chain of command with a copy to CNO N43 The format for submitting a routine change is on the web site Following the chain of command review NAVSEASYSCOM will forward the change recommendation s to NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg Each recommendation will then be acknowledged by return email by NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg to the originator All routine change recommendations will be researched reviewed validated and coordinated with affective organizations by NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 13 NOV 2003 NAVSEASYSCOM NAVSEALOGCEN Upon resolution these recommendations become valid entries in the next manual change package e When instructed by NAVSEASYSCOM NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg will consolidate effective MACNs with resolved routine change recommendations and will be issued with the PMS Force Revision on CD ROM f A deviation request shall be submitted with justification when a need exists to depart from policies procedures and or responsibilities as stated in OPNAVINST 4790 4D and in this instruction Requests will be made in writing to NAV
352. on and contain complete and accurate information MDS documents except supply documents shall be screened and transmitted off the ship as directed by TYCOM Figure 3 2 is an illustration of a sample letter of transmittal for 3 M documents submitted by non automated activities to the supporting ADP facility The timeliness of submission and the accuracy of the maintenance information reported as required by 3 M are critical to the management of shipboard material deficiencies The ship must have an up to date and useful CSMP showing the material condition of the ship for each work center The CSMP provides the TYCOM with the means of determining urgent repairs for scheduling tender availability shipyard overhauls or restricted availability 3 6 1 Transaction and When information is ent Error Report tered into the computer at the supporting ADP facility a Transact tion and Error Identification Report is generated A letter of transmittal will be generated and sent from the data processing activity to the originator for review and take corrective aci tion as necessary The 3 M Coordinator is responsible for evaluat ting and resolving errors in the CSMP 3 7 CURRENT SHIP S MAI NTENANCE PROJECT CSMP The purpose of the CSMP is to provide shipboard maintenance managers with a consolidated listing of deferred maintenance to
353. on of shipyard overhauls to extend the operational cycle and useful life of the vessels and align major maintenance While this mission is still applicable today with the PMT s ensuring safe and reliable Extension of Operating Cycles EOC s the maintenance has also evolved into using Conditioned Based Maintenance CBM techniques to assess the performance of many critical submarine systems primarily the submarine Hull Mechanical and Electrical Systems HM amp E The inspections conducted by PMT aid in improving the submarine fleet s material condition and operational readiness They do this by aiding in early identification of system deficiencies and or predicting failures before they occur and avoid more critical mission limiting failures The PMT Program also assists NAVSEA 07T in identifying and resolving fleet material issues improving system reliability reducing Total Ownership Cost TOC and assessing system health across the fleet Other products of the program include major shipyard availability inputs for work package definition special inspection programs defined in reference c like the Vibration Analysis Program and other fleet assistance NAVSEA O7T provides the technical oversight technical documentation requirements and analysis for the PMT Program 3 3 MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBII TY AND SCHEDULING The maintenance req
354. on to Technical Feedback Reports TFBRs for systems and equipment under their cognizance using the procedures of paragraph H 11 2 H 4 PMS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION OR CONVERSION SHIPS a The Ship Program Manager SPM shall 1 Ensure development and review of maintenance requirements is completed in accordance with reference b using one or more of the following options a Require in shipbuilding contracts that PMS documentation be developed and provided by the shipbuilder b Task and fund system and equipment acquisition managers to develop PMS for systems and equipment under their responsibility c Task and fund the PMS CAs to develop PMS documentation for NAVSEA equipment and systems 2 Task and fund the PMS CAs through SEA 04RM to provide technical review standardization validation printing delivery and installation of a complete PMS package in the ship 3 Ensure that approved technical manuals logistic support analysis plans for maintenance and drawings needed to develop PMS requirements are identified and provided to the developing activity 9 months prior to the scheduled PMS installation date to ensure availability of PMS documentation at installation date 4 Tf PMS CAs are not tasked to develop the PMS documentation the SPM shall ensure that developing activities submit the PMS requirement development to the PMS CAs no later th
355. oncurrently with ship construction or conversion and new shipboard systems or equipment procurements including research and development items In addition PMS requirements shall be developed or revised to cover PMS changes which result when SHIPALTs ORDALTs MACHALTs Field Changes and other engineering changes are authorized Development and distribution of other preventive maintenance procedures for ships use is prohibited b The PMS Coordinating Activities CA who are COMNAVSEASYSCOM 04RM designated activities for the oversight of PMS shall distribute all PMS documentation to ships No other activities are authorized to distribute PMS documentation to ships C PMS products resulting from other SYSCOM development activities shall be integrated with NAVSEA PMS products into a single complete shipboard PMS package which is distributed by the PMS CAs d PMS documentation shall be reviewed to ensure technical accuracy incorporation of configuration changes technical manual changes changes initiated by technical feedback reports and improved maintenance procedures All documentation will be validated prior to distribution to the fleet Validation will consist of checking the accuracy of the documentation by performing the procedures aboard ship where practical e PMS procedures should not include the following actions or items 1 Wa
356. ooooo o B 11 Ship s Configuration Change Form For Component Install a Se se ee Sk ee a da B 12 Ship s Configuration Change Form Resulting From AN Alterat WOM ss fs dee gee is hest kes Tae B 13 Ship s Configuration Change Form For An Alteration Install continuation B 14 Ship s Configuration Change Form For A Correction To A Previously Submitted Change B 15 Ship s Configuration Change Form For Location GOLLOCELON a Ge Whos se estate e s ene B 16 Ship s Configuration Change Form for COSAL No ul REE EEE EE NE B 17 Ship s Configuration Change Form for COSAL Delete alee 5 edie ed Sps ER ST RE Ne See B 18 Ships Maintenance Acton Form For A Deferred Maintenance Action esise sedie e E E rekkene B 46 Ships Maintenance Acton Form For A Completed Maintenance Action Without Prior Deferral B 47 Ships Maintenance Acton Form Change To A Previously Submitted Deferred Maintenance AGE TOM EE E E E T EE va SSE E E B 48 Ships Maintenance Acton Form Add on Remarks To A Previously Submitted Action Deferred Maintenance SUPPLEMENTAL FORM Containing an Equipment Listing SUPPLEMENTAL FORM Containing a Sketch Drawing B 53 Completed NAVSEA 4790 2P Brava APPENDIX B NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SHIP S 3 M FORM PREPARATION B 1 CONFIGURATION CHANGE FORM The NAVSEA 4790 CK Form is used completion of alterations a configuration change in the configuration fil
357. original 2K Place and enter in In Block 35 VOPE TE or change the narrative as original DOCUMENTING CHANGES A DD I ONS B 2 9 Handling Procedures The NAVSEA require carbon 3 copies maintenance action forwarded 479 of The origin ship or ac ivity the complet retained until comple its removal from the CSMP ion of that The original and third copy sh to the automated data processing facility serving the The first copy is submitted when maintenance action tion of the maintenance action it may be destroyed 0 2K Form is printed on paper that does to make multiple copies the 2K are required for documenting the al When changing the entire narrative must be It is not the words an X in the initials of the activity adding For example Following the dash necessary ly submitted AND ae to use not and three al 11 be reporting The second copy is results in Opus PRA pan 0 78 IM 1047 0011 SHIP S MAINTENANCE ACTION FORM 2 KILO Locme Loge SECTION L 1 SHIPS UIC 2 WORK CENTER 3 JOB SEG NO 4 APL AEL i 216 85 EB01011102 12001656 gps rele A H HULL NUMBER 12 IDENT OUIPMENT SERIAL NUMBER 4 DDG 55 f A 701 12 76 mn 16 LOCATION Compartment Deck Frame Sido 47 WHEN DISOOVERED DATE Ea lO FOR INSURV USE haa
358. orm For Component Removal Maintenance Action NA SHIP S CONFIGURATION CHANGE FORM CONTINUATION PAGE OPNAV 4790 CK C REV 5 84 S N 0107 LF 047 9010 JOG CONTROL MADER BAMEAS 05837 M0112 459 lr mor 2 of 2 VERAL DYNAMICS DIV AVENEL RP CONTINUOUS DUTY V MER ID E2 274 4 Ad lu O i Go ig O o S N O m m yO j QO AIO u gt lt Zz v gt A A O Figure B 2 Ship s Configuration Change Form For Component Install APPENDIX B 12 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B wr eae z T O O A AAA page 1S TNA cart PAGE ERE IR IES O AAA Y MOTTA TT EMO me er mm TT OA LR dE ES ETG Ln A _secroumocscnrnon Mi vener Ma QUANT EEE 4 ei COMPONENT ACTION 1 m m Cl 7 COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION 1 1 p w COMPONENT SEF oe OTI CM PO a J ua PAM L C EA TNA Ce 1 w CA Ta Tu mm mu mi mm Tu NA Pu PL A AR a S TJP BED Figure B 3 Skip s Configuration Change Form Resulting From An Alteration SHIP S CONFIGURATION CHANGE FORM CONTINUATION PAGE OPNAV 4790 CK C REV 5 84 S N 0107 LF 047 9010 i O OA AAA a dl E E M NAMEPLATE DATA ORT HINGT ON CEI INC HOLYOKE OP ERATION 20 0 GFM AT 1 2 5 P S1 RPM MFR 1 D 32E2 Figure B 4 Ship s Configuration Change Form For An Alteration APPENDI Install continuation NAVSEAINST 4790 8B CORRECTION SHIPS CONFIGURATION CHANGE FORM OPNAV 4790 CK Fr
359. ort Office Failed Part Reporting Force Revision Federal Supply Code for Manufacturers Fleet Training Command Fleet Technical Support Center Atlantic Fleet Technical Support Center Pacific Hazardous Material Hull Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Hazardous Material User s Guide Hull Technician active Equipment Maintenance tegrated Logistics Overhaul tegrated Logistics Support tegrated Logistics Support Maintenance Team termediate Maintenance Intermediate Maintenance Activity I Level Maintenance Availability Board of Inspection and Survey In Service Engineer In Service Engineering Agent Immediate Superior in Command Intermediate Unit Commander n n In In n n CN ETDS SN Eye E LATD LOEC LOEP LSD LU LWC M MA MACHALT MACN MCB MCC MDCO DS DSTEIR M M MEASURE MH MAR MILSTRIP APPENDIX Job Control Number Joint Electronic Type Designation System Job Sequence Number qqya Lacks Adequate Technical Description Library Issue Document List of Effective Cards List of Effective Pages Logistic Support Data Lay Up Maintenance Lead Work Center Maintenance Action Machine Alteration Manual Advance Change Notice Maintenance Control Board Material Control Code Maintenance Document Control Office Maintenance Data System
360. ower cords will be performed as delineated in MRC U c 4 Review all MRCs Omit requirements that are not applicable No feedback report required PERIG HAN RELATED OTHER HEC BO HAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT PESIRIPTION DICITY RATES HES HATET Pack 51 ELJA H b Inspect T at Equipeirnt 14H ETE O 1 Hori 2 Inspect Pomar Cord 1 F 1 l Test Jperate Test Lquipaent NOTE For Test Equipment designated No Calibration Required NCR perform every l monthsi for equipment requiring calibration perform prior to submission for calibration UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 37 BUL U b Eervlcas Rapales or Rouco Test U 1 ETE Dr Mona Equipaenz ETIN D 5 10 CYTO U b Inspact Powor Oords u 2 ETAR D 1 More 2 Moasure Contlewity of Pomar Tord Eround Qomductar 3 Maausur Power Cord Insulation osistaroa INACTIVE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE The following requirements will be scheduled when equipment is inactivated for periods of prolonged idleness None required Maintenance Index Page MIP Page 1 of 1 SYSCOM MIP 4911 001 51 OPNAV 4790 85 REV 9 97 Figure 1 4 Electronic MIP Example SECTION 1 1 18 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D Distribution authorized to DOD components and DOD contractors onlyi Critical Technology February 1999 Other requests for this document shall be referred to Naval Sea Systems Command SEA 04M Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the docume
361. pairs and applicable PMS checks due in next four weeks 1 5 12 4 13 Week Accountability Log The Work Center Supervisor shall maintain a 13 Week Accountability Log SKED will produce this log This log will be printed and posted in each Work Center for maintenance personnel to obtain PMS assignments It will consist of the last 13 completed weeks of maintenance and the current week At the end of the week the Division Officer will review and sign the log The following information will be contained in the accountability log a The printed name date and legal signature of the maintenance person actually accomplishing the maintenance The maintenance person shall sign this log immediately upon completion of the maintenance action If multiple maintenance persons are assigned to a single maintenance action the Petty Officer in Charge or the most senior person assigned must sign the 13 Week Accountability Log b Detailed reasons for non accomplishment of maintenance requirements should be entered by the maintenance person in the 13 Week Accountability Log immediately after informing the Work Center Supervisor of the non accomplishment of the maintenance action Material deficiencies or casualties discovered are unrelated to that maintenanc reported to the Work Center Supervisor requirement 1 5 12 5 Annotation of Weekly PMS Sch
362. port Configuration Managemen SCLSIS COMMANDER NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND SEA 04L5 1333 ISAAC HULL AVE SE STOP 4066 WASHINGTON NAVY YARD DC 20376 4066 ct ct COMNAVSEASYSCOM SEA 04RM 326 202 781 3382 Maintenance Engineering amp Technology Transfer Division COMMANDER NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND SEA 04RM 1333 ISAAC HULL AVE SE STOP 4111 WASHINGTON NAVY YARD DC 20376 4111 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM AIR 3 6 757 301 757 8790 AVIATION 3 M COMMANDER NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND AIR 3 6 LOGISTICS SUPPORT DEPARTMENT 47060 MCLEOD ROAD UNIT 8 PATUXENT RIVER MD 20670 1625 TELEPHONE NUMBERS ACTIVITY CODE DSN AREA COMM EXT COMSPAWARSYSCOM 04L COMMANDER SPACE AND NAVAL WARFARE SYSTEMS COMMAND 04L 4301 PACIFIC HIGHWAY SAN DIEGO CA 92110 3127 524 858 537 0521 COMNAVSUPSYSCOM SUP 412 COMMANDER NAVAL SUPPLY SYSTEMS COMMAND SUP 412 5450 CARLISLE PIKE P O BOX 2050 MECHANICSBURG PA 17055 0791 430 717 605 7254 FIRSTNCD N432 FIRST NAVAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 1310 8 STREET SUITE 100 NORFOLK VA 23521 2435 2 53 TSN 462 8131 169 TRASUPCEN NORFOLK DET COMMANDING OFFICER TRAINING SUPPORT
363. port the on board equipment ting of configuration data is crit tics documentation and parts support is chet a LSD Inventory of the The ship s aboard ts D OA database is also used to identify which technical Planned Maintenance System equipment are necessary nd test and tical abase the SCLSI ion dat data tain a copy of their own tabase is the same The two S a the ship NAVSEAINST 4790 8B a Promptly report equipment installed removed or modified by ship s force using a Configuration Change OPNAV 4790 CK form by Review all configuration change maintenance actions equipment file corrections logistics support transactions and Automated COSAL Improvement Program ACIP transactions COSAL feedback reports before transmitting them for shore processing Ex Process all Automated Shore Interface ASI data into their automated system promptly in accordance with the SCLSIS Technical Specification Ships without an automated system installed are responsible for reporting equipment component changes detected or accomplished by ship s force Intermediate Maintenance Activities IMAs or Alteration Installation Teams AITs Shipboard personnel report the configuration changes to the TYCOM via a completed OPNAV 4790 CK Form or Work Candidate It is the ship s responsibility to d Ensure that OPNA
364. progression status completion and pick up of each piece of test equipment The Master CSMP will display within the single deferral all of the due overdue items by line item model serial and nomenclature Ex As each task TAMS item is completed the expended man hours are accumulated against the production AWR and the detailed reporting of hours delays parts usage out of tolerance readings and standards being used are recorded and upline reported This information is also retained in the PMR C T9 so that the Cal Labs have an on line history of each ship s TAMS d When the availability is completed or optionally the Automated Work Request AWR can be created each month or quarter and be closed at the end of the period the AWR is signed off for processing A special record is automatically created for each item calibrated against the single CSMP JCN e If any unscheduled TAMS items are delivered by the ship the Lab or TYCOM designated support activity need only to access the PMR record and add it to the outstanding AWR f The Cal Lab can call out a standard REPAIR routine for the specific lab and PMR item For example if Lab 67B cannot calibrate one of the 150 items the unique MJC JCN with the item data from PMR is retrieved against the repairable item This REPAIR routine assigns 67A Electronics Repair as the Assist Work Center and 67B inputs the defective item to 67A
365. quarter indicate the status code in the first week on the appropriate line s Figure 1 25 item 4 6 Schedule operational PMS requirements for those items of equipment not declared for inactive maintenance 7 Schedule the start up requirements and if required operational tests toward the end of the inactive period see Figure 1 25 item 5 8 At the end of the inactive period mark vertically to indicate the stop of IEM and schedule operational PMS see Figure 1 25 item 6 To avoid redundant scheduling when making the transition to operational PMS do not reschedule those requirements already accomplished as part of the IEM actions 9 Identify the applicable external repair activity on the MIP line for equipment that is in overhaul and is considered an outside activity s responsibility see Figure 1 25 item 7 10 Mark horizontally through all previously scheduled IEM requirements to signify cancellation if the equipment has been removed from the ship and is no longer ship s force responsibility QUAATERLY PMS SCHEDULE CONVENT CNAL SPNAV ESHA THT 1 UV BA SIN GDA beeen WORKGENTR fMi YEAR 0 APROVA ATOR gt g a EE ag r MI MONTH MONTH Nov MONTH 2 4 HSS LDULL 4 25 1 F TE g 6331 2 96 Vi pea 1 0 A A 4 150 36 feet gr frr iaa el REESE a 5 59 36 pea O SA ESE ee de AE A
366. r job sequence number assigned by the work center supervisor This APPENDIX B 20 Block 4 Block 5 Block 6 Block 7 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B is an entry assigned sequentially from the SFWL JSN Log APL AEL Allowance Parts List Allowance Equipment List Enter the APL AEL of the equipment being reported These numbers are found in the COSAL or SCLSIS Index Report An example of an APL would be 882170236 and an AEL would be 2 260034096 EQUIPMENT NOUN NAME Enter the equipment nomenclature description on which maintenance is being reported The equipment nomenclature description should be the same as that identified by the Equipment Identification Code EIC and is limited to 16 positions Standard abbreviations can be used if clarity is retained For electronic equipment s having an Army Navy AN designation it will be substituted for the equipment nomenclature WHEN DISCOVERED WND Enter the code that best identifies when the need for maintenance was discovered Code Description Lighting Off or Starting Normal Operation During Operability Tests During Inspection Shifting Operational Modes During PMS S D ecuring No failure PMS Accomplishment Only OODMINMNURUVUNKE services etc uring AEC Assessment of Equipment Program Not Applicable use when reporting printing
367. r special tools materials not otherwise covered under categories I through IV Asa general rule all items which are identified and supported through Allowance Equipage Lists AELs will be considered Category V Special tools are equipment unique tools that are designed for a particular piece of equipment by the manufacturer Such tools always have a manufacturer s part number and Commercial and Government Entity CAGE Per NAVSEASYSCOM Naval Supply Systems Command COMNAVSUPSYSCOM policy special tools will be listed on the APL and are therefore classified as repair parts Equipage items are Category V even though some may be used as a tool for example jacking gear SECTION 1 1 24 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 2 Non SPIN Tools Parts Materials Test Equipment Stock numbers manufacturer s instructions etc for entries not covered by the SPIN SPMIG or GPEETE Index are identified on the MRC j Procedure This block details the sequence of steps to be followed in performing the maintenance action Reference to other approved procedures may be included on the MRC As data may vary between ships the MRC may contain blanks in which ship s company must supply the data necessary to properly do the work e g pressure settings temperature settings brush tension limiting speed tolerances and levels The necessary data can generally be found in the equipment system technical manual ship s
368. r that data actually entered in the component identification section An arrow pointing up should be placed in the first block of each blank field to indicate that it is the same as page 1 For each component reported the required entries on the continuation pages are the JCN page number equipment alteration number if applicable and those component identification data elements which differ from SECTION page 1 original CK EF B 1 6 Procedures for Reporting Configuration File Corrections and Updating the Cosal B 1 6 1 Correct Errors in A Previous Submission Print in large letters the word Correction at the top of the form Check the block CONFIG FILE CORR at the top right portion of the CK form Enter the exact JCN Blocks 1 2 and 3 and page number of the CK which was submitted in error Enter action code C which indicates correction in Block 15 If APPENDIX B 8 error with Bade fill in ALL the entire form the correct dat 7 Correct A Indexes Check the block the CK form Otherwise or Other Such the entire configuration data submit the blocks with CONF LE n SECT GFE ON I 3 n SECT ON I SECT ON CORR enter a new JCN in Blocks 1 enter a new JCN in Blocks NAVSEAINST 4790 8B tted on the previous CK is in
369. rdance with reference c SECTION 1 2 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 1 6 INSURV NUMBERING PROCEDURES INSURV will assign numbers to applicable deficiencies identified during inspection The following paragraphs describe the input to the appropriate BLOCK NUMBERS of the OPNAV 4790 2K numbering system 1 6 1 INSURV Assigned Numbers Blocks 19 24 The INSURV number is assigned to each deficiency identified during an inspection or trial to a Uniquely identify a deficiency b Indicate the relative importance of a deficiency c Identify special classes of deficiencies and d Specify required time of correction by starring deficiencies Acceptance Trials only file fojofrfufef 20 BLOCK NR 19 21 22 23 24 1 6 1 1 Starred Cards Block 19 Asterisks stars designate a completion requirement and are used on Acceptance Trials AT Underway Trials UT Combined Trials CT and Guarantee Material Inspections GMI 1 6 1 1 1 Single Starred Deficiencies A deficiency which in INSURV s judgment requires resolution or waiver by the CNO before the ship is delivered to the Navy and which a Significantly degrades a ship s ability to perform an assigned primary or secondary Required Operational Capability ROC b Prevents the crew from safely operating or maintaining ship systems c Preve
370. re so satisfied identified on the applicable system level test of the If not fully accomplished the maintenanc circled and rescheduled checks day specified PMS requirements requirement is other than daily accomplished during the prescribed week but not on the shall be considered completed on schedule and X d GEHL rm e west 00002000 Week 1 040572000 04 03 2000 Week 1 04 03 2000 ge e Q om aja 143 4 Component 17 15 18 7 19 8 Each Quarter 21 jo 22 11 23 12 3000 001 Bonding Grounding Strap or 24M 1 1 9 17 E Bus y Pe TET toe e TT er TU nf jr ME Mo MENT a Ve e MP ll ml a AAA EE A PA gt ke O S E E re EEE a Mn O ll A he sm pa A EE a Figure 1 11 Cycle PMS Schedule 98 06L7 ISNIVESAYN GET M Sked For Windows pr ess li Per anne nl eS Sis PN ae dio MN Me Mide me ES AA e KS BE ES Figure 1 12 Quarterly PMS Schedule Maintenance Mode 98 06LP7 LSNIVYSAVN NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 1 5 13 Shift of Maintenance Responsibility Individual ships sometimes consider it desirable or necessary to shift maintenance responsibility from one Work Center to another to combine two or more existing Work Centers or to split an existing Work Center Requests for changes of PMS maintenance responsibility should not be submitted to accommodate a temporary situation such as short term assignment of two Work Centers to one supervi
371. releases of the Organization Maintenance Management System Next Generation OMMS NG and the Maintenance Resource Management System MRMS and the Regional Maintenance Automated Information System RMAIS It also serves as a communications link within the Naval Community where recommended changes modifications and deletions are submitted discussed and approved disapproved prior to release version implementation d Ships 3 M Data Record Layout Describes the format of all data records processed through the legacy Shipboard Non Tactical ADP Program SNAP systems which are found within Ships 3 M e Ships 3 M Data Record Layout 120 Card Format Specifies the card format for all data records found within Ships 3 M Additionally for those customers not having accessibility to the Internet a Ships 3 M Reference CD which contains some of the more significant reference tables is available The reference information available via the CD includes Equipment Identification Codes EIC Allowance Parts List population APL Activity Status File Steaming Hours and Expanded Ship Work Breakdown Structure ESWBS 1 10 REQUESTING 3 M SYSTEM DATA Data requests may be submitted by telephone to the customer support help desk email letter or message directly to NAVSEALOGCEN Information concerning Ships 3 M as
372. represents February 1994 Block 7 SPECIAL DATA Reserved for future use Block 8 See Block 8 above Block 9 QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS Enter an X in the applicable Blocks a through 1 to indicate the specific planning actions work controls and auditable records in support of individual TYCOM management needs Block 10 Block 11 B 4 12 Block 12 Blocks 13 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS KEY EVENT A two digit number identifies a key event that influences a job or is influenced by the completion of a job A blank in this block indicates that the job is not associated with a key event The Key Event code with a definition is assigned and managed by TYCOM instruction SPECIAL INTEREST An X entered in this block indicates that this job has significant management interest and keys the job to be selected for job management reports DRY DOCK REQUIRED An X in this block shows the requested maintenance requires the ship to be dry docked PRE OVERHAUL TEST REQUIRED An X entered in this block identifies a specific test prior to an equipment or ship overhaul POST OVERHAUL TEST REQUIRED An X entered in this block identifies a specific test that must be completed after equipment or ship overhaul DEPARTURE REQUIRED An X entered in this block shows that if the maintenance r
373. res are described on unscheduled MRCs see Figure 1 7 and listed on appropriate MIPs c Location This block contains the specific location EGL or TYCOM authorized check off list detailing equipment location SECTION 1 1 22 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B d Ship System System Subsystem and Equipment Identification of the ship system functional group system subsystem or equipment involved e Rates Identifies the recommended skill level of the person s considered capable of performing the maintenance requirements Qualified personnel other than the rate rating specified may be assigned When an NEC is assigned substitution of other personnel is not allowed with the exception of civilian personnel whose Position Description PD requires the performance of PMS Civilian personnel must be qualified through the 3M Personnel Qualification Standard POS and are authorized to perform maintenance actions associated with their PD This includes the performance of Maintenance Requirement Cards MRCs that require specific NECs providing they are qualified for the specific equipment through POS or a Job Qualification Requirement JOR f Man Hours M H The average time per equipment required of each rate listed in rates block to perform the maintenance listed in hours and tenths of an hour When more than one person in the same rate is r
374. rks in addition to the emarks entered are needed to describe the draw a line through all the previous d starting on the next line describe what and any additional information considered significant If additional space is needed for the completed continuati B 2 5 2 Section IV action description use up to three on pages Remarks Description Used by the Repair Activity when Reporting a Completed Maintenance Action This type of completed work request is to be provided to the ship for 3 M processing Block 64 FINAL ACT final acti Enter the code that best describes the on taken to complete the maintenance Refer to Block 29 above for ACTION TAKEN allowable codes values In addition the following codes can be used 5A Parti ally Completed Alteration 5B Fully Completed Alteration 5C Fully Completed Equivalent to Alteration 5D Alteration Directive Not Applicable 6 Rejected Work Request add suffix below for reaso n A Ship s Force Standard Stock Item B Excessive Shop Workload Insufficient Availability Block 65 Block 66 Block G Block H Lack of Skills Lack of Facilities Lack of Test or Calibration Equipment Lack of Parts Material Lack of Documentation Lack of Funds Other record the explanation in Remarks IT QH EUA MHRS EXPENDED Enter the man hours expended o
375. rm INSURV USE no entries See Section 2 for details B 2 6 2 Section Deferral Action Block 25 blank B 2 6 3 Section Block 29 required 28 Leave ACT TKN Enter th Completed Action code that best describes the action taken to complete the maintenance Code Description 1 Maini 2 Maini from 3 Maint tenance Action Completed Parts Supply local manufacture pr xpended NOTE Drawn from Supply tenance Action Completed Required Parts Not Drawn bins etc tenance Action Completed No Parts Required The following second character codes can be used with the above Action Taken codes 1 2 or 3 as directed by the TYCOM HEQNWP APPENDIX Maintenance Requirement Maintenance Requirement Maintenance Requirement High Cost Repairs AT AT AA Could Have Been Deferred Was Necessary Should Have Been Done Sooner The Equipment Being Reported Had a Time Meter NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Code Description 4 Canceled When this code is used the deferral will be removed from the CSMP This code is not to be used with INSURV safety or priority I or 2 deferrals screened for accomplishment by the TYCOM or TUC 7 Maintenance Action Completed 2 M Miniature Microminiature Electronic Modules Capability Utilized NOTE
376. rm the Department Head each week of the status of the 3 M System within the division 1 4 7 Group Supervisor Shipboard divisions may have Chief Petty Officers who are responsible for multiple Work Centers These Chief Petty Officers shall be referred to in this manual as Group Supervisors and will be responsible to the Division Officer for the proper performance of the 3 M System functions within their respective Work Centers Group Supervisors if assigned will be assigned in writing SECTION 1 1 6 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 1 4 8 Work Center Supervisor Work Center Supervisors will be qualified and designated in writing He she is responsible to the Division Officer via the Group Supervisor if applicable for th ffective operation of the 3 M System within his her respective Work Center Work Center Supervisor responsibilities are a Maintain a detailed working knowledge of all equipment deficiencies within the Work Center The Work Center Supervisor will use the Current Ship s Maintenance Plan CSMP as a daily working document for the scheduling of any maintenance actions not included on the PMS schedules b Schedule weekly Work Center maintenance and supervise lts proper accomplishment Es Ensure the status of Work Center planned maintenance is correctly reflected on the PMS schedules el Ensure the Division Officer or Group Supervisor if applicable is advi
377. rpose F801 2K 2 A 1 Optional G 2 If used must be NC or NP Special Purpose F801 2K 2 E 1 Reserved for future use H Special Purpose F801 2K 2 E 1 Reserved for future use Special Purpose F801 2K 2 E 1 Reserved for future use J Special Purpose F801 2K 2 E 1 Reserved for future use K Special Purpose F801 2K 2 E 1 Optional L 2 If used enter the code assigned to the visiting activity DATA ELEMENT Special Requirements Status Suffix Task Technical Documentation Technical Manual Number Trouble Isolation TYCOM Screening Type Availability U Mission Degrading Unit Identification Code UIC DEN F980 F949A F927 D912C A002 MAINTENANCE TYPE 2P 2K 2K 2P 2P CK 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K CK 2P LENGTH 12 28 32 ENTRY TYPE E VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS 1 Optional 2 If used refer to Key Event Special Interest Dry Dock Required Pre Overhaul Test Required Post Overhaul Test Required or Departure Test Required Codes for allowable codes and values Length is determined by the codes Ener 1 Mandatory 2 Must be 1 2 3 or 0 1 Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional 1 Optional 2 If used must be 1 2 3 with or without the second character A S or M 4 5SA 5F 6 6A 6E 8 or 9 1 Mandatory 2 Must be 1 2 37 4 or Ol 1 Op
378. rved for the signature of the TYCOM representative screening the deferral This is usually applicable when direct is Blocks 44 through 46 are not routing from ship to TYCOM for deport emergent work employed t completed at the time of deferral by the next level of management after leaving Entries are mad the ship IUC and TYCOM during the screening process B 2 2 1 Section V Supplementary Information Block 47 BLUEPRINTS TECH MANUALS PLANS ETC Enter any TMs blueprints etc which might be of use to a repair activity providing assistance Indicate with an X in the AVAILABLE ON BOARD YES NO block if the TM is onboard or not B 2 3 Procedures for Documenti ng Internal Work Requests When it is necessary to obtain assistance from other departments within the organizational Form can be used as an int single assisting work cent be prepared using the same JCN on each request The requesting work cent required for in level of the ship the NAVSEA 4790 2K ternal ter is required mult If more than a tiple copies will work request ternal control REQUEST is wri assisting work center s tten at the top The ter prepares th number of copies The words INTERNAL WORK of each copy to be sent to the following blocks are used
379. s or transfer of ships to a foreign navy It also provides procedures for re implementation of 3 M systems upon ship reactivation 4 2 SHIP INACTIVATION OR CONVERSION 4 2 1 Planned Maintenance System PMS The Fleet Technical Support Centers Atlantic Pacific FTSCLANT FTSCPAC as applicable shall maintain a current PMS Master File of the ship scheduled for decommissioning FTSCLANT FTSCPAC as applicable will hold the PMS Master File in suspense until such time as a decision is made to reactivate or strike A copy of the PMS Master File shall be forwarded to the applicable inactive ship maintenance facility The ship shall phase out PMS coverage of equipment in concert with the decommissioning plan PMS actions must continue to be accomplished on fire fighting equipment and other personnel safety items equipment until all ship s force personnel are permanently berthed ashore and or on their assigned berthing barge as applicable Removal and reissue disposal of related hardware software and documentation computers printers CD s instructions etc not specifically addressed within the ship s decommissioning plan shall be accomplished by Type Commander TYCOM direction Procedures specified in reference a shall be followed for the disposal of classified and or unclassified PMS material 4 2 2 Maintenance Data System MDS The TYCOM shall ens
380. s Command Activities Design Activities In Service Engineering Agents ISEAs or other activities under the direction of other Systems Commands SYSCOMs holding technical authority for systems and equipment are requested to take appropriate action on all TFBRs under their cognizance forwarding responses to the PMS CAs Responses will be electronically transmitted to the appropriate PMS CA The PMS CAs will record TFBR results in the PMS MIS and provide the final response to the originator APPENDIX H 10 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B H 11 1 TFBR Procedures a Urgent TFBRs 1 Urgent TFBRs are those feedbacks reporting technical discrepancies that can result in personnel injury risk to the safety of the ship or significant equipment damage 2 PMS CAs shall provide a message response to all Urgent TFBRs informing the originator of specific actions and required changes that will result from TFBR evaluation or forward the TFBR to the appropriate Design Activity or ISEA within 1 working day of receipt This message response shall be addressed to the originator and distributed to TYCOMs TYCOMs will forward this message to all commands that could be affected by PMS change The Urgent TFBR response message may recommend pen and ink changes to the affected PMS requirement 3 If the PMS CAs forward the TFBR to a Design Activity or ISEA for resolution than the Design Activit
381. s are to schedule cycle requirements within this operational time frame Ships delayed beyond 24 quarters are to extend their Cycle PMS Schedule by adding quarter numbers in the Schedule Quarter After Overhaul As Indicated column Multiple month requirements needed befor ntering overhaul must be reviewed and rescheduled as necessary a In the Each Quarter Column List 2W 3W M 2M and Q maintenance requirements and all situational requirements Only the presence of mandatory related maintenance will be indicated by a symbol with the parent MR D The prepared Cycle PMS Schedule is reviewed signed and dated by the Department Head Once the cycle schedule has been signed maintenance requirements listed are not to be moved from one quarter to another If rescheduling becomes necessary it will be reflected on the Quarterly PMS Schedules 6 All superseded Cycle schedules will be retained for 12 months G 3 PREPARATION OF QUARTERLY PMS SCHEDULE OPNAV 4790 14 or 14A for SSBNs 14B or 14C will be used Initial form entries will be typed or legibly written in black ink Changes will be made in ink and initialed Process is as follows a Enter the work center code b Enter the calendar year of the current quarter Cis Enter the number of the quarter after overhaul as reflected on the Cycle PMS Schedule a s Enter the calendar months of th
382. s made by the depot in the alterations are reported separately from 3 M 1 4 5 Automated Data Process Between 3 M and SCLSIS Ships 3 M automated programs are designed to accept applicable data for file sort and display The alteration information is automatically passed from the Ships Configuration and Logistics Support Information System SCLSIS Configuration Data Manager s the Automated reference c Database Open Architecture CDMD OA to automated ships via Shore Interface process For additional information on SCLSIS CDMD OA and the ASI process refer to Similarly the MDS information may be transferred to a ship s Current Ship s Maintenance Project CSMP via the Master Job Catalog when authorized for accomplishment The communicat tion link and interface procedures for processing 3 M and NDE NM files and CSMP file processing are contained in reference b and TYCOM instructions The procedures for adding alteration records to the Master Job Catalog MJC and distributing these changes to the TYCOM operating sites are contained in Appendix C and TYCOM instructions APPENDIX I 14 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B TY LETTERHEAI Date From TO Subj The listed agency Support 3 M WC 4720 Ser Orig Code Originating Activity Ship s Name
383. s or requirements on the MRC cannot be strictly adhered to or accomplished as prescribed e Return the MRC and any associated EGLs TGLs to the Work Center file upon completion of the requirement Es Report completed planned maintenance actions to the Work Center Supervisor who will update the Weekly PMS Schedule Maintenance actions not fully completed will be reported to the Work Center Supervisor for rescheduling if still within periodicity or listed as to the reason why it was not completed as applicable However if material deficiencies or SECTION 1 1 30 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B casualties which are unrelated to that maintenance requirement are discovered the maintenance requirement can be X d off provided the MR was fully completed but the discrepancy must be reported as specified in Section I Chapter 3 MRCs conducted by outside activities are listed on ship s force MIPs and are indicated by a letter code designation in the Other column refer to paragraph 1 5 1c These MRCs are to be maintained in the PMS Master File and in the applicable Work Center file for informational purposes to facilitate the scheduling of maintenance actions related to ship visits and should be documented as complete when the check has been completed EGLs and TGLs are not required for MRCs assigned to outside activities SECT I DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D Distribution
384. s provide the management of configuration and scheduling information for each equipment requiring periodic maintenance or calibration As PMRs are established for an NAVSEAINST 4790 8B equipment SUBMEPP CDMD OA provides configuration and scheduling records and the Master Job Catalog MJC addition to each affected Regional Ma RMAIS site for sub intenance Automated Information System sequent MPMR application Ship s force may also submit the related configuration and scheduling information for automation of PM S Equipment Guide Lists EGLs into MPMR This information is used to establish a Master Job Catalog MJC routine The MJC routine will be added to the CSMP when the equipment is due for periodic maintenance as indicated by the scheduling information provided by NAVSEA TYCOM MJCs can be scheduled for accomp lishment by ship s force or by an intermediate or depot level activity PMR accomplishment will be reported as directed by the TYCOM For additional information on PMR refer to Appendix C 3 4 9 Configuration File Correction accomplishing a main In addition to reporting configuration change as a result of tenance action it is necessary to correct deficiencies in the configuration file to obtain support for equipment that is on board but is not identified in the COSAL or to delete from the COSAL equipment that is not o
385. s the installed equipment b Ensure PMS completed was done correctly in accordance with the MRC Correctly includes but is not limited to 1 safety precautions were observed 2 proper tools and materials were used 3 tag out procedures were correct when applicable 4 if hazardous material HAZMAT was used personal protective equipment used was applicable for the HAZMAT involved and in good material condition HAZMAT disposal conducted correctly c Analyze the recorded reasons for non accomplishment of PMS to determine ship wide and departmental trends and actions taken to improve PMS SECTION 2 2 2 3 2 MDS Assessment repair spot checks ments and calculations for both PMS and MD ucted Documentation and validation of MDS configuration management resul support aboard ship MDS spo will be cond TYCOM maintenance instructions for Fleet standard assessment definitions 2 3 2 1 MDS Assessment Objectives MDS Objectives include t checks Refer to reference NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Data is the cornerstone of ting in improved logistics and similar to PMS a and assessment t requir and evaluat tion criteria S a Shipboard Ships Configuration and Logistics Support b Logistics Support equipment C CSMP provides correct Information System SCLS S Data
386. s will prevail Differences shall be reported using PMS feedback reporting procedures Equipment not supported by PMS will continue to be maintained per existing procedures of the manufacturers Systems Commands SYSCOM and or Bureau of Medicine and Surgery s BUMED technical manuals until PMS is developed and installed The Fleet Technical Support Centers Atlantic Pacific FTSCLANT FTSCPAC function as PMS coordinating activities and are responsible for the accountability and distribution of PMS documentation 1 3 OBJECTIVE The objective of Ship s 3 M PMS is to maintain equipment within specifications through preventive maintenance identifying and correcting potential problems before th quipment or system becomes inoperable PMS provides a Comprehensive procedures developed in accordance with RCM principles for planned maintenance of systems and equipment b Minimum requirements for planned maintenance on Scheduling and control of the performance of tasks d Description of the methods materials tools and personnel needed for maintenance e Detection of hidden failures or malfunctions T Test procedures to determine material readiness 1 4 SHIPBOARD 3 M ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1 4 1 Commanding Officer The Commanding Officer has overall responsibility for ensuring ship maintenance is accompli
387. scheduled three times in a quarter Note If a monthly maintenance check is circled and rescheduled it may be necessary to move all subsequent checks to meet allowed intervals 2 Multi Month less than annual a 2M Every second month within the interval between seven and ten weeks bo 9M Every ninth month within the interval between 8 and 10 months from its last accomplishment 3 Quarterly Will be scheduled once each quarter within the interval 2 to 4 months following the last accomplishment 4 Semiannual Within the interval between 4 and 8 months following last accomplishment 5 Annual Within the interval between 3 and 5 quarters following last accomplishment 6 Multi months greater than annual Those MRs performed less frequently than once a year e g 18M 24M 36M etc within the interval of plus minus one quarter of the quarter specified by the periodicity interval NOTE To determine if maintenance actions should be performed in port or at sea refer to MIPs and MRCs for a brief description of the maintenance actions Py With the exception of related daily and weekly PMS requirements ensure that all mandatory related maintenance is identified and scheduled Mandatory maintenance will be identified with a leading pound sign and bracketed within parentheses Convenience related maintenance selected for acco
388. section indicates a change that might but because of the ship s age or ol likely to be accomplished or is low priority could indicate an area where an older specification to engineer and install the to cost or other factors rd ip NN BA teration Card structions but M 3a ip does not comply with current that the effor recommended alterations not previously documented changes which require design action by NAVSEA include recommendations for how A PART 3 Alteration required changes are unlikely due IN wi SURV expects thal thout action on 1 6 1 2 3 Sequential Number Space 3 4 a contribute ther consideration is to the A PART 3 standards or nd 5 This is a sequential number or alphanumeric assigned to each along with the department code uniquely identifies each deficiency de DE ficiency by 6 1 2 4 PARTMENT AS AV AU BO CO DE W ATION XILIAR ILERS ES Department INSURV which MM COMMAND amp CONTROL DAMAGE CONTROL CK D VING EL ECTRICAL EN VIRONMENTAL HAB In TABILITY 6 1 3 SUFFIX PROTECTI ON BLOCK 21 Space 6 and 7 A combination of two capital letters is used to identify the INSURV department having primary cognizance as follows special cases
389. sed of all 3 M System activity within the Work Center e Maintain an adequate supply of 3 M System materials within the Work Center E Ensure prompt reporting of all material deficiencies and completed maintenance actions as required G Ensure all 3 M System documents submitted from the Work Center are correct legible and promptly prepared and submitted h Ensure maximum use of PMS as an aid for training personnel in maintenance procedures for equipment within the Work Center g Ensure 3 M System Work Center files publications MRC decks Tag Guide Lists TGLs and EGLs are complete and current Ji Review MRCs and promptly submit a PMS FBR whenever maintenance requirements are not fully understood errors are believed to exist maintenance requirements appear inadequate or excessive additional coverage is needed or performance of the maintenance requirement would cause a hazardous condition to exist k Ensure PMS covers all equipment in the Work Center Maintain an accurate and current List of Effective Pages LOEP by comparing the documentation with the actual equipment configuration Submit PMS FBR when changes to the LOEP are required Submit configuration change requests when appropriate Ae Ensure programmed Periodic Maintenance Requirements PMRs scheduled for ship s force accomplishment are completed and reported in strict accordance with the PMR if applicable m
390. shed following 3 M System and quality maintenance procedures and that the 3 M System functions effectively within the command The Commanding Officer shall ensure appropriate personnel receive adequate formal 3 M training and shall have frequent meetings with the Executive Officer and the 3 M System Coordinator to discuss 3 M System matters and to provide necessary guidance and coordination The Commanding Officer shall conduct periodic checks to ensure that the 3 M System is functioning properly aboard ship An effective maintenance program aboard ship must involve all levels of management from the Work Center Supervisor up to and including the Commanding Officer To this effect the command must have an aggressive spot check program It is mandatory that all levels of shipboard management know the material condition of the equipment aboard ship and the extent to which PMS is being accomplished The Commanding Officer has the responsibility for establishing and conducting a spot check program at his her command The Commanding Officer shall ensure that all documentation deferring maintenance is reviewed and approved at a responsible level and that 3 M submissions are being made as required 1 4 2 Executive Officer The Executive Officer is the Ships 3 M System manager and is responsible to the Commanding Officer for the overall management of the Ships 3 M System program The Executive Officer shall a Be
391. shment is tries of Material the repair part requirements are provided on magnetic media by the LCM or TYCOM assigned SUBMEPP PERA activity When the MJC is retrieved for each component material requisit of contingency it The same format record can be added by items are developed C 8 8 MJC Alteration Alterations added to the MJC will identified by th the AMS Thes ar Documentation date and output as a Julian date to be started by the LWC and any ulti component MJCs will not s Interface of APL identified components both mandatory and conditional an automated tion is produced for mandatory parts and a list tems provided with the work request local sites if local MJC Differences be limited to those managed by e assignment of the AMS WC JSN and structured alteration number as described in the Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual JFFM Block 1 SHIP S UIC Enter the MJC UIC established by the TYCOM Blocks 2 3 WC AND JSN Enter the WC JSN assigned by the alteration issuing authority Block 18 ALTERATIONS Enter in position 1 and 2 the alteration type identified in Appendix C This entry must match the WC suffix in the WC field Block 2 Block 27 S F MHRS REM Entry must be numeric The use of AUTO auto close is not appropriate for MJC alterat
392. sor Transfer of maintenance responsibility from one Work Center to another requires changes in LOEP and PMS distribution and can represent a considerable administrative burden The following factors should be carefully considered befor submitting such requests a Composition of Work Centers by size and ratings b Scope of maintenance responsibilities E Work Center workload d Ease of administration of a Work Center as a cohesive maintenance group e Importance of Work Center grouping to equipment maintenance responsibilities PMS scheduling MDS reporting and Current Ship Maintenance Project CSMP listings When changes in maintenance responsibility are considered necessary the following procedures apply a Submit a PMS FBR category B Indicate from which Work Center s equipment is to be deleted and to which it is to be transferred All FBRs requesting a shift of maintenance responsibility must be signed by the Executive Officer b Work Center or equipment changes will be reported via the OPNAV 4790 CK or Work Candidate as applicable or equipment file configuration update All outstanding equipment deficiencies for the equipment which was moved will also be transferred to the new Work Center E After the FBR is signed by the Executive Officer the following actions are authorized prior to receipt of the Force Revision FR reflecting the change file LOEP
393. specify whet lished only by a depot level maintenance facili cos and mee her it ffective des ts one or more I 2 p paragraph does not formally S ntrally ters CPM should be ty They igns that of the TYCOM TYCOM tle Np 7 and is wil owever it ity FMA CPM o in 2 Ds Ele SK ristic lity not ion cont previousl Centrally Provide non mi I K SHI litary imp APPENDI quires th d Material rovements I 6 A permanen upgrade exist rolled areas or sys instal HCPM for development and authorized for accomplishn military improvements alteration to ing systems or ly held by a ship tems of tion of Headqua These SHIPALTS nent by la or the Hardware Systems Command The technical approval for Title PALTs is provided by COMNAVSEASYSCOM A permanent alteration that is y approved by the SPM in the form of a JCF and a SAR It r lities for leet TYCOM provide a provide which a ship or rters are approved the CNO HSC 4 Title K P A Title NK forces afloat or Al for accomplishment lterations Instal lation Team and for which required special program and NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SHIPALT which is within AIT capability centrally provided materials are provided as a package by the HSC cogniza
394. spond with the ships commissioning plan The FTSCLANT FTSCPAC will notify the ship via the telephone giving a proposed final PMS installation date the names and security clearances of team members and a brief resume of the procedures The following provides a general time frame for installations a Submarines and nuclear powered surface ships Approximately 2 weeks prior to placing the ship IN SERVICE This also applies to other submersible vehicles b Surface Ships Approximately 2 weeks prior to commissioning for all non nuclear powered ships on A briefing will be conducted by FTSCLANT FTSCPAC during the PMS installation and repeated during the final installation process A TYCOM representative will be present at these briefings 2 1 2 3 Installation Briefings a The Top Management Level Briefing The installation team leader will conduct this briefing for the benefit of the Commanding Officer Executive Officer 3 M System Coordinator and Department Heads The purpose of the briefing will be to provide refresher training in the concept and management aspects of PMS The briefing will be scheduled once the majority of Department Heads are aboard the pre commissioning unit in accordance with the ship s commissioning plan Bi Briefing for personnel below Department Head level The installation team will conduct the Division Officer and Work
395. stem is accurately used and corrective maintenance correctly reported The ability of ship s maintenance personnel to initiate complete and accurate MDS documents is the cornerstone of the MDS program The TYCOM MDS assist visit will focus on the MDS administration and use of the CSMP MDS assist visit objectives are to a Ensure that the shipboard SCLSIS file matches installed equipment b Ensure that Logistics Support Data LSD matches installed equipment NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Cu Verify the CSMP provides correct information to allow effective planning and estimating of deferred maintenance actions al Ensure that Shipboard pre transmittal review up line reporting and ASI processing COSAL maintenance processing for non automated ships is accomplished in a timely manner TY LETTERHEA 4720 Ser Orig Code Date From Originating Activity To Ship s Name Subj CERTIFICATION OF ALTERATION NSTALLATIONS AVAILABILITY include date range of availability The following alterations are certified installed The listed alterations meet the requirements of the issuing agency as instructed and include all required Logistics Support Documentation 3 M WC JSN ALTERATI For example only DXSA 0054 SADDG 00045 MISSILE LAU
396. sts B 29 B 2 4 Procedures for Documenting Screening Information On Deferred Maintenance Actions ooooooooooooooooooooo B 30 B 2 5 Procedures for Documenting A Completed Maintenance Action PREVIOUS TY DEFSTEC IA A a ta Fie B 34 B 2 6 Procedures for Documenting A Completed Maintenance B 38 APPENDIX Bea aL Procedures for NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Documenting Changes Additions and Deletions to Previously Submitted Maintenance Actions Procedures to Add On Remarks to the CSMP Handling Procedures SUPPLEMENTAL FORM Special Application NAVSEA 479072 ya ee Se MAINTENANCE PLANNING AND ESTIMA NAVSEA 4790 2P Procedures For Repair Officer Procedures for ActionS B ii Documenting Planning amp Estimating Data Documenting Changes Additions and PEeLetEL NSsesrirsrrke temmet OH Sa eh kata ae otras Figure Figure Figure Figu re Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figu re Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure APPENDI B 12 APPENDIX B SHIP S 3 M FORM PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS LIST OF FIGURES Title Page Ship s Configuration Change Form For Component Removal Maintenance Action oo ooooooo
397. supply Ensure NDE NM t commands per reference b when the 3 M the required information transactions and supporting information is available to applicable TYCOMs Data should include 1 MDS OPNAV Form 4790 2K information concerning all SHIPALTs including OR alterations APPENDIX DALTs This excludes NAVSEA 08 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 2 Programmed status for all SHIPALTs and AERs 3 Plans material and package availability status for all SHIPALTs and AERs 4 Priorities for planned Amalgamated Military Technical Improvement Plans AMTS 5 Estimated man days to complete 6 Estimated material costs latest 7 Estimated total cost to complete 8 Fiscal year planned 9 Returned total cost this alteration 10 Plans availability code 1 3 2 TYCOMs The TYCOMs are responsible for alteration management within their force Responsibilities include a Assign priorities to alterations 1 For Title K alterations review the NDE NM and recommend changes of priorities to CNO 2 For Title D and F alterations and for TYCOM Alterations assign the priorities of precedence for installation b For the TYCOM Mandatory Priority List identify for CNO the planned installation year and assigned priority for Title F SHIPALTs This information is subsequently displayed i
398. t was determined 5 Details of actual failures occurring in the Fleet which this revision to the current maintenance requirement will prevent and frequency of those failures 6 Provide MIP and MRC information for any current and valid MRC or task similar to the proposed modified MRC or task 7 Any additional technical information that might support adjudication of the waiver request In addition for waiver requests associated with increases in maintenance periodicity or changes to existing MRC procedures paragraph a 1 and a 2 above a Backfit RCM analysis similar to that conducted at SHIPMER should be submitted for each proposed maintenance requirement Each Backfit RCM analysis should include a detailed rationale and justification addressing how this proposed task satisfies the Applicability and Effectiveness criteria for the proposed maintenance requirement MAINTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL APPENDIX ALTERATION MANAGEMENT APPENDIX REFERENCES REFERENCE NSTRUCTION NO SUBJECT a OPNAVINST 4720 2 SERIES b SL720 AA MAN 010 020 c NAVSEA TECH SPEC 9090 700 Series d NAVSEA I INST 4720 15 Series APPENDIX FLEET MODERN ZATION PROGRAM FMP POLICY FLEET MODERN ZATION PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND OPERRATIONS
399. t Center PAC Ship Repair Facility Support Activity NAVEUR Naval Safety Center Naval Special Warfare Center Inspection and Survey Board SCOL Postgraduate Air Systems Command Space and Naval Warfare Systems Command and Activities Supply Systems Command Sea Systems Command Strategic Systems Program Office FKA8F Only Fleet and Industrial Supply Center SI AS A AN Naval Inventory Control Point Mechanicsburg Only Supply Information Systems Activities Naval Sea Systems Command Field Activities Less FKP24 FKP6B Fleet Training Center Naval Education Training Command Service School Command Naval Training Center ETL FT43 FT88 Naval Education Training Command Surface Warfare Officers School Command Engineering Duty Officer School Intelligence Command Headquarters Code 21 NAVSEA Special List YI MA INTENANCE AND MATERI SECTION Chapter AL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL THE PLANNEI D MA NTENANCE SYSTEM PMS SECTION SUBJECT NAVY OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM FOR FORCES AFLOAT DEPARTMENT OF CLASSIFICATION THE NAVY GUIDES NAVY AND MARINE CORPS POLICY ON THE USE OF COMPACT DISCTECHNOLOGY TAG OUT USERS MANUAL T
400. t available Specialty MQJs not available Code Description 0 None of the Above CONFIGURATION CHANGE the following action codes Can be used Code Description 1 Maini 2 Main Supply 3 Maini tenance Action tenance Action local manufacture pr tenance Action NAVSEAINST 4790 8B For configuration change reporting Completed Parts Drawn from Supply Completed Required Completed No Parts NOTE Parts Not Drawn from xpended bins etc Required The following second character codes can be used with the above Action Taken codes 1 2 or 3 as directed by the TYCOM A B DE Oot QW Pp Maintenance Requirement Maintenance Requirement Maintenance Requirement High Cost Repairs The Equipment Being Reported Had a Time Meter Partially Completed Alt Fully Comple Fully Comple Alteration NOTE ET GET CT teration ted Alteration Could Have Been Deferred Was Necessary Should Have Been Done Sooner ted Equivalent to Alteration Directive Not Applicable If there is an entry in the Alterations field of a deferred maintenance action 2K a code 5 including the applicable suffix A entered in the FINAL ACTION ACTIVE MAINTENANCE I ME The total clock hours ship s force maintenance was performed time for troubleshooting D must be field
401. tch routines 2 Corrective maintenance xcept unscheduled maintenance 3 Major overhaul of equipment including tear down inspections or repair actions required to be done during an overhaul period Scheduling of overhaul items may be included 4 Facilities or housekeeping maintenance items 5 Requirements that are documented by other means such as underway check off lists boiler light off procedures rounds fired logs and any Operational Sequencing System OSS procedures 6 Inventory checks such as repair locker check lists H 2 RELIABII TY CENTERED MAINTENANCE RCM WAIVER POLICY a Maintenance requirements for shipboard equipment and systems shall be developed using the Reliability Centered Maintenance RCM methodology detailed in reference b Waivers from developing requirements in accordance with reference b may be requested in the following circumstances 1 A new maintenance requirement e g MRC is added to an existing MIP for a system already in PMS 2 The new system or equipment maintenance requirement results from a modification or upgrade to a system or equipment that is already included in the 3 M System with valid and current PMS requirements 3 The new maintenance requirement applies to a unique system or equipment that is being used on a temporary basis i e being installed on a single hull vice on a ship class
402. te change transaction to the applicable activit ty in order to keep the values of SEI in sync between the masti OA and the onboard equipment file 3 5 2 Selected Level Reporting Categories ter database in CDMD The three distinct categories of SLR data are Level 1 Level 2 and Level 3 In addition to the basic Work Candidate 2 Kilo data entry requirements Level I addi tionally requires a mandatory data entry for both Active Trouble Isolation during all comple requires data entry as specified bel set of pre defined unique data elemen Maint nance Time and tion entries Level 2 ow for the following fixed ts in addition to the requirement for all Level 1 data entry as well as all basic Work Candidate 2 Kilo entries Start Time Hours mandatory on a deferral and a completion Stop Time Hours mandatory on a completion only Repaired Replaced 1 or 2 mandatory on a completion only End of Downtime optional End of Logistics Delay optional End of Outside Assistance optional Mode of Operation optional information is expected as an optiona In addition to the above unique data elements the following l entry in the free form Remarks for Level 2 SLR reporting Problem s encountered Reference Designators Part Serial Numbers Sympto
403. tegory A FBRs are submitted to request classified or other PMS documentation which cannot be obtained locally see Figure 1 14 With the ship s master PMS requirements on compact disk CD ROM replacement copies will be generated with the print on demand capability b Category B This type of FBR Figure 1 15 is technical in nature and is used to report 1 Technical discrepancies inhibiting PMS performance 2 Shift of maintenance responsibilities NOTE Figure 1 16 shows th reverse side of the FBR form and provides the instructions for preparation and submission Ge Urgent FBR An FBR will be considered URGENT when the reason for submission of a PMS FBR involves safety of personnel ship or potential for damage to equipment and relates to the technical requirements of PMS Urgent FBRs will be forwarded by naval message containing a PMS Feedback Serial Number to both FTSCLANT and FTSCPAC info cognizant SYSCOM BUMED NAVSAFECEN TYCOM The message shall describe the unsafe procedures or conditions and shall identify the MIP MRC involved Figure 1 desa a Screen PMS FBRs resolution is not feasible on board the ship Ensure MIP has 1 5 15 2 FBR Processing Response 1 5 15 2 1 3 M System Coordinator shall to ensure they are complete and that been reviewed for scheduling aids and information pertaining to deleting MRCs
404. tem user manuals for particular system capabilities and requirements C 8 USING MJC JCN STRUCTURE TO MANAGE PROGRAMS The MJC File is created and managed the same as the CSMP file Each deferral is a requirement or special work request for service scheduling of alterations or specialized CMP requirements etc which is copied to a CSMP or work package The method by which many different programs can be added to a single MJC is by control of the MJC JCN In documenting an MJC there ar xceptions to the standard documenting procedures for a CSMP deferral OPNAV 4790 2K as described in other chapters C 8 1 Fleet TYCOM Local Site MJC Control BLOCK 1 UIC The first character defines the MJC Manager Code and identifies the activity responsible for the MJC item It is assigned by the TYCOM This same code is used as a prefix to the MJC JSN log The following restrictions apply to the use of MJC Manager Code A Not used Reserved for foreign ship UIC identity I Not used To avoid confusion with numeral 1 O Not used To avoid confusion with numeral 0 Q Not used To avoid confusion with numeral 0 N Used for MJC items issued and controlled by TYCOMs M Used for MJC items issued and controlled by the Fleet CINC a When MJC items are added to a ship s CSMP the program adds the original MJC JCN with an M MJC prefix to the ALTERAT
405. tem relief valves IMMP URO submarine requirements tracking of multi phase alterations and corrosion control management The decision to manage these cyclic requirements as single or multi task requirements is usually determined by the scope of the task and if a single work center can accomplish the task or whether multiple work centers will be required C 7 1 TAMS Calibration PMR provides the TAMS community with inventory management calibration scheduling management and calibration results reporting capabilities TAMS categorizes equipment requiring calibration and weight testing periodic maintenance The MJC supports TAMS equipments and the special IMA Routines required to support calibration and weight test periodic maintenance requirements that are to be accomplished during scheduled availabilities The lab assigned responsibility for calibration and repair along with the work centers responsible for accomplishment are provided in the MJC a PMR tracks all due and overdue TAMS of each MJC category For each periodic requirement that needs to be accomplished PMR creates a single deferral for each scheduling record This assists the Cal Labs in identifying all items requirement periodic test monitoring calibration to be identified to the customer ship and the IMA lab p When the items are delivered to the lab PMR will track delivery
406. tems required in implementing on the ship and are cleaning therefor lable readily aval agents rags h A typical among these items Arrangements for during an overhaul loan and and tools xtended us TEM MRCs for Test Equipment the items that and special tecting idle ship equipment must be used IEM are normally used or stocked Many Lubricants repair overhauling activity requirements should be avoided under shipyard responsibilit equipment IEM requirements of material period should be made with a In assessing equipment duplication of effort and equipment a particular overhaul action ty may include provision of For instance or services In such cases otherwise assumed yard and ship responsibility must be determined Care must detergeni to avoid example Material List for Operating Submarines and 0938 LP 011 5010 Technical Manual Atmosphere Control t be exercised in the selection of cleaning ts solvents adhesiv the use of materials on submarines CONF Nuclear Powered of portable equipment tender or other and test equipment are redundancy to be part agents s cements and similar materials which are not authorized For refer to th ffectiv dition of the to NAVSHIPS Submarine MA INTENANCE AN D MATER AL MA
407. ter 1 of this instruction for information on obtaining 3 M data reports from NAVSEALOGCEN Refer to 3 44 12 Configuration and Logistics Data The accuracy of the ship s configuration information affects the quality of the logistics support that the ship receives Inaccurate data will result in incorrect the ship being supplied with t component parts and technical documents necessary for the operation and maintenance that will hinder battle damage repair efforts The CDMD OA database is the source for configuration and logistic support data available to ships and shore activities This will also support appropriate Class Maintenance Plan scheduling and refurbishment other fleet and t requirements and identify all of the items components equipment sub assemblies assemblies sub systems and syst integrated logistics support tems requiring 3 4 2 Ship Configuration and Logistics Support Information System SCLSIS The Naval Sea Systems Command SEA 04L5 manages and directs the SCLSIS process which supports the equipment Configuration Status Accounting CSA and logistics delivery processes throughout the Navy Policy implementation operation and aspects of SCLS 9090 700 The SCLS and non automat Series maintenance of all S are provided in NAVSEA Technical Specificatio
408. the active and reserve fleets An improvement APPENDIX 1 4 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B is an enhancement to a ship that increases its capability or reliability to perform its assigned mission h accomplished by ship s force and or installation i Facilities Refit Facilities shipyards that hol Ship Repair Supervisor of Shipbuilding Industrial capability to perform activities generall NSFRs Ac tivity Any ac Forces Afloat Accomplishment The SHIPALT shall be IMA for shipboard tivity that has the Y all aspects of work on ships incl These Naval Ship Repair ude Naval Bases In Operations Manual 1 Levels of Maini termediate Maintenance Facilities IRFs ld Agreements for Boat Repair MSR Agreements in accordance with the NAVSEA Trident shipyards and private ABR or Master public Naval SUPSHIP USN Conversion and Repair tenance Level Maintenance Organizational Shipboard maintenance that is the responsibility of ship s force for accomplishment 2 Intermediat Level Maintenance ship s maintenance that is normally performed by Navy personnel on board tenders repair ships Shore Intermediate Maintenance S Activities 3 maintenance that level maint IMAS Depot aircraft carriers
409. the customer unit ship of installed equipment Block 2 WORK CENTER DEN E128 The PMR LCM code designated by the TYCOM Block 3 JOB SEQ NR DEN E349D The JSN is pre filled with 0001 until the number of adds pages exceeds 9999 The JSN is then changed to 0002 for the next 9999 adds Block 4 ALTERATION IDENTIFICATION SHIPALT FLD CHG ETC Masked out in the automated system Leave blank for PMR Block 5 EIC EIC for the equipment identified This EIC may be the general service code U series if the PMR is for support service of multiple systems These Service EICs may be used in combination with the primary IMA Work Center e g U60067B U60096A U60067F etc Block 6 ACT TKN Action taken is masked out or pre filled as specified by TYCOM instruction Block 7 EQUIPMENT NOUN NAME Pre filled as specified by TYCOM instructions to describe the general category of the PMR management program Block 8 S F MHRS EXP Ships Force Man hours Expended Field is masked out in the automated system Leave block blank if using the form Block 9 ACT MAINT TIME Actual Maintenance Tim Field is masked out in the automated system Leave block blank if using the form Block 10 COMP DATE Completion Date Field is masked out in the automated system Leave block blank if using the form Block 11 M R Meter Reading Masked out SECTION JOB DESCRIPTION REMARKS INST 4790 8B Th
410. the following criteria a Requires assistance from an activity external to the ship to accomplish for example Intermediate Maintenance Activity IMA Technical Support Unit depot etc or is a ships force job requiring assistance from outside the originating work center for example parts required b Is not expected to accomplish by ship s force within the time frame prescribed by the TYCOM GE Is an uncorrected deficiency reported by INSURV refer to Section Chapter 1 or other inspecting activity CMAT C5RA etc d Is required to correct a condition which has caused or has the potential to cause injury to personnel and or damage to material For non automated sites the OPNAV 4790 2K Ship s Maintenance Action Form is used to report a deferred maintenance action Refer to Appendix B for manually completing the 4790 2K For automated sites refer to the applicable system s user manuals and guides 3 4 6 Completed Maintenance Actions The ship is responsible for submitting a completed maintenance action to report a Completion of maintenance actions previously deferred If no further work is required by ship s force higher authority may allow an outside activity to report its completion This is referred to as an automatic close out b Completion of maintenance actions not previously deferred on Completion of maintenance actions for Selected Level
411. the following information and instructions a Date This block contains the month and year when the MRC was prepared b MRC Code The code assigned to the MRC consists of two parts The first part of the MRC code is the MIP series code MRCs applicable to more than one MIP series will have each MIP series entered in this block If more than four MIP series are applicable reference will be made to a note in the procedure block The second segment is the maintenance requirement periodicity code The only authorized periodicities are as follows Periodicity Codes D Daily Q Quarterly 2D Every 2nd day S Semiannually 3D Every 3rd day 9M Every 9th month W Weekly A Annually 2W Every 2nd week xM Every x months SECTION 1 1 20 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Periodicity Codes 3W Every 3rd week x number of months M Monthly 2M Every 2nd month NOTE An asterisk following the periodicity code indicates a Safety of Ship item and requires th ship or user to comply with reference e Maintenance requirements with calendar periodicity s greater than every 60 months may be developed for applicable ship classes in extended operability programs up to the length of the maintenance cycle These periodicity s must be evenly divisible by six months i e 66M 72M 78M 84M etc Non Calendar Periodicity
412. tion System diagrams on MRC cards are generics valve numbering may not match ship specific plates E Aandatery ash dullag raquired PERIO HATHTEHAHCE REQUIRENENT HAE RELATED OTHER HEC Ho os BICITY HATES HES HE ODDE AL bL EH H b Inapaet proportioner station Fl HTA EEE O 2 Mor HT DCS ng BI BEHE H b Inspact proportlener W 1 HTS BCS 0 2 More ba b kd b Tn paer pr pertion r sil l rel mba HTa 0 2 Hone MOTE ccompliah monthly or aftar gach use whichever occurs First 35 b ER H b Cleans inspects aed lubricata d i HTA 1 0 Horne monitor N Erla Te b ES H t Lubricate telescoping hangar d e ERs PIA 0 5 More iprinkl r sites Flexible FH 0 5 jointa 25 BEND H b Test operate AFFF proportioner 3 1 HT BCH 1 3 P 145 3 3 HAFERSETS 1 3 E 5 EFH 2 b SA BEHE H b Test operata AFFF proportlomer 3 2 HT ECL D 5 5 3 E 5F gt and hanger control stations PTY Re 3 0 bFH 3 0 a4 CEE H L dccomplish AFFF quantitarive 5 3 DCYATIL o 7 b 145 3 snalysis DLATI D 4 SEES 25 BEMF H b Clean inspects aed lubricata 3 4 HT BCI 1 0 More splenold contrelled plist valves Maintenance Index Page MIP Page 1 of 3 SYSCOM MIP 5551 025 10 OPNAV 4790 85 REV 9 97 Figure 1 2 HM amp E MIP Example ON 1 T 16 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Maintenance Effectiveness Review MER Analyzed 07 9 1999 DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D Distribution authorized to DOD components and DOD contractors onlyi Critical Technology November 2000 Other r
413. tion is the accomplishment of a SHIPALT enter th quipment Noun Name from the SHIPALT record Otherwise nter the equipment nomenclature description of the equipment or system on which the maintenance was performed If the maintenance action affects several components nter the name designator of the highest assembly For HM amp E equipment enter th noun name For electronics equipment enter th Army Navy AN type designator or commercial model number For ordnance equipment enter th system equipment nomenclature followed by the Mark and Mod numbers e g Launch System 36 1 Block 8 S F MHRS EXP Enter the total number of man hours expended by ship s force and not previously reported in completing and documenting the maintenance action Man hours expended by others tasked to perform equipment maintenance are to be documented separately Block 9 ACT MAINT TIME Used for SEL equipment only Enter the total number of clock hours expended to complete the maintenance Block 10 COMP DATE Enter the Julian date the maintenance action was completed Block 11 M R Meter Reading Enter a X if the equipment or any of the equipment components sub units to be identified in Section have time meters installed B 1 2 Section Job Description Remarks Block 12 JOB DESCRIPTION
414. tional 2 If used must be U 1 Mandatory 2 No imbedded blanks DATA ELEMENT DEN MAINTENANCE LENGTH ENTRY VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS TYPE TYPE When Discovered F964 2K L N 1 Mandatory Code Ze Must be 1 2y 3r 247 157 67 71508 9 or 0 When Discovered F964A 2K A N Mandatory Date Length is determined by the date format Work Center E128 2K CK 2P 4 E Mandatory for installation or addition Optional for removal modification deletion or change Work Center E128 CK 4 E 1 Mandatory for installation or addition Responsible for 2 Optional for removal modification Equipment WCRE deletion or change Work Request oe 2K 5 E 1 Optional Routine 2 If used must b ither the Expanded Ship Work Breakdown Structure Ship Work Breakdown Structure Ship Work Authorization Boundary or Ship Work Line Item Number as directed by the TYCOM YYMM Issued 2P 4 N 1 Optional NAVSEAINST 4790 8B DATA ELEMENT DESCRIPTIONS Following the validation specification section is an alphabetical listing of the authorized 3 M data elements This listing provides a short definition of each data element along with allowable codes and values where applicable DATA ELEMENTS ACCEPTED BY entered on 2K The signature name and rank rate of the person authorized by the tended ship to verify the acceptability of work performed This entry is
415. ts Bi If through the development process planned maintenance tasks have been identified FTSCLANT FTSCPAC will forward preliminary MIPs and or MRCs to the applicable ships for those items coded MRS copy to TYCOM The covering transmittal letter will include the status of final coverage and other comments considered appropriate Cx If preliminary MIPs and or MRCs are not provided the command will develop interim MIP and MRC procedures based on applicable technical manuals documentation and quality maintenance processes MRC procedures will be locally developed and scheduled These locally developed procedures shall be submitted to the SYSCOM BUMED as recommendations for the development of formal PMS No local procedures will be incorporated into PMS without RCM analysis developed and submitted by a technical review activity TYCOMs will screen and if applicable approve locally prepared shore command generated planned maintenance Shore stations locally generated planned maintenance will not be incorporated in PMS 1 7 NACTIVE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE IEM 1 7 1 Implementation and Responsibility To implement procedures for the accomplishment of PMS for equipment declared in an inactive status current PMS schedules are modified to annotate the requirements listed in the IEM section of the Maintenance Index Page MIP Figure 1 22 For
416. two in these sections without resubmitting the entire section APPENDIX NAVSEAINST 4790 8B In the event the original lead work center LWC must be changed and a new LWC assigned the planning section should submit the applicable documentation to change the LWC Planning and estimating will submit a new planning sheet showing the new LWC and assist WC s omav 470 22 5 54 MAINTENANCE PLANNING amp ESTIMATING FORM P amp E SECTION 1 PLANNING gt USS UNDERWAY 9 ADELA AOA MERACA RECHA 18 ASST WORK CENTER 20233 DICHO COMP 21 ES OSS ES AX Figure B 15 Completed NAVSEA 4790 2P APPENDIX B 60 MAINTENANCE AND MATER APPENDI AL MANAGEMENT DEE 3 M AUTOMATED PERIOD C MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 3 M MANUAL MASTER JOB CATALOG AN D PER OD C MA NTENANCE REQU REMENTS REFERENCE a APPENDIX APPENDIX G REFERENCES INSTRUCTION NO SUBJECT CINCLANTFLT C NCPACFLT INST 4790 3 JOINT FLEET MA NTENANCE MANUAL NAVSEAINST 4790 8B APPENDIX C 3 M AUTOMATED PERIODIC MAINTENANCE PROGRAM MASTER JOB CATALOG AND PERIODIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
417. uipment or fi quantity locat f an assembly systems such as changes air al ot considered SHI PALT Title The title assigned to a SH or relationshi Other altera lteration and speci ted through the FMP Process type and comprise any change in ttings that involves changes in ion Note ordnance al terations PALTs p of the tions which S al project but may require PALTs where systems interface changes are PALT identifying the approving authority and responsibility for SHI funding PALT 1 Ti affect the milita approved by the S JCF and a SHI Provided Material HCPM A Title accomp generally include improve ship main PALT Record titles are NN tle p ry charac PM in the SAR CPM but D SHI NN more efficient tainability Alteration attrib Alterations 2 Ti formall does not require Centrally Provided Material hin the ship s force capabil may be accomplished by a F It must also meet one or more of Headquarters CPM accomplishment h Maintenance Activ the TYCOM Alteration attributes described Alterations 3 Ti tary characte tional capabi mili addi affects configurat which otherwise r utes described in A permanent alteration tha teristics of a ship form of a Justification Cost Form It T It may require Ce does not require Headquar PALT may
418. uipment will be installed 4 The date by which PMS documentation is required H 5 PMS FOR OVERHAULED SHIPS a SPMs shall 1 Ensure development and review of PMS requirement development documentation is completed in accordance with one or more of the following options a Require in overhaul contracts that PMS documentation be developed and provided by the shipbuilder b Task and fund system and equipment acquisition managers to develop PMS for systems and equipment under their responsibility c Task and fund PMS CAs to develop PMS documentation for NAVSEA systems and equipment b The PMS CAs shall deliver updated PMS documentation to the ships H 6 PMS FOR NEW SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT BEING PROCURED BY NAVSEA AND OTHER ACTIVITIES a Acquisition managers responsible for systems and equipment requiring scheduled preventive maintenance shall task and fund for development of initial PMS requirements in accordance with reference b concurrent with system and equipment delivery Criteria for waiving requirements of reference b for new PMS documentation associated with development modification or addition to existing PMS is addressed in paragraph H 2 This requirement includes equipment purchased by TYCOMs ship purchases and other Commercial Off The Shelf COTS equipment b Acquisition managers will fund PMS CAs for initial printing and distribution of PMS d
419. uirement tructured narrative provided by MJC ecified by the material condition assessment by yes no responses to conditional questions print narrative wi requirement response space for of external I p reporting by leakage Cer ted on the CSMP AWR 11 begin with a general sta In these cases tement of the followed by specific inspection conditi wy or N For example corrosion Was th Yo tain equipment are designated for speci the LCM or item manager and the organization the ons and a r videnc alized Automated ships systems must flag the SEF to display the structured narrative specified and funded by the LCM shipboard technician to enter and symptoms which are upline reported for SYSCOM analysis an extension of these specialized report IMA technician is required the PMR screen could refer to Appendix A data element requires th off ship display a similar format REMARKS DESCR PTION reporting requirements C 8 6 Documenting the MJC P amp E for Selected Equipment List S as found This readings TE ting requirements to the EL The OPNAV 4790 2P is used for MJC P amp E with entries made as described in Appendix C except for the following SECTION PLANNING Block A SHIP S NAME Enter the MJC ITEM
420. uirements and inspections that are monitored by PMT are fully integrated in the ship s PMS system These Maintenance Requirement Cards MRC s are coded with a K in the Other column on the MIP The scheduling and performance of this maintenance is the responsibility of the ship PMI using an advanced engineering data collection and analysis information system will aid in the scheduling of this maintenance It is recommended that the ship frequently bring a copy of the PMS cycle for the applicable work centers to the PMT to update their system When an inspection is required contact the local PMT site to schedule 3 4 PMT DOCUMENTATION AND REPORTING 3 4 1 PMT CBM Deficiency Reports The deficiencies and recommendations that result from a PMT inspection and monitored maintenance are published in an engineering memorandum called an On Site Analysis Report OSAR This material deficiency report is passed to the ship for corrective action and maintenance planning where applicable In some cases no repair action is required if a condition exists which is starting to degrade yet does not meet repair conditions so the OSAR is provided for information or other action like increased monitoring frequency These OSAR s are also uploaded to NAVSEA O7T s database for advanced analysis and to aid in overall system health determination 3 4 2 End of Monitoring Period
421. uled when equipment is inactivated for periods of prolonged idleness Maintenance actions for inactivated equipment are grouped on the MIP under the following categories s Figure 1 22 a Lay Up Maintenance LU b Periodic Maintenance PM Ca Start Up Maintenance SU d Operational Test OT When no IEM requirements are justified during IEM analysis no categories will be listed on the MIP and the words None required will appear under the Inactive Equipment Maintenance Section of the MIP When there is no indication of IEM requirements or when IEM procedures are inadequate the ship should consider all factors that affect equipment deterioration and take necessary precautionary measures These factors include environmental conditions equipment location susceptibility to damage or other factors that can not be anticipated when IEM procedures are originally developed by the cognizant In Service Engineering Agent ISEA or design activity 1 7 3 1 IEM Operational Periodicity Codes TEM utilizes operational periodicity codes for all IEM actions available on the MIP supplemented by IEM periodicity LU PM SU OT for newly developed MRCs applicable to IEM only Each periodicity code will be supported by an MRC in the applicable 1 69 set unless indicated otherwise on the MIP New MRCs are generated only w
422. ult in a family of data records being created to capture the METCAL required data when the lab reports completion of each component Each Program Manager is able to retrieve and analyze all transactions unique to the MJC JCN and WC suffices assigned to a special program C 8 11 Modification of On Site MJC Implementation distribution and maintenance of the MJC will be as described in this instruction and supplemented by Fleet TYCOM instructions It is essentials that existing MJC files which have common application be adapted by those commands not yet implemented This will speed the integration of the Regional Maintenance Hubs and provide continuity to the existing 3 M database for Program Manager requirements The Fleet Maintenance Management System will provide connectivity to the initiatives of the SYSCOMs for data storage and distribution The FLTCINCs TYCOMs will provide instructions for management of the MJC to include centralized and on site control The existing method of confirming updates to the MJC by the IMAs is by including a completed AWR record in the update files sent from the originator The originator subsequently monitors the MDS data i AETIVETTE E LAND DT 8 PUTE a CATALOG MOUNBERSTIFE FLAMMED ACTION CEP ST Pace efi AEF 0013 HACE 001 EHEN GOTI ENCH 200 ica 6003 ica i EHCH 000 EXCH 0008 ENCH 0007 EXCH 00
423. uperseded MIPs from Work Center files add new MIPs If an updated PMS Master File on compact disk is received as a replacement to the PMS Master the new MIPs will already be included Dig Destroy superseded MIPs Compact disks will be destroyed as directed by reference c 1 MRC Changes Lg Remove superseded MRCs from MRC files add new MRCs If an updated PMS Master File is received the new MRCs will already be included 2 Prepare revise associated EGLs and TGLs as necessary TGL revisions will require the Commanding Officer s approval Su Destroy superseded documentation 3 Update the Cycle PMS Schedule Ts Update the Cycle PMS Schedule by using the FR CD ROM and the SKED program k Prepare a new Quarterly PMS Schedule 1 Prepare a new Weekly PMS Schedule SECTION 1 1 60 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B Date 06 02 00 Planned Maintenance System Page 1 Time 14 24 15 MIP to Work Center PMS 4 FR 2 00 Unit DDG 0053 UIC R21313 USS JOHN PAUL JONES Work Center MIP Nomenclature Distribution 1230 001 C9 TANKS VOIDS AND TRUNKS EM04 1501 001 B9 SUPERSTRUCTURE amp FITTINGS ERO1 ODO1 1631 004 C9 SEA CHESTS EA01 EMO1 EMO02 1651 005 10 SONAR DOME RUBBER WINDOW CA01 1671 001 10 ARMORED DOORS amp HATCHES ERO9 1671 005 C9 WTRTT DR TORPEDO MAGAZINE ERO9 1672 001 10 ARMORED DOORS amp HATCHES ERO9 1681 002 13 DECKHOUSE STRUCT CLOSURES ERO9 1701 001 13 MAST 7 KINGPO
424. ure which severely affects maintenance equipment readiness or ship personnel safety An approved MACN will be issued immediately by message without waiting for the next routine manual change MACNs remain in effect until incorporated into the next routine manual change A sequential number identifying the MACN followed by the calendar year e g MACN 1 00 MACN 2 00 MACN 3 00 will be assigned to each MACN issued Du Routine Manual Change A change issued to enhance and correct policies and procedures not considered urgent Changes in format or composition changes made to clarify text correct punctuation or spelling update figure examples or change codes are other examples considered routine When approved and issued a routine manual change cancels effective MACNs and consolidates them with routine change recommendations These changes will be incorporated in the electronic document posted on the Web site http ww nslc navsea navy mil nslcprod 4790 nsf and will be distributed via the next PMS Force Revision CD ROM Ex Urgent Change Recommendations Any individual or activity having knowledge of a situation policy or procedure adversely affecting critical functions in the ships 3 M Manual shall report this information by message to NAVSEASYSCOM NAVSEA 04RM and the chain of command with information copies to CNO N43 and NAVSEALOGCEN Mechanicsburg Upon receipt of an urgent change recommendati
425. ure a complete Automated Work Request AWR package is provided by the ship to the Navy Inactive Ship Maintenance Facility NISMF prior to reporting to the applicable NISMF The ship inactivation crew shall review and correct the CSMP Any additional deferred maintenance shall be documented and processed for inclusion into the Current Ship s Maintenance Project CSMP The ship shall inform the TYCOM when the last activation deferrals and completed inactivation maintenance actions have been submitted The ship shall produce and forward the final upline CSMP with a hard copy given to the applicable NISMF for retention until subsequent reactivation The ship shall forward CSMP backups including a COSAL backup to the CDM NOTE The material history will be maintained at the Naval Sea Logistics Center NAVSEALOGCEN The applicable inactive ship maintenance facility will maintain a ship condition status local records for the ship s inactive period In the event equipment in a deferred maintenance status is transferred to another activity for use the applicable inactive ship maintenance facility will provide the receiving activity with that part of the CSMP pertinent to the equipment transferred 4 3 SHIP REACTIVATION Upon notification that an inactive ship shall be reactivated the procedures below shall be followed 4 3 1 PMS Restoration of
426. ure was discovered WORK CENTER WC entered on 2K CK 2P and 2L Two basic types of work center codes exist Their definition and application are as follows SHIPS Ships use a 4 position work center code The first two positions identify the department and division The last two positions identify the division work center REPAIR DEPARTMENTS OF TENDERS SIMAs AND OTHER IMAs These organizations use a 3 position work center code to identify the repair shops e g 10A 67A 91A etc See data element IMA Repair Work Center for a list of authorized IMA repair work center codes WORK REQUEST ROUTINE entered on 2K The appropriate Expanded Ship Work Breakdown Structure ESWBS Ship Work Breakdown Structure SWBS Ship Work Authorization Boundary SWAB or Ship Work Line Item Number SWLIN as directed by the TYCOM This entry is made to integrate the deferral into applicable work packages YYMM ISSUED entered on 2P Four numbers used to identify the year and month during which the periodic maintenance requirement entered was issued The first two digits identify the year and the last two digits identify the month APPENDIX A 48 MAINTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 3 M MANUAL APPENDIX B SHIP S 3 M FORM PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS SH
427. used the deferral will be removed from the CSMP This code is not to be used with INSURV safety or priority 1 or 2 deferrals screened for accomplishment by the TYCOM or IUC 7 Maintenance Action Completed 2 M Miniature Microminiature Electronic Modules Capability Utilized NOTE The following second character codes can be used with Action Taken Code 7 to better describe the action taken Code HUOUNWP gt Parts Drawn from Supply Utilized Parts Not Drawn from Supply Utilized Automatic Test Equipment ATE Utilized ATE and Parts Drawn from Supply Utilized ATE and Parts Not Drawn from Supply Utilized Description Code Periodic Time Meter Cycle Counter reporting This code is not applicable to the FINAL ACTION code reported by the repair activity Maintenance Action Completed 3M Fiber Optic Repair NOTE The following second character codes can be used with 132303000 y J Action Taken Code 9 to better describe the action taken FOTE multimode ST MOJs utilized FOTE multimode heavy duty MQJs utilized FOTE multimode rotary mechanical splice MQJs utilized FOTE single mode ST MQUJs utilized FOTE single mode heavy duty MQJs utilized FOTE multimode specialty MQJs utilized FOTE single mode specialty MQJs utilized FOTE not available Standard MQJs not available Specialty MQJs not available Description Block
428. vision FR Items lacking PMS coverage but needing planned maintenance shall be added to the Maintenance Requirements Substantiated MRS listing om When tasked and funded the FTSCLANT FTSCPAC shall coordinate the development of PMS requirements for MRS items SECTION 2 4 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B d The appropriate FTSCLANT FTSCPAC shall provide the updated PMS documentation directly to the ILO activity and the ship via the normal force revision overhaul at which time only PMS documentation via FR updates FR cycle until the end of the ship will continue to receive e The PMS update process cycle for overhaul periods is shown in Figure 2 1 2 3 SCHOOLS TRAINING COMMANDS Installation teams are not provided to training commands and schools for installing or updating PMS as is provided to fleet units Sufficient training east and west coasts to assist however the training activities in is available on both the readying staff and instructor personnel for the receipt distribution of materials and the execution of the PMS program in the individual commands delineated in Section These training courses are IV Chapter 1 The schools training commands are responsible for the same functions specified for shipboard PMS installation and updates Following receipt of a PMS pa
429. warning Lamp ETGIM D 5 J Test transeltter overload ebreuit w Test Ledicator lamps Test ammulatann resistance af TAK network diodes dk PHYO U L Test imtorlac and anargy U 4 ETGe D 1 Hore disekharg r kbaark STESK O 1 27 Pir U b Test wej aliga TYG U b ETG2 D 5 Mona STG D as DWEa U b Test operate digital to aeelog U 7 3763 D 2 Horne Converter CV 2ubS U0M 4 13 DUE U b Measure transmitter output and U 13 312 2 4 More pulse length 314 4 ry 2 Hoasura rocalaer sansltivity 3 Test computer interface asaambly 144414 INACTIVE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE The following requirements will be scheduled when equipment is inactivated for periods of prolonged idleness None required Maintenance Index Page MIP Page 1 of 1 SYSCOM MIP 4241 U02 B39 OPNAV 4770 85 REV 9 97 Figure 1 7 Example of an Unscheduled MIP ON 1 1 28 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B 1 5 5 Equipment Guide List EGL The EGL OPNAV 4790 81 Figure 1 9 is used with a controlling MRC when the MRC applies to a number of identical items i e motors controllers life rafts valves test equipment small arms etc Each listed item will have a unique identifier assigned Each ship prepares its own EGLs The amount of time it takes to perform maintenance on each item should be considered to determine the number of items to include on an EGL Each EGL should contain no more than a single day s work If more than 1 day is required s
430. well as access to various Ships 3 M products can be obtained through the NAVSEALOGCEN Homepage Any written correspondence to the NAVSEALOGCEN Customer Support Help Desk may be forwarded to Naval Sea Logistics Center ATTN N60 Logistics Data Systems 5450 Carlisle Pike P O Box 2060 Mechanicsburg PA 17055 0795 Department Correspondence may be passed to NAVSEALOGCEN via the Internet by accessing the Customer Support Feedback Form To receive Ships 3 M information via th t lephone contact should initiate with the Customer Support Help Desk Commercial Telephone 717 605 2043 FAX 717 605 2669 SECTION 1 6 DSN 430 2043 430 2669 MA INTENANCE AN D MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SECTION IV Chapter I 3 M SYSTEMS TRA N NG 3 M MANUAL SECTION IV REFERENCES REFERENCE INSTRUCTION NO SUBJECT None No instructions referenced in Section SECTION IV 1 i NAVSEAINST 4790 8B SECTION IV 3 M SYSTEMS TRAINING TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Title Page Le NTRODUCTION 1 2 3 M SYSTEM AND 3 M SYSTEM SUPPORT ASHORE TRAINING La D3 OTHER 3 M SYSTEM TRAINING 4 04 see ES asa tate tes a ES 1 3 1 Naval Sea Logistics Center NAVSEALOGCEN 1
431. will maintain accountability of all outstanding ACNs by MIP MRC The revised MIP will incorporate superseded ACNs The 3 M System Coordinator shall record the receipt of each ACN and distribute a copy to the appropriate Work Center files 1 5 12 PMS Schedules The use of SKED Version 2 1 or higher for PMS Scheduling constitutes full compliance with all administrative provisions of this chapter Guidance for use of SKED is provided in the Help menus and Wizards associated with SKED Guidance for the manual preparation of PMS Schedules is contained in Appendix G PMS Schedules are categorized as cycle quarterly and weekly schedules 1 5 12 1 Cycle PMS Schedule The Cycle PMS Schedule Figure 1 11 displays the planned maintenance requirements to be performed over long periods of time in the maintenance life cycle of the ship The PMS Cycle will be determined by using Inter Deployment Training Cycles IDTCs Each PMS Cycle for ships will consist of three IDTCs The Cycle PMS Schedule shall also be reset after a Docking Availability Multi month requirements shall be scheduled relative to the first quarter after IDTC reset A shore command s PMS Cycle shall be 20 quarters Multiple month maintenance requirements will have the quarter indicated in parentheses 30M 1 4 14 for the periodicity Any multiple month checks that have not been accomplished in this PMS Cycle period will be scheduled during the f
432. y REMARKS REQUEST TWO COPIES EACH OF FOLLOWING CLASSIFIED MRCs 72 EZV9 N C9EZVON 10 EZW5 N TOTAL OF 6 MRCs REQUESTED ADEQUATE SECURE STORAGE PER OPNAVINST 5110 1HIS AVAILABLE ORIGINATOR amp WORK CENTER CODE DIV OFFICER LT Linda Dawson DEPT HEAD 3 M COORDINATOR LM D GMC SW Glen Hayes Originator do not write below For TYCOM use only DO NOT TAKES PASSES FOR TYCOM oo L concur CONCUR ACTION O acmon TYCOM REP SIGNATURE OPNAV 4790 78 Rev 9 89 ACTION COPY S N 0107 LF 007 8000 TEREN PAGE f OF f EDITION OF 3 84 MAY BE USED UNTIL EXHAUSTED Figure 1 14 PMS Feedback Report Category A REPORT SYMBOL OPNAV 4790 4 SEE INSTRUCTIONS ON BACK OF GREEN FROM SHIP NAME AND HULL NUMBER USS NEVERWAS FFG 999 04 APR 00 TO O NAVAL SEA SUPPORT CENTER Category A TYPE COMMANDER Category B SUBJECT PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM FEEDBACK REPORT SYSTEM SUB SYSTEM OR COMPONENT APL CID AN NO MK MO Auto Ballast Comp Sys SYSCOM MIP CONTROL NUMBER SYSCOM MRC CONTROL NUMBER F 37 2 60 T 44 E12F N DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEM CATEGORY A CATEGORY B mPMRC REPLACEMENT X TECHNICAL TYCOM ASSISTANCE OTHER Specify REMARKS Before testing setting on relief valve we need calibration steps for Leslie Matic controller This step in not contained on the present MRC This ship does not have any pub or tech manual showing the steps that should be taken in checking the Leslie Matic controller for a
433. y deferred maintenance action by using the copy of the NAVSEA 4790 2K retained onboard when the maintenance action was deferred If there is no record paper copy of the original 2K and the maintenance action is on the CSMP enter the JCN on APPENDI NAVSEAINST 4790 8B a blank 2K form and without providing all the deferred maintenance information enter the completion data in Section s f the word AUTO has been entered in Block 27 as directed by the TYCOM submission of a completed maintenance action by the originating ship may not be necessary Ba2Zcoed Section Completed Action Block 29 ACT TKN Enter the code that best describes the action taken to complete the maintenance Code Description 1 Maintenance Action Completed Parts Drawn from Supply 2 Maintenance Action Completed Required Parts Not Drawn from Supply local manufacture pr xpended bins etc 3 Maintenance Action Completed No Parts Required NOTE The following second character codes can be used with the above Action Taken codes 1 2 or 3 as directed by the TYCOM Maintenance Requirement Could Have Been Deferred Maintenance Requirement Was Necessary Maintenance Requirement Should Have Been Done Sooner High Cost Repairs The Equipment Being Reported Had a Time Meter H ZaD Code Description 4 Canceled When this code is
434. y and insulation resistance tests 0 5 Hone NOTE Accomplish MR1 prior to first use of the day Accomplish MR as directed Maintenance Index Page MIP Page 1 of 4 SYSCOM MIP 7211 T0M BO OPNAV 4790 85 REV 9 97 Figure 1 3 Ordnance MIP Example Maintenance Effectiveness Review MER Analyzed February c25 1999 DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D Distribution authorized to DOD components and DOD contractors onlyi Critical Technologyi May 2001 Other requests for this document shall be referred to Naval Sea Systems Command SEA D4M Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document MIP CONTROL NUMBER 4911 001 51 Date May 2001 SHIP SYSTEM SYSTEM SUBSYSTEM OR EQUIPMENT Portable Electronic Test Equipment 4711 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS Applicable Test Equipment Publications and Technical Manuals CONFIGURATION Incorporates SSDI System s 47911 Portable Electronic Test Equipment Incorporates SWAB 4311 Portable Electronic Test Equipment SCHEDULING AIDS 1 MRC 18M 1 R 1 provides Test Equipment operators evaluation guidelines for Shore and Shipboard Portable Test Equipment on a prior to calibration basis for calibrated equipment and a 18 month basis for no calibration required equipment 2 Technical issues or failures detected during Test Equipment inspections or evaluations are corrected by scheduling the maintenance support delineated in MRC U 1 or U 2 3 Safety checks for p
435. y into the PMS MIS or other electronic means The response may contain corrections to PMS documentation incorporating approved revised Lo Ll procedures and superseding documentation held by the ship or an explanation of the reasons for non concurrence or deferring concurrence with the ship s recommendation or request Electronic responses are preferred over paper FTSCLANT FTSCPAC will provide an electronic response to the originator NAVSEA has established a goal of providing the answer to a TFBR in one day While it is realized that some TFBRs will require mor xtensive research the majority of TFBRs received can and should be answered in one day When the technical review activity concurs with a PMS FBR FTSCLANT FTSCPAC will provide all holders of the affected MIP MRC with updated PMS in the next force revision SECTION 1 1 52 NAVSEAINST 4790 8B REPORT SYMBOL OPNAV 4790 4 SEE INSTRUCTIONS ON BACK OF GREEN FROM SHIP NAME AND HULL NUMBER USS NEVERWAS FFG 999 NAVAL SEA SUPPORT CENTER PACIFIC Category A 0O TYPE COMMANDER Category B SUBJECT PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM FEEDBACK REPORT SYSTEM SUB SYSTEM OR COMPONENT APL CID AN NO MK MOD SONAR RECEIVING SET AN SQR 18A V 1 SYSCOM MIP CONTROL NUMBER SYSCOM MRC CONTROL NUMBER 4621 23 23 VARIOUS DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEM CATEGORY A CATEGORY B MIP MRC REPLACEMENT L TECHNICAL 0O TYCOM ASSISTANCE DO OTHER Specif
436. y maintenance requirements CMP periodic requirements IMA support routines alterations hazardous material HAZMAT procedures calibration routines and other SYSCOM and TYCOM directed maintenance requirements applicable to one or more ship classes The TYCOMs provide some MJC jobs while individual IMAs prepare others In addition each central maintenance activity may establish additional service routines to account for production oriented work not otherwise covered by TYCOM direction These periodic or repetitive requirements are retrieved from the MJC and added to an individual ship s Master CSMP for assignment to IMA and depot work packages Application of the MJC prior to and during a ship s availability relieves ship s force from documenting other than its own discovered deficiencies The onboard automated CSMP need contain only these deficiencies while the MJC retrieved requirements and the ship s reported deficiencies are maintained on a Master CSMP by the RSG squadron or other central fleet activity C 4 2 Control of MJC TYCOMS will establish joint instructions to identify common MJC requirements and standard procedures for its distribution and maintenance The intermediate maintenance management automated systems user manuals describe methods to retrieve periodic requirements from the MJC to the individual availability work packages A TY
437. y or ISEA shall provide a message response to all Urgent TFBRs informing the originator of the specific actions and required changes that will result from the TFBR evaluation within 1 working day of receipt This message response shall be addressed to the originator and distributed to TYCOMs and PMS CAs TYCOMs will forward this message to all commands that could be affected by the PMS change The Urgent TFBR response message may recommend pen and ink changes to the affected PMS requirement 4 PMS CAs shall distribute revised PMS documentation to affected users within 30 calendar days of receipt via special issue or Advance Change Notice ACN b Routine TFBRs PMS CAs shall perform technical review research and provide a response to routine TFBRs where resolution does not require technical authority action TFBRs that PMS CAs cannot resolve will be sent to the cognizant Design Activity or ISEA The cognizant Design Activity or ISEA will provide the response to the appropriate PMS CA The response shall describe the action taken The PMS CAs will provide the response to the originator by electronic means Distribution of the revised MRC to the originator and other affected users will be accomplished via the next Force Revision FR COMNAVSEASYSCOM has established a goal of providing answers to all TFBRS in one day While it is H 11 realized th
438. ystem operational readiness Reference a contains OPNAV policy regarding 3 M and assigns responsibilities to NAVSEASYSCOM Field Activities Systems Commands SYSCOMS and the Naval Medical Command for providing support or Introduction This manual has been developed in accordance with reference a and is designed to provide the user with a ready reference for all aspects concerning shipboard maintenance It is divided into the following four sections a Section 1 Chapter 1 Planned Maintenance System PMS 2 Chapter 2 Initial Maintenance System Installation and Upgrade During Overhaul 3 Chapter 3 Organizational Level Maintenance Data System MDS Interface 4 Chapter 4 Ship Inactivation Reactivation Strike or Transfer to Foreign Navies bis Section 1 Chap Procedures 2 Chap NAVSEAINST 4790 8B ter 1 In Service Inspections INSURV ter 2 Assist Visits and TYCOM Assessments ter 3 Submarine Performance Monitoring Team nd Inspection Procedures ter 1 Reports and Services Available from ter 1 3 M Training 3 Chap PMT Maintenance a En Section 1 Chap NAVSEALOGCEN om Section IV 1 Chap e Appendices A Data Element Specifications 3 M Form Preparation Instructions Ships Ships Manua Descriptions and Validation 3 M Autom

NAVSEA 4790.8B, Maintenance and Material

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents